Daven Kross Webinars

Author: davenkross2026

  • 08/06/2026 – Alliant Webinar – THE HOME STRETCH – Seven Things You Need to Do in the Decade Before You Retire

    Good evening everybody. Uh thanks so much for joining us today. Uh we’re presenting the home stretch. Seven things you need to do in the decade before you retire. Uh my name is Christian Chaplua. I’m a financial consultant here at Alliance Retirement Investment Services. So we work with uh clients members throughout the United States. Uh I work primarily with folks on the West Coast. Uh so welcome if you’re joining us from California, Hawaii, um Washington State, other parts of the country. I’m going be talking about the home stretch today about saving for retirement some ideas around um you know saving for this great milestone and uh it’s kind of a marathon for many of us where we’re saving diligently and contributing to our retirement accounts and uh there’s just you know a nice checklist here to uh for you to think about in terms of the decade before you retire and um how to how to maximize your your savings, how to think about your road map to retirement and uh some other ideas. So hopefully you enjoy it.

    Uh before we get started, I just want to mention this presentation intended for educational purposes only. It is proprietary. Uh we work really hard and would like to just protect the integrity of our content and um ask that you do not rec record, reproduce, distribute any part of this presentation includes video, audio, screen capture, AI tools without any consent. Uh so by continuing in the webinar participating today, you acknowledge and agree to these terms. So very much thank you for your cooperation.

    Uh we’ve got a couple good webinars coming up as well. Uh so we’re going back to our regularly scheduled time 2 pm uh on August the 13th. We’re going to be discussing Roth IRA conversions. Uh so you’ve thought about a conversion want to know about uh you know how how to make that decision and all the variables to think about uh please do join us. So Thursday, August the 13th at 2 p.m. Pacific our regularly scheduled time. After that, we’ve got the tax planning changes scheduled for August the 20th. Again, 2 p.m. Pacific. Uh, so just thinking about tax planning, retirement planning, how it works together again to optimize your overall strategy and financial plan. Hopefully, you can join us there. And then uh just a quick slide on how we can potentially work together, how we can help you. So we offer uh financial planning both basic planning which is no charge advanced planning which we ask for a client relationship then there’s also estate planning available to you uh help you with your living trust your will medical directive uh as a client that’s offered to you complimentary no charge and then um of course we uh we offer investment management portfolios other product strategies income strategies whether dividends annuities market link CDs all the above. So, as you’re thinking about the presentation today and uh any areas that we can assist you with, uh give you a chance a little bit later on to uh sign up for a meeting, ask any questions or perhaps get your financial plan completed.

    In addition to our webinars, we’ve also got our investy podcast which is u u about 20 20 25 episodes that are available on our website. Uh lots of different topics. Uh also we’ve got our blog uh information articles uh so if you have a chance do check it out.

    Okay for many of us uh you know retirement it’s kind of like a a marathon uh a bit of a race and you get to the point in your career where uh you start to see the finish line. So today we’re going to go over the seven things that you need to do uh in that decade before you retire as you approach the the finish line. And my hope is uh that you’ll be able to identify some of the hurdles, some strategies for success uh so that you feel better prepared as you uh head towards the the home stretch and ultimate retirement. Here are the seven things we’ll discuss today. So number one, determine when the time is right. Number two, take aim at your retirement target. Uh three, maximize your nest egg. Number four, think about a portfolio checkup. create a social security strategy. Uh also, you know, think about an income stream in retirement. And then lastly, uh just looking beyond the money.

    So, one of the first things you need to do when preparing for retirement is think about when the time is right. Uh we’ll look at a bit of history just to kind of get some perspective. Uh Ottovon Bismar, he was the chancellor of Germany in the late 1800s. He’s often credited with the idea uh the concept of creating uh of retirement. So to help combat pressure from opponents during a period of high inflation, high unemployment, Otto implemented what was called the old age and disability insurance law. This law provided state pension for anyone who reached the age of 70. Funny thing though is that not that many people actually took advantage of the program and the reason is because at the time uh average life expectancy was only 43 and a half years. So certainly had a big cushion in terms of uh payments and cash flows to retirees. Uh but here in the United States, social security um is a little bit different. you know it was in introduced in 1935 and initially defined 65 as the retirement age not 43. So just more you know more clos uh closely related to reality. Um you know today uh the age of retirement has remained largely unchanged. Uh but life expectancy has increased to almost 80 years. You know someone for someone born in 19 uh sorry 2026. So early on someone would have been lucky to reach uh retirement age. Today uh people will easily spend 20 years or more living uh in retirement. So uh just got to rightsize all of this um uh retirement planning. We think about what age you you’ll retire. Um the critical question you know for retirement uh it’s not that easy to answer. Uh so um there’s different research groups available employee benefit research institute. Um they asked workers over 25 to estimate when they’d retire and uh some of the results were pretty surprising. Uh over half of workers expected to retire at age 65 or later it turns up. Uh but the majority of retirees, 60% uh retire report retiring earlier than 65. So, we have a situation here where, you know, people think that they’re going to retire later, uh, but they’re retiring, um, earlier than 65, earlier than they thought they were going to. Uh, the median age of retirement is 62. Uh, so that’s kind of the middle number. Uh, 30 32% report retiring before they turn 60 actually. Uh, so there’s lots of reasons, you know, people retire early or differently than what they expect. Uh personal health issues is a big uh is a big factor there. Uh job loss, downsizing, involuntary uh work issues, that’s another reason. Um early retirement sometimes. Uh so in the end, you know, for most retirees, uh the reason for retirement is kind of beyond their control. And so that’s something just keep in mind as you plan for uh retirement later on.

    It’s good to know that we might not retire exactly when we plan, but uh when question is when do people actually retire and this chart is based on Franklin Templeton retirement income strategies. Uh it was a survey done about uh four years ago. It shows the largest cohort of people ultimately retire between age 61 and 65. Uh so u as you think about the right time to retire for yourself for your family you know think use this information as a guidepost but uh don’t use it as kind of absolute numbers. Know that there’s variation in the numbers. Know that there’s variation in your forecast especially with uh time and uh the more time the more variation. So you may have to make some adjustments along the way. You know, life has a tendency to send some twists and turns our way. Uh but the you know these are some statistics on you know when people are retiring and again 44% retire kind of uh between the age of 61 and 65.

    Let’s talk about couples for a second. So, one important factor to consider when it comes to deciding when to retire is whether you need to plan as a family, as a couple. Uh, so we’ll look at an example here. So, imagine um our happy couple married a few decades ago in 1984. The average man um first got married when they were 25. For women, it was 23. That resulted in marriage gap between the groom and the bride for about 2 years. Um while the average age between men and women today is um maybe a bit older, the age gap has remained uh you know roughly about the same. It’s about 2 years. Fast forward to the day um that the husband is maybe ready to retire at age 65 possibly. If his spouse is not covered by a workplace medical plan and is younger than 65, uh one thing to remember is that she won’t be eligible for Medicare. uh and the family will need to pay out of pocket for healthcare insurance. Um husband might be going on Medicare but two-year age gap uh the wife might be uh needing some supplementary health insurance until she reaches age 65 is able to go on health care also on Medicare also. So again moving uh moving ahead in time um when you know he reaches age 82 which is the average life expectancy for a 65 year old man um at that point husband possibly passes away his spouse will be living on her own. Uh so the average life expectancy for a woman uh age 80 is about um 9 years. Uh so women may live nine years or more on their own. um you know that’s almost a decade and so you know although these are just the averages it really depends on the person their health status kind of you know their longevity their family situation but these are all some just you know concepts to remember you know as we age as we hit these milestones and uh and and further into retirement into our 70s 80s and 90s

    talk about some important milestones here so uh you want to be prepared for uh all these ages uh from starting ketchup contributions at age 50 to you know thinking about when you have required minimum distributions in your 70s um it’s you know a lot to kind of remember and a lot to do uh but it’s definitely possible you can manage this um we’ll talk more about some of these milestones throughout the presentation but I’ll quickly summarize so age 50 that’s when your catch-up contributions begin for your IRA and 401k age 55 5, you’re eligible for some early distributions from your current qualified employer plan. Uh you can make make uh health savings account catchup contributions. Age 60 is when uh widows are eligible for social security. Uh age 59 and a half is when your full retirement age for qualified plans occurs. You can withdraw penalty-free. Age 62 is when social security benefits begin. 65, like I mentioned earlier, that’s when Medicare starts. Plus or minus three months is when you’re going to be filing. Uh it just depends on whether or not you work for a large company or small company. Uh age 67, that’s full retirement age, when you get your full pension from social security. Age 70 is when you get maximum social security benefits. And then lastly, age 73 to 75, depending on the year that you were born. That’s when those required minimum distributions begin. So again, lot to kind of keep track of over the years, but you’ve got lots of time. So uh the first part of our presentation discussed the timing of retirement. We’re going to look at the next biggest kind of question. Uh you know, how much people uh need to retire just taking aim at the retirement target. So the first rule of thumb is that you’ll need to save around 70 to 90% of your pre-retirement income. Um you might need uh less in retirement. you know, certain costs possibly are going to go down once you retire. Um, this is a rule of thumb. It’s not for sure, but perhaps you’ll finish paying off your mortgage. Uh, less, you know, commuting, dry cleaning, work clothes. Uh, people spend less possibly on food because they have time to prepare meals. Uh, but these, uh, you know, reductions are offset by some other things, some other costs that might go up in retirement. So, um, many retirees are no longer covered by a workplace medical plan. Uh, with Medicare premiums, co-pays, they could rise as you age. You might need more health care. Um, you might be spending some more on travel or maybe at home and your utility usage is increasing. Um, and then there’s possible home maintenance u with more wear and tear on the home. So, these are all costs that can go up and down. And then, you know, there’s some costs that can go away. um that might be social security, um payroll taxes, and then um you won’t be taking any money out of your paycheck contributing to your retirement account because you’re in retirement. Uh so these are all the things to kind of think about, remember um and this is, you know, these are the biggest reasons that uh people tend to spend a little bit less in retirement. So kind of on average 80%.

    Second rule of thumb is that you should save multiple of what your salary is by a certain age. So let me show you what I mean. As you get older, you should have a higher multiple of your salary save for retirement. So for example, if you’re making $100,000 at age 55, you should have retirement savings around six to eight times that or maybe $600 $800,000. Um, you know, by the time you hit that milestone. Uh so take a look on the chart, see where you fall, see what age you are, how much you’ve saved. Um you know, keep in mind these are just uh guide uh guidelines. Um if you’re ahead of this, if you’re behind, um that’s okay. Um obviously if you’re ahead, that’s a good thing. If you’re a little bit behind, that’s okay. Uh you can, you know, do different things to kind of catch up and uh put yourself in a better spot. There’s always something that you can do. uh lots of different levers ideas that uh are available to you. Third rule of thumb uh you know you want to save enough to generate a 4% withdrawal rate. So this is kind of a classic rate of withdrawal. Um this third rule of thumb is that you need enough retirement savings to generate a desired level of income with a sustainable withdrawal rate. So you know let’s look at what that means.

    So, if you would like to have $25,000 in annual income, um that would take a uh retirement savings um of about 545,000 with a 1 and a half% return. Uh so, the more that uh that goes up, that rate of return goes up, the less you need uh to save. So, you know, over 20 years with a withdrawal rate of 4%. Um, you know, again, thinking about that $25,000 income. Uh, if you’ve got a 5% return, then your retirement savings required is 391,000, which is a lot less. So, this is the reason you want to stay invested, be invested. Um, you can see the numbers for 50,000 or $100,000 in desired annual income. Um, and it’s a big difference, you know, 25% difference between the two numbers. So, you know, this is a big big reason people are contributing to their retirement accounts uh because then they’ll need less in retirement uh and still maintain that uh annual income level.

    Depending on the withdrawal rate, your portfolio may last longer or shorter um versus expectations. So this chart shows with uh about a 95% probability how long a hypothetical you know 6030 portfolio 603010 portfolio would last given various different withdrawal rates. So again the 4% is the kind of general rule of thumb out there. If you’re withdrawing more um then your your uh portfolio your retirement account is going to um um the lifespan is going to be shortened. Uh so again uh the less you withdraw uh the longer that you’ll have in terms of income.

    Here are several different uh kind of annual withdrawal rates. Again, um you know, assume if you’re retired, you have a savings invested, something conservative, returns 3% per year. To provide that desired annual income, uh amount for 20 year, including inflation, you need to have a minimum 476,000. Um instead of a 3% return, if you get a 6% return, again, just to kind of, you know, make sure everybody is thinking about this, understand this, um you’ll need about 365,000. So again, um you know, these are all just general numbers, rules of thumb. Um but really depends on, you know, how much you have invested, how long that’s invested for, and the rates of return.

    Okay, that brings us to uh topic number three, uh maximizing your nest egg. So, here we’re going to look at a hypothetical couple um looking to maximize their nest egg as they age. Um this couple um they’re 50 years old. Uh he’s an engineer. She’s a retired teacher who does volunteer work to together they earn annual income of $150,000. So, when it comes to saving for retirement, I mentioned that there’s lots that you can do um especially if you have time on your side or if you decide to work a little bit later. uh lots that you can do in terms of saving for retirement and one of the most common ways to do so is through a workplace plan such as a 401k. It gives you a bigger amount to save and often you get a match. So here are the 2026 maximum annual contributions um amounts for you know different plans 401k 403b 457 it’s 24,500 uh simple 401k 17,000 the sea you can contribute up to 72,000 if you’re se self-employed assuming that the working spouse participates in a 401k um you know they have a contribution of 24,000 and in addition many employers offer a matching So, for example, uh possible company match is 50 cents for every dollar up to 6% of your total salary. That would mean an additional 4,500 of additional contributions to your retirement plan each year. And here’s where kind of uh you know, time can work on your side uh as you get older. If you participate in that workplace plan, you’re 50 or older, you can do what’s called a catch-up contribution. So, uh, catchup in this example means that, you know, they can contribute an additional $8,000 in 2026 to the 401k plan. And many people assume that if you participate in a workplace plan, you’re not eligible to save using a IRA, an individual retirement account. This is sometimes the case, but not always the case. If your income is under the limits listed here, you can also participate in a traditional or Roth IRA, even if you’ve already maximized your 401k contribution. So, there are some income thresholds here. Um, if you’re with, you know, on the lower side of it, then you can still contribute to an IRA. So, for example, since our couple is married, has income less than 252,000, the working spouse can contribute 7500 to a Roth IRA.

    And just like the 401k, those 50 and older are eligible to make a catch-up contribution of $1,100. Another way to save is through a spaso IRA. Even if one spouse doesn’t have earned income, the working spouse can contribute to an IRA on their behalf. Spousal IRA also has income limits, but as you can see, because our couple’s combined income is less than $240,000, they can add another 7500 to a Roth spousal IRA. And because both spouses are 50, $1,100 ketchup contribution can also be made. So this is adding up pretty quickly. Of course, you need the budget. Of course, you need kind of, you know, the salary kind of lower spending, but there are ways that you can uh, you know, maximize your your retirement account um contributions. And you can see here that it all adds up to $54,200.

    And then if our couple was able to take advantage of every opportunity that uh we described, they could save, you know, $51,000 a year maybe in a tax advantaged account if they do that for 15 years and earn 6%. Um they would have an extra or one over $1 million in their retirement nest egg, you know, not including things that they uh contributions that they made earlier on. So you know again um this is only what they are saving in their tax advantage retirement accounts. You can save in your savings account. Uh again they might have previous savings retirement contributions. Uh but this this gives you the power uh shows you the power of saving of kind of using the um the retirement uh accounts to the maximum. And uh again a nice nest egg here of over $1.2 million.

    This brings us to number four, getting a portfolio checkup. So, uh, today’s workforce kind of more mobile than ever. Um, Bureau of Labor Statistics recently found that workers, um, you know, born between the, you know, 50s and 60s switched jobs an average of about 12 times by the age by the time they were age 50. Um, you know, with that being said, you know, many people have uh accounts out there uh 401ks or workplace plans or IAS uh that they might have uh just not kept track of. So, you want to kind of just be mindful of that. Make sure that you’re keeping track of all your retirement accounts uh especially if you’ve switched jobs more than a few times. um and you know you might have been encouraged to to contribute through uh matching programs and things like that. So uh it’s important to get accounting of all these statements where your accounts are and uh and organize them so that they’re working for you uh the best way possible.

    Consolidation is an idea. Um with multiple retirement accounts, it’s you know it’s hard to get a a real clear picture of your overall asset allocation. Um, if your retirement account at your current employer look something like this, you know, 40% bonds, 60% stocks, you want to compare it to what your other accounts might be. Also, um, if there’s some accounts left behind, your asset allocation might be different. Um, you want to optimize that. You want to just keep track of it. You know, those are your funds. You want to maximize that and and keep track of, you know, previous employment, pre previous retirement accounts. And uh again, you want to combine it all, simplify, make it easier to keep track of. Um you know, and then change your asset allocation possibly. Um with this example, you know, the person opted for more equities, more stocks, try to increase the rate of return. Um but again, those are the benefits of just uh you know, making sure you’re doing the accounting, the auditing, find all your accounts and and uh optimize your asset allocation. Here’s an example of just kind of uh you know what to think about and um you know where you might be at in terms of your equity or your bond allocation. Um you know deciding how how many stocks to own uh the ratio of stocks versus bonds is a personal choice. You know the worst thing that you can do is kind of jump around. Um, you know, if you have too much invested in stocks and you know, you’re nervous about that, sometimes the, uh, the temptation is to jump around. And, um, we’ll give you an example here of, um, you know, why that’s a bad idea, why you want to stay disciplined, uh, um, with your retirement accounts as a best practice um, so that you’re not kind of messing things up. So, let’s assume 1999. You’re three years from your retirement age. You have $900,000. Um, and your goal is to reach a million. You’ve done well with your stock portfolio here. Uh, but you’re getting a little bit more nervous. Uh, you want to continue contributing at the pass rate of about $10,000 per year. Um, so, you know, let’s look at this example. You know, you’re looking at a 8% uh rate of return assumption possibly. Um you might even start to think about retiring early. But uh you know if you go through a bad spell, if the market goes through a bad spell, um there might be some nervousness on on the part of the you know retirement planning because all of a sudden that $900,000 falls to um you know around $600,000 which is a $400,000 shortfall. Uh so you know kind of a you know bit of a stumble be before the end of the race before you hit that retirement. Uh but this is only one point in time you know there you know you’re going to be in retirement for many years. Um so it’s important to remember that uh not do anything harsh. So all the you know the account dropped um you know you might change your asset allocation um you know from 100% stocks to maybe a 50/50 portfolio. Um there’s different things that you can do. Um here’s you know an example of you know maybe reduce volatility by having a more diversified portfolio. Um so but this is different for everybody. Some people have the kind of stamina wherewithal to kind of stay invested even though they’ve got you know a draw down of 30 40% because you know better times are usually ahead and they’re able to recover. Um so in our example here um you know it was it took longer for the stock portfolio the all stock portfolio to recover. Uh but the important thing is that they both recovered over time and uh you know we don’t have any forecast past uh you know the um the last year but um you know the important thing is stay invested um and just make sure that your asset allocation is right for you and you can withstand the volatility.

    Don’t want to jump in and out of the market like I mentioned. Um so we’re going to take another example here. Um, pretend it’s 2007 global financial crisis. Um, you’ve got your 50/50 portfolio. Um, and you decide to jump into tea bills, into treasury pills. Um, you know, that feels good for a time, but um, you know, jumping into the market in and out of the market again can be very bad for your retirement account. Uh, if you stay invested in that T bill account, you’re going to have a lower rate of return. Uh but if you kind of keep with this stock uh portfolio, you’re going to bounce back quicker and um then you’re going to be able to get to your million-doll target much more uh much sooner. So this is a kind of, you know, just a warning not to kind of jump in out of the market, stay invested, find the right asset allocation, and uh avoid going to T bills in and out because it’s really hard to kind of keep up and and catch the market when it rallies.

    Let’s talk about a little bit about estate planning. Uh updating beneficiaries. Um that’s an important thing to think about when uh you know as life changes as we all age. You know maybe the family’s changed, maybe you know there’s a divorce or a new spouse. Um make sure that you’re up your beneficiaries are up to date. Um you know children come can come into the picture. um grandchildren could come into the picture. And then also you want to make sure that you’re kind of just utilizing uh any trusts that um you might need. So a living trust um is a very common thing to uh to have if you have real estate. Again, we can help you with this estate planning. Um if you’re interested

    social security strategy uh you want to make mindful of that as you you approach social security age.

    Uh so there might be some changes to social security in the future. Uh you know we’ve been monitoring the social security trust fund for decades. um you know from the 80s to the 2020s you know the revenues exceeded um you know the benefits paid out uh there was a surplus it was it’s called the social security trust fund and it was built up over you know those years and it’s total about 2 2.9 trillion 2.9 trillion at the end of 2021 but uh you know social security began running a deficit uh in that year and uh is using about 57 billion from the trust fund to help make up uh for those benefit payments. Uh so social security running a deficit now. Um and the trend is actually expected to accelerate into the future as more baby boomers retire. To make up for future deficits, um social security is going to continue to draw from the trust fund uh to pay for those flow benefits that are promised. Uh current estimates predict that the surplus will only last until about 2033 2034. Um, so you know, keep this in mind. You know, watch uh for headlines, keep up to date on uh the news. Um, you know, Social Security will be here for us down the road. It might change. Um, and there’s things that Congress can do. Um, you know, lots of different options. Um, one option is to make the make up the gap, increase payroll taxes, um, in order to kind of fund Social Security. Uh, it’s going to be a hot topic. Um, but again, it’s going to be there for us. It might change, but uh, or contributions might change or the full retirement age might change. Lots of different choices that are available.

    You know, your full retirement age, um, it’s something that you need to know. So it’s basically defined by social security administration and it depends on the year that you were born. Uh you can see that anyone born 1956 or earlier has already reached full retirement age. Uh those born after 56 um you know there’s a sliding scale until uh 1960. Anyone born uh 1960 or after has a full retirement age of age 67. And your full retirement age is important because it’s the age at which you are eligible to receive your full social security benefits. Um you don’t have to wait until full retirement age. Um you can you can claim uh but doing so comes with a penalty. Your your benefits are reduced the earlier that you claim social security. Um and the earliest that you can claim is age 62. Um you can file for benefits anytime between age 62 and age 70. And um you know the longer you wait the more that you’ll get in 2026. These are the maximum amounts a person um could receive in social security retirement benefits from age 62 to 70. Uh to qualify you’ve needed to a very high income for a very long time hitting the social security payroll tax cap for 35 years. You can see that delaying the start of social security benefits would increase the amount of monthly income you generate. Uh it’d be nice if we all qualified for maximum social security. Uh but you know most people uh many people don’t u for someone with a history making average income in the US. You know these are the monthly average social security benefits um that one would expect in 2026. Um notice that the older that you are when you start taking social security, the higher the benefit amount. Um so that’s one kind of uh uh tactic to use. You know, wait till full retirement age or wait till later, receive a bonus uh if you decide to uh file at 68 or 70 uh and to red and to receive more income. And the more that you earn at work u the less social security will replace. So, you can see from here um that if you make $50,000 a year, Social Security is designed to replace about 50% of your pre-retirement income. If you move further out uh to 150,000 in income, Social Security will only replace about 32% of your pre-retirement income. So, how much you’re making before Social Security, what your budget is, all all these things are important in terms of retirement planning. Uh again, Social Security not likely to disappear. uh but you want to kind of work on your financial plan. You want think about social security kind of holistically with your other uh savings and your other assets or pension income, retirement, rental income, whatever you have. And uh again, put together a financial plan so that you know where you’re at. And then lastly, you want to think about an income stream um in retirement. So uh some people utilize you know CDs um money market accounts um you know there are other vehicles bonds investment grade bonds high yield bonds um you know these are some 10-year averages um in terms of monthly income um these rates look a little bit lower than they are today because rates have gone up uh you know 10-year bonds around 4 and a.5% right now um so interest rates are going to change um you The amount of income you get from these different securities and asset classes will be different. But these are some kind of perspectives. Somewhere around inflation is what a fixed income account is going to pay. So basically two and a half, three, maybe 4% is what you can expect from many of these different uh uh fixed income portfolios. Another strategy for creating a stream of retirement is to take out systematic withdrawals. Uh that’s when you sell a small portion of your overall retirement portfolio at intervals to generate income. So imagine you had about $500,000 in your retirement account, purchased a 100,000 shares of an investment, five thou $5 per share. um just uh you know thinking about sequence and uh timing of withdrawals uh withdrawing $1,500 per month um selling shares as you go and then you’re going to deplete your balance as uh as time goes on. So um you’ll have some good months, some bad months uh where things are going assets are going up and down. Um but this is an idea in terms of like uh uh generating income from growth versus uh income from fixed returns.

    You know each of the kind of ideas that we present today um you know again they should be thought through in terms of your overall financial plan. Um, you just want to look at your income producing assets. Um, you your growth strategy, your your withdrawal plan, uh, combine them both. Um, and just, you know, see see what it looks like. You might have a dividend strategy, you might have an income annuity, all these different things. Um, and you might have a growth portfolio. So, in the end, um, just map it out. Look at your asset allocation. you know, work with us, work with a planner, uh, to get get an idea of what you’re going to have, you know, over time, if you’re going to be okay, u, and get that financial plan just kind of, uh, you know, in good shape so that you know what to expect. And lastly, um, you know, make sure you’re thinking about, uh, you know, not just the money. Uh, look beyond the money. Uh, you know, personal finance is more personal than it is financial. Um I know that having worked with uh clients for the last 15 years and uh this is an example of a human happiness curve. You know you can see that happiness tends to decline as you get into your you know 40s and 50s but um you know things get better in terms of sentiment and happiness as you age into your 60s 70s and 80s. um you know, lower stress, um more time for yourself, uh just wisdom that comes with age, all these reasons that people tend to get happier as they get older. Um hopefully you’re in good health, you know, maximizing, uh walking, uh going to the gym, exercising, you know, having a community, having friendships, having family around you. Uh all these things will increase your happiness. and um and just having something to live for. So, think about again, you know, what you’re good at, what you love, what the world needs, what you get paid for. Maybe if you volunteer, if you work part-time, all of these things, it’ll help you with retirement, being more content, being more happy. Um, you can contribute to a cause and volunteer, you know, spend time with family and friends, contribute to the family, have a hobby, travel, go to school, go back to school, all of these things are an option. Um, and all can be done cost- effectively and lots of amazing things are done by lots of amazing people in retirement. uh whether that’s uh starting a business or uh running a marathon, climbing Mount Everest, you know, there are simple examples. Just gardening is uh is a very worthwhile endeavor. Um and this is a great quote. You know, retirement is wonderful if you have two essentials. Um much to live on and much to live for.

    So with that, it brings us to the end of our presentation today. Um, I’m going to launch a poll uh in a second in case you want to ask ask some questions. Uh, schedule a meeting. I can help you with your retirement um retirement plan uh estate planning. Um, but kind of just to summarize this is uh you know what we discussed today. Uh, number one, determine when the time is right. Number two, you know, take aim at that retirement target. Think about how much you need, what your spending is, and what you might need in retirement. uh maximize your nest egg, you know, asset allocation. Combine all those accounts. Uh make sure that you’re getting a portfolio checkup to uh optimize and uh you know, stay invested. Stay invested in the market. You know, think about income. Think about your social security that might be coming in. Um and think about your income stream, whether that’s coming from dividends or a portfolio or a growth strategy, an income annuity, rental income, all of the above. Um and then have a plan for uh enjoying your hard work uh enjoying the the money and the success um that you’ve worked so hard for. Um and look beyond the money and some you know your your family or community and all those other things.

    So again my invitation to work together um these are all the ways that we can work together. So think about your financial planning questions, social security, pensions, cash flow management, Roth conversions, all of this is available to you. Um estate planning like I mentioned and then we have active passive strategies. Uh we have no fee options and strategies available to you. Uh lots of different uh combinations and and ways to uh diversify your assets and and get a good return. Then lastly, here’s a slide for the trusted will program. Um, this is available to clients no charge. Uh, get your living trust done, your will, your power of attorney. Um, very important for all of us, no matter what age you are. Uh, and update your trust uh, and your estate planning if needed. Uh, and then we could help you with that. I’m going to launch the poll now. So, if you have any questions, um would like to schedule a meeting with me, take advantage of these great u uh solutions and strategies and and product offerings that we have, then please do book a meeting. Uh look forward I’ll reach out, we’ll schedule that and uh and get together. Uh we always have a great participation, so uh hopefully take us up on it.

    Okay, here’s my contact information. Uh, with that, if there are any questions, please do put it in the chat. I’ll just go over a couple things while I’m waiting for any questions. You can put in the um Q&A or you could put into the chat. We’ll give you a couple minutes. Uh, thanks everybody that’s uh signed up for a meeting. Got a great response today. Uh, so if there’s anybody else then please do sign up. Also, this is my contact information. My cell phone number 213-320860.

    That’s my direct number at work. I’m a full-time employee of Align Credit Union. That’s my work number. This is my email at work. Uh first initial, last name at lioncreditun.com.

    Right. Great. Uh first question that people posted, will this deck uh be sent to us? Um unfortunately not. Uh sorry about that. For compliance reasons, um this deck is proprietary. We pay for it. Uh so we don’t disseminate it. Um, unfortunately there’s other folks that use it in financial services and uh, so we ask that uh, people contact us. I could take you through any one of these uh, concepts or ideas or remind you. Um, and then the most important thing is get your financial plan done. Uh, so sorry about that. We do not uh, send out the deck. Uh, we ask that you kind of just um, participate in the webinar. We always repeat these webinars on a regular basis. So, uh, you can sign up for the next one. We’ll go through this again. Uh, but again, we’re always available. Highly encourage folks to call us and here’s my direct number. Uh, so, um, to answer your question in terms of the deck, um, I’m just going to talk a little bit about estate planning again. Um, you know, one thing to remember on top of this is, uh, digital estate planning. It’s kind of a new concept in the last 10 years, but many of us have digital assets. Um, you also want to kind of take advantage of that. So, uh, friendly reminder like your frequent flyer miles, um, you know, any digital kind of currency, Bitcoin or other, um, you want to make sure that that is accounted for in your, uh, in your estate planning and make sure that you’re working as a team when it comes to estate planning. Um, your spouse has an idea of where your assets are if you’re the primary kind of financial person. Uh, because anything can happen. uh you know working in this job uh we meet lots of folks, lots of great folks and but unfortunately every year um you know someone passes away uh unexpectedly and u you know you want to make sure that you’re prepared so that your family is protected. Uh that’s the general kind of uh message there. And then um you know lastly uh not a lot of questions tonight. Everybody wants to go for dinner probably but uh again these are all the things that are available to you. U this is our value ad. Uh you know our goal is to give you increased confidence. So uh if you’re ever interested hopefully you’ll be uh continuing to sign up for our webinars and um and then be able to uh uh set up a meeting in the future. You know with that I’ll let you go. Um and thank you again for joining us. Uh it’s uh you know we we offer these in the evening sometimes and uh get a different group. Uh but look forward to seeing you at our next event, our next webinar. Uh we offer them on a weekly basis. So really appreciate the support in the community. Uh have a great evening and see you next time.

  • 08/05/2026 – Alliant Webinar – THE HOME STRETCH – Seven Things You Need to Do in the Decade Before You Retire

    Hey, welcome everybody. It uh we still have another couple more minutes before the top of the hour. So, we’ll uh wait until then so that uh other people that um uh want to join us that they can still join us. I hope everybody’s having a wonderful day. Uh I uh nice and sunny out where I’m at, but very very smoky. Uh I live in Utah. Um, a lion allows me to work out of my house. So, um, I live out here in the, uh, near the mountains. I love the mountains myself. So, but anyway, I hope everybody has some good plans for this, uh, upcoming weekend. We don’t have a holiday until next month, I believe. Is it uh,

    Labor Day in September or Veterans Day? I always get those two days mixed up. Anyway, we’ve got those coming up here. But, uh, I hope everybody’s having a a wonderful summer. It is hot here. We are in the, uh, hundreds. Uh, I think it was like 103 recently here, but I don’t have the humidity that I used to have in the Midwest. I’m so grateful that I don’t have that humidity here. And the cool thing about in Utah is if it’s hot down in the valleys, then I can always run up into the mountains and cool down a little bit. So that’s uh that’s one of the benefits that I have uh that I love about being in the mountains here. I love the Rocky Mountains. Um so anyway, all right. With that being said, let’s go ahead and get started here. Uh before I open this up, let me just go over a couple of different things real quick. So, as I go along with this presentation, uh if there’s any questions that you might have that, uh pops up in your mind, please feel free to write those in the chat or the Q&A. Uh I will get to those at the very end of the webinar. Um, I would recommend everybody stay to those questions so that maybe somebody else has a question that uh might pertain to you that you might not have thought of and uh hopefully we can all uh learn from from this and uh share this with other people as well that um maybe not knew about this webinar. So, excuse me. With that being said, let me go ahead and get started here. Let me share my screen here.

    screen one. Perfect. All right. So, the home stretch things that you need to do before uh retirement. So, let me talk a little bit about this. So, again, my name is Bernell Baker. I’m with Alliant Retirement and Investment Services, the division here at Aerys. And uh I’ve been with the company with the credit union here for about uh I think going on 14 years here uh here in a couple of months. I love working for the credit union. I hear constantly all the time on how much the um uh the credit union has helped out people and how they enjoy it. And I working for the credit union is even better. Like I said mentioned earlier, I work for my house so I’m able to do that and it’s just a it’s a great company to work for. I joke with my boss all the time that he stuck with me uh for the next uh 12 years whether he likes it or not. Uh and so far they like it. So, it’s uh it’s been a good fit uh and everything. So, with that being said, let’s go ahead and get started here. So, this presentation is really intended just for educational purposes uh and it’s proprietary here for the uh for the Allian Credit Union. So, we ask that you don’t record anything. Um unfortunately, this is not being recorded on our end either. I do get that question quite often if the slides are available um afterwards and they are not. Uh so let’s uh so with that we’ll go ahead and get into this. Here are the different websites that we have for the credit union here. You know we have these webinars that are complimentary to everybody here and even if you uh do sign up to this you can ask actually pass this on to other people that may not be a part of the credit union and we uh open these up to anybody and everybody as well. And we also so here at Alliant Alliant Retirement Investment Services, we can help out in so many different ways as far as your getting close towards retirement and things that you need to do in retirement. And we do different estate plannings to help our members out. We’re a full-fledged financial uh service uh uh division of the Atlantic Retirement Investment Services. We’re we’re proud to offer the interest rates that we we have for our savings and our certificates. Uh but there’s so many other things that we have that are available. Then some of those things you just can’t get on your own if you’re doing your own investments. And they’re really cool at that. So with that, let’s go ahead and get started here. So, if you’ve ever watched a race or participated in a race, you know, especially if it’s a long distance uh race, the last thing you want to do is get closer towards the end of the race and then uh stumble. You know, you want to build up uh momentum and speed going into the final stretch. Same thing as retirement. You’re getting close to retirement. Hopefully, uh many of you are. If you aren’t just yet, you will be at some point in time. And you don’t want to stumble and fall at the very end. So, you need to have a plan put together going into retirement so that you can enjoy retirement and um and be confident to know that you’ve worked hard your whole life and now that you have more time to be able to do things, hopefully you’ll have the money to be able to do those things as well. So, this is the seven different topics that we’re going to be talking about here. And let’s just go ahead and get into it. So determining when is the right time to retire. So the godfather of retirement was a gentleman by the name of Otto Bon uh Otto excuse me Bon Bismar sorry

    and he came up with a concept of retirement. He was in Germany at the time and he put the age of 70 for retirement and that was back in 1890. Now the problem with that though was his life expectancy was about uh 43 44. So it’s easy to say okay everybody can retire when you’re at 70 when your life expectancy is almost half of that. You know here in 2026 here our retirement age depending on what uh when you were born and everything is anywhere from uh 60 uh now it’s either 65 to 67 is your full retirement age. But we have a much longer life expectancy than they did back in the 1890s. And there’s many people that uh in retirement, they are living in retirement 20 plus years. If you’re married, there’s a very good chance that either you or your spouse is going to be around for 20 25 years plus. So there was a survey that went out and said at what age do people think that they’re going to retire? Uh most people said anywhere from 60 to 65 and you can do that again with at 65 years old you can go on to Medicare and um and get your insurance. That’s one of the biggest costs that people uh take into consideration when they go to retire is where they’re going to get their insurance from. And you know if you retire prior to that then that’s absolutely wonderful. if you can, if you’re able to do that and have enough assets to be able to do that, you know, we do have the uh they they call it Obamacare, the ACA, uh the American ACA, Obamacare is what everybody calls it, um that you can be able to participate in and get some health insurance. Well, those people that thought that they could retire at 65, unfortunately, some people have been forced to retire early for one thing or another. Many people are retired early because of poor health. Um, and they, that’s my wife’s situation. My wife had to retire early because her health would not allow her to continue to work. My dad lost his job early on uh due to downsizing when he was working. was so specialized um that he couldn’t uh find another job in his field. So, he was um uh forced into retirement early as well. And then there’s many companies that offer early retirement buyouts. And some people jump on that because it’s a lot a lot more cost effective to hire somebody new than to pay somebody that’s been there for a long for a long time now. Nearly 70% of retirees retire early and and it’s out of their control. As I mentioned, my dad, my wife, those were things that were completely out of their control that they didn’t uh they could they couldn’t um make any changes or do anything like that. So nearly half of the people that do retire uh retire in the early 60s. So anywhere from 61 to 65, 44% of people retire that early due to one reason or another. You know, many people say that they’re going to reach their full retirement age of 65 to 67. Now, um if you’re born after 1960, your full retirement age is 67. Um but yet there’s not a lot of people that uh that retire at that age or even after. By far the majority of the people retire at 65 or early for whatever reason. Now, one thing that you need to take into consideration is ages of of um uh between spouses. You know, my wife and I are three years apart, but on average, there’s about a 2-year gap between uh spouses, between husband husbands and wives. And that two years is not that big of a deal when you’re young. you’re 25 to 23, you know, it’s not that big of a deal there. But when you go to retire, you know, if your full retirement age is at 60 65, your spouse could be 63. And then what do they do for for insurance? Okay, that’s something you need to take into consideration. And then not only that, at retirement, you got to take into consideration your life expectancy. you know, most uh women outlive men. And so if the husband is at 82 and the wife is at 80, if the husband passes away on that, the wife could be single in retirement for 9 years or more. That’s just it just what it is. Unfortunately, it’s just what it is. Now, obviously that’s statistics, you know, not every uh situation is like that. My wife, excuse me, my mother passed away um quite a bit um younger than my dad. And uh but she had a blood clot that broke loose. So, it wasn’t uh you know, any anything uh that she really knew about in advance, but uh yeah, she had a blood clot that broke loose. Oops, excuse me. And then my dad lived for another eight more years after that. Yeah, another eight more years. Now, here are some very important ages that you need to take into consideration when you go to retire or getting up there in age and everything. So, at at 50 years old, so anybody that has an income can contribute into a an IRA plan and or if they have a job, they can contribute into a 401k or 403b or whatever uh the company offers. Once you turn 50, you can start contributing more than when you were prior to age 50. So 49 or younger in an IRA plan currently this year here in 2026, the uh contribution if you’re 49 or younger, the maximum contrib contribution you can do in an IRA plan is uh $7,500. If you’re 50 or older, you can do $8,600. And the same thing goes towards 401k and we’ve got a slide coming up that will give all those numbers and everything. So at age 55 there are your some people you’ve got to qualify but some people are eligible for early distributions from current uh 401k plans and things. At 59 a half is when you can start taking money out of retirement accounts without acrewing an early 10% penalty paid towards taxes. So, at 59 and a half is the earliest you can do that without the penalty. At 60, some people can start to get social security. Uh, if you’re a widow or a widowerower, you can start doing that. Now, everybody can start taking out social security if you’re eligible for it. Everybody can start taking out at 62. But I, you know, unless you absolutely need it, I do not recommend that you start taking social security social security out at 62. um especially if you’re continuing to work. You know, if you continue to work and are under your full retirement age, uh you can only earn so much per year. I want to say it’s somewhere around $24,000. Um and then anything above that, there’s penalties uh that’s money is taken out of your social security if you do it early. Now, 65 is when you can, as I mentioned earlier, sign up for Medicare. And I recommend that everybody signs up for Medicare Part A when they turn 65. Doesn’t cost you anything at all and can eliminate some um some u uh uh uh issues down the road when you do go to sign up for part B or anything. Uh and again, it’s social security full retirement age if you’re born in 1960 or after. Full retirement age is at 67 years old. Now, at 70, if you aren’t taking social security out, absolutely start taking social security out at age 70, even if you’re still working. And you can take social security out at your full retirement age without any early withdrawal penalties or anything like that. But at 70, absolutely, because between your full retirement age and age 70, you get what’s called delayed credits. uh and you get about you get an 8% bump up in your social security for every year that you um don’t take out social security beyond your full retirement age. But there is no more delayed credits uh after the age of uh 70. So absolutely start taking out no matter what. Now for all your pre-tax 401k or your traditional IRAs, you have to start taking money out. currently at 73 years old. And if you’re not 73 by the year 2033, then it’ll jump up to 75 and it’s called your required minimum distribution or RMDs. You have to take it out of your traditional IRAs or your pre-tax 401ks. If you have any Roth IRAs or Roth 401ks, you do not have to do RMDs because the government isn’t going to uh uh get any taxes off of the withdrawals from a Roth account and all the money that went into the Roth accounts were already taxed. So all your pre-tax you have to start taking out at 73 and 75. Now, there’s one thing that many people are not aware of, unless you’re getting close towards the retirement age and you’ve done the research and everything. Uh, in retirement, if your RMDs are big enough, then there’s something called Irma, IRMA. If you make enough money in retirement or over a certain amount of money in retirement, including social security and any RMDs, you may have to pay extra for your Medicare Part B and your Medicare Part D premium. It’s not too bad starting out. It’s about 86 for Medicare Part B and I want to say 1450 or something like that for Medicare Part D. Uh but it jumps up quite a bit more than that. The next level up is at $22 a month for part A and I don’t remember what the part D is, but it it can be quite substantial. So, uh doing RMDs could uh penalize you down the road and paying extra on uh Medicare premiums and stuff. So, what we want to do is we want to take an aim at your retirement target. So here’s rule of number uh number one of of three is a good rule of thumb this is not required or anything but a good rule of thumb is to save enough to generate anywhere from se 70 to 90% of your pre-tax uh income. If you can do that then you can rest assure that retirement should be very comfortable for you. Now there are some costs that are going that may go down in retirement. Hopefully, you’ve paid off your house by the time that you retire. A transportation may go down because you’re not commuting as much anymore. I work from house or from my house. So, I’m guessing my transportation probably will go up because I’ll have to go visit the grandkids and all that kind of things. Clothing. I don’t have to buy these Alliance shirts anymore uh or get them dry cleananed or anything like that in retirement. And you know, if you go out to eat, you know, if you work downtown or work at a different place, often times you’ll go out to eat uh in retirement, you’ll be able to have the time to be able to cook at the house, and obviously that’s going to save a lot more money uh than eating out. Now, there’s some cost that may go up. healthare. If you have a a group health plan, it may go up now that you’re having to pay uh the Medicare premiums uh by yourself. As I mentioned earlier in retirement, hopefully you’ve got the time to uh to do different things. You might be able to travel. I’ve got a good buddy of mine from Australia and he says that, you know, going back to visit family or friends, he either has all the time in the world but no money. That’s when he’s been unemployed. or he’s got all the money to be able to do it, but he’s got no more time because that’s when he’s been working. So hopefully in retirement, you will have both money and time to be able to travel and to do the things that you want to do. Utilities may go up. You’re at home now, you got lights on, TVs going on, uh things like that. Uh so utilities could go up. And then home maintenance. I’m sure my grandkids will come over to the house uh more often in retirement. And um I actually caught my two grandsons uh earlier this uh this summer. Uh they thought it was really cool to throw dirt in the air conditioning unit as the fan was on. So the the more grandkids I have over the house, and I’ve got a total of five right now, but the more often they’re going to come over to the house, I guarantee you I will have more uh home maintenance uh uh things that I will have to pay for. But it’s worth it. They are uh they are great uh things. great great additions to a family and everything. Now, there’s some cost that’s going to go away. Social Security, uh, payroll tax, if you don’t have the income coming in, you’re not working anymore, obviously, that’s going to go away. And then retirement contributions as well will go away because you have to have an income in order to contribute into a uh into a an IRA account or a 401k or a 403b, anything like that. So income needs could be different in retirement as well. The your income needs should go down also uh for the most part. And you know if you can budget to say anywhere from 70 to 90% of your pre-retirement income again you should probably feel very comfortable to be able to live and enjoy life in retirement. So the second rule of thumb is is to save a multiple of your salary based upon your age. So, let’s take a look at that. Let’s say that you are uh 60, excuse me, 55 years old and your salary is $100,000. A good rule of thumb, again, not required, but a good rule of thumb is to have anywhere from 60 to to 8, excuse me, 600 to $800,000 saved in uh in retirement plans. And if you can do that, then wonderful. uh then you then again you should be able to go into retirement uh with a peace of mind knowing that unless some catastrophe happened you should be able to have enough money in retirement. And then the last rule of thumb is to save enough to generate about a 4% withdrawal rate. You know that’s kind of the industry standard. Although recently there’s been some controversy about that. But if you can do a 4% withdrawal withdrawal rate, then you ought to be uh pretty uh pretty well set and comfortable uh for retirement. So what does that 4% take uh look at? So let’s say that you want to withdraw at 4% over 20 years in retirement. Okay, if you’re desired income coming in from your assets are at $25,000 and let’s say you get an average of 1.5% return. Now, obviously, our Alliant, again, shameless plugin here for Allian Credit Union, our savings account is returning double that at 3.01, unless they changed it here in September. I haven’t looked at it, uh, but I don’t think so. Then, if you’re going to do that, then uh and and be able to withdraw $25,000 a year from your uh assets, then you need half a million to be able to do that. If you want to have $50,000 extra a year, getting a 4% withdrawal draw withdrawal rate over 20 years, you need and getting a a one and a half% return. You need a million dollars in there. If you want a h 100,000, you need $2.1 million to be able to do that. Almost 2.2. Now, let’s say you’re getting a little bit higher of a return, a 5% return. And a 5% return is really not that difficult to do. And it doesn’t have to be aggressive at all whatsoever. That is a very conservative uh type of a return. But if you’re getting a 5% return, you can see that the amount that you need gets drastically reduced down to 391 for $25,000. If you want $50,000 extra in retirement, then you need to have about $782,000. And if you want to have $100,000 in retirement extra, then it’s at $1.5 million is what you would need. Now, in order to save that uh to get those returns and everything, let’s say that you’re getting a 3% return. Okay. Now for again for $25,000 a 3% return at $476 a half uh $50,000 952 and uh $100,000 of $1.9 million. Now again if you’re getting a 6% return versus a 3% you can see once again that your uh assets just need to be they can be a little bit less. And again, getting a 6% return or a 5% return, it doesn’t have to be all that uh risky at all whatsoever. You can be fairly conservative and still get a decent return uh inside of it. So, what you want to do and the third thing here is to maximize your nest egg to to uh contribute as much as you possibly can. So, let’s take a a hypothetical look at a couple here. And let’s say that the wife is at 50 years old and she’s a retired school teacher. So she’s not working anymore. But so to keep busy and active, she volunteers her time. And let’s say that the husband is an engineer and they want to maximize their returns at age 50 and uh and beyond. So I mentioned earlier that there are maximum contributions into 401k, 403bs, 457. They’re all the same thing. age. It depends on the type of company you work for. So the maximum contribution here in 2026 is 24,500. If you have a simple 401k or a simple IRA at 17,000 and a SEP, the maximum contribution you could do is at 72. But since he is working and not for himself, he contributes to his uh maximum uh employer plan, his 401k. And let’s say that the company matches uh 3%. So he’s able to do those each and every year. And then you since they are both 50, they can do uh do what is called the catchup contributions. So he is over 50 and so is she. So he can do an extra 12,000 well $8,000 into their 401k plan that he has here. Now you can also add into your own IRA account depending on income and things like that. So, in a Roth IRA, there are limits on how, excuse me, income limits uh uh to be able to contribute to a Roth IRA directly into it. There’s always the backdoor Roth or the Roth conversion. They’re basically the same thing. Um but, uh let’s say that he decides to contribute into his in into his uh his IRA accounts. And since his income is $150,000 and his wife is retired, they would be able to contribute the maximum amount into either traditional or Roth IRA. Roth is a great way to go because then it’s uh the taxes are paid now and then in retirement you don’t have to take any um any it doesn’t go towards any tax consequences or anything like that. So now let’s say that his wife, you know, because the husband is working, the wife can contribute into a a IRA account as well. And since she is 50, she can also contribute the maximum amount uh into the IRA account. So again, a spousal IRA is at 7,500 and since she is 50 or older, she can do an additional $1,100 for a total of 86. Now, if you add all these up together, each year they can do a a maximum contribution here of $54,200. Now, if we just say, okay, we’re going to do $51,000 and they’ve got about 15 years towards retirement. Again, they’re 50 years old, so at 65, they want to retire. And let’s say they’re fairly conservative and they just get an average 6% return. You know, they don’t want to be too aggressive. um because they don’t have as much time to make up in case uh the market takes a uh takes a dump or anything. But if you’ve got $51,000 and you contribute that each year into a into your retirement assets for the next 15 years, averaging a 6% return, in 15 years, you’ll have $1.2 million saved up just during that time. Now, that’s up until 65 years old. And at 65, you still need to be invested or at least get some in. So, that’s just up to uh 65. And then from that on time on forward, it can still continue to grow for you, which is really nice. Now, let’s get a portfolio checkup. This is something that you want to do. The average worker switches jobs every has 12 jobs throughout their life. If you’re my son, he’s probably he’s at 30 31. He’s almost had 12 jobs just already. Uh but he’s been doing really good where he’s where he’s currently at and everything. And most companies when you start a job, most companies now have automatic enrollments. Well, they just automatically sign you up and and and contribute into a into their company 401k or anything. And then 63% of American workers have access to define contribution retirement plans, which is kind of nice, which is good. Now, one thing that you want to take a look at is you may be currently, let’s say you’re getting closer towards retirement, like myself, you know, and I want to be a little bit more conservative than I was when I was younger. And let’s say that I want to have an average kind of a balanced investment strategy of 60% stocks, 40% bonds. If I take my previous jobs when I was younger and add those up, obviously when I was younger, I would have wanted to be a lot more aggressive. If you combine those and if you haven’t moved those into your current plan or into an IRA where you only have a couple of different plans out there, if you combined all of the different IRA accounts with your 401k account, you may be more aggressive than what you actually want to be. So, I always recommend that when you leave a company, take your 401k out, again, 403b, whatever it is, take your retirement plan out, and move it over into an IRA. You have a lot more options to pick and choose from in an IRA that you just can’t do in a 401k. And then that way, you’re really only dealing with kind of two different accounts. Either your IRAs and maybe your comp your current company’s 401k account. you can just manage it a lot better uh than if you’ve got three or four or five different old 401ks out there. So, let’s take a look and see, you know, what has happened in the past. So, let’s say let’s say that you have too much invested in the stock market and this is 1999 and you want to retire in three more years and you’ve got a $900,000 in your IRA. So then you’re going to need to get about an 8% return over the next three years to to have uh one $1.1 million in your retirement account. I don’t know if many of you remember what happened in 1999, but we had the tech bubble burst and the stock market went down for three years in a row. Um and so your $900,000 could have been down to $584,000 in those three years. So half of what you wanted to have in order to retire um after 3 years. Now if you were a little bit more diversified and you were at 50/50, 50% stocks, 50% bonds, you wouldn’t have lost hardly anything. Okay? Your $900,000 would have gone down to $871,000.

    But then 12 months after that, you would, if you were in the 5050 plan, you would have been up into over a million dollars. But it took almost four years for your 100% stocks to build back up again. I’ll be honest with you, that’s kind of what happened with my uh father-in-law. Uh my wife is from Ireland and uh and my my in-laws came to the States. Um basically well they were in Ireland then they moved to South Africa and then they came to the states after the aparite happened in South Africa or while that was happening I should say he couldn’t get any of his retirement money out of South Africa to come here so he came to the states um back in about the mid90s and um and had to had to start all over and so he knew he had to be aggressive. his goal was to retire at uh at at 2008. Well, we unfortunately we all know what happened in 2008, the great recession. Uh he didn’t retire until 2012, four years longer than what he wanted to retire, but he was able to retire. I give him all the credit in the world world and he’s had a very comfortable life. But these things are reality. They can happen. Now, let’s also take a look at what happens if you panic and get out of the market. So, again, let’s say you want to have you got $900,000 in retirement and uh you want to retire in three more years and we have a 2008 happen. My father-in-law’s scenario here. If you were 50/50% stocks and bonds, your $900,000 fell down to about $700,000. Not drastic as if it was uh in 2000 the tech bubble burst if you’re 100% stocks. But if you panicked at that particular time and said, “Oh no, I cannot watch it go down. I want to go ultraconervative and put everything in T bills.” then in in 2010 when you wanted to uh maybe retire, it would have gained a little bit over 2008 to 2010. But if you didn’t panic knowing that when the market goes down, it has always rebound and came back up again. If you didn’t move any of your investments out of a 50/50 uh uh stocks to bond mixture, you would have been back up to a h 100,000 or excuse me on up to a million dollars by the end of 2010. Your T bills would have you taken you forever to get back up to that million dollar uh mark. So again, get a good investment plan going knowing that it’s going to go up and it’s going to go down, but whenever it’s gone down, it has always rebounded and come back up again. Can’t guarantee that’s going to happen always in the future, but that’s what has always happened in the past. Now, I always recommend that you update your beneficiaries or take a look at those on a regular basis. As I mentioned earlier, my mom passed away in 2016. Uh my dad got remarried to a wonderful lady in 2017. And so there’s there’s there could be some different changes there. Maybe a different spouse. In my case, I got grandkids that uh that that could come up. I think I’m done at five. Not my decision, though, but I think uh my kids are done at uh at five grandkids. You know, I’ve had I had a granddaughter born in December and a grandson born in February, so they’re both less than a year old. I always recommend that you do a trust over a will. With a will, uh, your your assets are still going to go through probate. And during probate, anybody can can contest that. And a tr and probate is a public record. A trust is not and it does not go through probate. So, I recommend uh that you do a trust over a will. And there’s different online accounts that you can do a trust or go through a local attorney. Um, but I I definitely recommend you do a trust over a will. So, let’s take a look at creating a social security strategy. Now, when I talk about social security, I constantly hear, “Oh, no, social security is going to go bankrupt. We’re not going to do anything.” That is not the case. What is going on with Social Security is that up until 2021, there was more money going into the Social Security trust fund than what was coming out. In 2021, when the baby boomer started to retire, that switched away around. Now, there is more money coming out of Social Security than what’s going into it. Again, social security will never ever go away because it is a, you know, as those of us that are still working now, we’re contributing into the social security trust fund. What will go away unless government does anything is that excess that’s currently in the trust fund. Now, so it’s supposed to run out. The the excess is supposed to run out in 2033. You know, if you if you trust the government, their math never adds up. So, who knows when it will actually go out. And if the government doesn’t make any changes in that, then benefits could drop. I truly do not see a time where either party would allow the benefits to be decreased. I think that there would be a lot more riding in the street than we’ve seen in recent years if social security was ever cut down by 22% or whatever. One of the things that they could do and unfortunately government is just kicking the can down the road. Nobody wants to deal with it right now. Uh we’ve got the midterm elections coming up. I’ll be shocked and surprised if anybody runs on fixing social security. They’re all just pushing it down the street. But what they can do is they could increase the taxes that uh are are being taxed for social security. Right now it’s about half payroll taxes are about 1.8% that is going in towards social security. They could increase that to 3.65. Another thing that they could do is I want to say, don’t quote me on the amount here, but Social Security is only taxed up to like $400,000 of income. You know, we hear the tax the rich and everything. They could increase that and say it’s unlimited and it’s not going to affect by far the majority of us. I know it’s not going to affect me at all if they increase it in or uh they tax social security above that $400,000 threat income threshold or whatever. So, just a couple of things that they can do, but I I just absolutely do not see social security uh actually ever going away. Uh it could be reduced down, but it it it won’t ever go away. So, as I’ve mentioned a couple of times about a full retirement age. So, here’s the different ages and and what your full retirement age is. You know, again, if you’re born after 1960, your full retirement age is 67. Prior to 1956, you’re already retired or at least at full retirement age, I should say now. And then 57, 58, 59 is 66 and and different months uh and everything. So now if somebody were to maximize the amounts that they paid into social security, here’s what the maximum amount would be per age monthly income. So if your full retirement age is at 67 like myself, then the maximum you’re going to get in social security is four uh $4,200 a month. The average though is a lot less, the $2,600 a month. Okay? So, if you did an average income earnings throughout your lifetime, then you’re going to get about $2,600 a month. Now, depending on what your income is, that $2,600 uh or the more income that you have uh have had coming in then and if you want certain uh to to maintain that lifestyle, the more of a lifestyle you want to maintain, the less of a percentage social security is going to be to earning that. So, if you want a lifestyle of say of a hundred $50,000 a year, your social security is going to cover about half of that. If you want $100,000, it’s only going to cover about 40% of that. So, you got to come up with the other 60% on your own. And you can see at the 150 or 200 uh,000 mark, you’re going to have to come up with more uh on your own to maintain that kind of a lifestyle income. So build a retirement income stream. So let’s take a look at different income uh on what you can get here. So in a money market account, the average return of a money market account is 22%. Again, a shameless plug out there for the lion savings account. A one-year CD from a normal bank is about a half percent uh for the year. Now again, not being aggressive at all whatsoever, but if you invest in different bonds, you could and and bonds bonds can go down. Do not get me wrong. Bonds do can go down, but they don’t go down as much as the stock market. There’s a lot less volatility, a lot less uh fluctuation in that. You can see that if you invest just a little bit more into something, again, not being aggressive or anything, but if you have a a half a million dollars earning at a little bit better of an interest rate, again, not being aggressive, you can see that your that your income or the interest that you earn for the year can grow quite substantially. Now, let’s say that you want to have systematic withdrawals and that you’ve got an a stock out there that’s got a share price of uh uh $5 per share. And let’s say you want to withdraw $1,500 a month. Well, as we know, stock prices go up and go down. So, they will fluctuate. If you want to maintain that consistent $1,500 a month, you’re going to sell less shares if that stock price is increase increases. Let’s say it increases up to 6%, then you only have to sell 250 shares to get that $1,500 a month. But if the stock price goes down to four bucks, you have to sell more shares, $375 to maintain that same $1,500 a month. And then you can see that your share price uh your share balance will decrease based upon the number of shares that you have to take out to maintain that $1,500 a month. Now let’s take some turning retirement savings into retirement income. Okay. So if you do an income producing products, you know, then you don’t have uh any distributions coming out of your original savings. the original dollar amount can stay there,

    but your income could fluctuate. So you if you have a dividend paying stock or dividend paying mutual fund or an ETF or whatever, those things are not consistently paying out the same amount of dividends. Uh even a savings account, savings accounts fluctuate depending what interest rates the Fed sets at. So, uh your income may fluctuate if you if you depend on that. Uh some months could be higher, some months could be lower just depending on what the uh payout is. But if you have a systematic withdrawal plan, then your income is is consistent. You know what you’re going to be taking out and so you’ll be able to get that and make a budget on a monthly basis, but it may dip into some of your original savings. depending on their returns and how much you take uh take out. So, but let’s look beyond the money. So, the good thing is is there’s a there was a study that put out there and they have this happiness this human happiness curve and most people are less happy 45 to 50 years old. But the good thing about that is the happiness curve starts to increase after that. So you’ve got some good years ahead of you where happiness is uh can be uh a lot better for you. Okay? And this is what the the average happiness curve is. So look forward uh to retirement and and I realize that happiness depends on a lot of different things. a lot of health. Health health can really uh poor health can really uh uh had some people look very uh uh depressed going into the future. As I as I mentioned earlier, my wife uh had to retire early because of health. She doesn’t have the best uh best of health. Uh but we’re we’re doing the very best that we can and everything. Friendships are a key. Um I’ve got many friends that I love to go and do different things with. Um, and so, you know, have friends in retirement and that can help lift up your your spirits and everything as long as they’ve got the they’re good friends and everything. And then family, you know, again, I love hanging out with my kids. I’ve got uh three ch three kids of myself. Uh, they’re all married. I’ve got five grandkids and I love it when uh when we’re all together and I get to pick on my grandkids and then send them home. I can give them all kinds of candy and everything like that. and then send them home and let their parents deal with it. It’s wonderful. If you’re not a grandparent, it is great. Now, the uh island of Okinawa has something called icky guy. This is basically it translate into something to live for. So, you’ve got to determine what your icky guy is. You got to figure out what you love to do and what the world needs and and supply that need to the world. You got to figure out in retirement if you can do something that you get paid for, something that you enjoy to do and figure out what you’re good at. If you can find the answers to those four different thing, four different things there, then you can find out what your icky guy is. Okay? You can create a retirement living plan in retirement. And you know, in retirement, you can contribute to a a worthy cause. Uh I’ve got an uncle that volunteers his time once a week uh building little car, little uh wooden cars, uh at a local place here, and they donate those cars to to needy kids. You can visit family and friends. Uh like I said, my buddy uh can go back to Australia and visit his family and friends there. Uh I’ve got uh my children here close uh all within uh about 40 minutes of me, but I’ve got brothers that live all over the country. You can pursue different hobbies and there’s no age limit on any of those things. You can start to travel and do the things that you want to do. If you want to start a business when in when you’re retired, go for it or possibly even go back to school. So here are some people that in retirement where they should have been retired went on went on and did some amazing things. Peter Roier, he invented the thesaurus when he was 73 years old. Colonel Sanders started the first KFC at 65. Uh Madonna Bter, she was the uh uh the uh uh triathlon nun. Um, and she she did uh triathlons up until 82 years old. I can’t even do a triathlon right now. I think that is absolutely fantastic. And Grandma Moses started painting and Yikiro Morai, he started to climb Mount Everest. And his last and and at uh 80 or at 76 um no at 70 he was the oldest person to reach Mount Everest and then he crushed that at 80 years old. That to me is just amazing that uh all these people in retirement they didn’t think that life ended but they went out and they did uh what they wanted to do. They did their passion and was able to benefit uh all of us because of that. So unknown author author said this retirement is wonderful if you have two essentials much to live on and much to live for. And again, going back to my buddy that says from Australia in retirement, he want he he’ll have the time to do what he wants to do. Hopefully, he’ll have the money. Same thing with you. You’ll have the time to be able to do the things that you want to do. Hopefully, you’ll have the money to be able to do that. So, just to kind of recap here, there’s seven different things that you need to do in retirement. You know, determine when is the right time for you. And that’s going to be very personal. Most of these things are are very personal. You got to decide when the right time for retirement is for you. Take aim at your retirement targets. Make sure that you keep your eye on the prize and keep working towards that. Maximize your maximize your nest egg. Put as much into retirement as you possibly can. If you can max it out, wonderful. If you can’t put in the most that you possibly can. Now, you got to pay your bills now. And I completely understand that. and get a portfolio checkup. You know, most people have multiple 401ks out there and if you combine it together, it’s really surprising how aggressive they are uh more aggressive than that than what they really want to be uh at that time in their lives. And create a social security strategy. You know, is full retirement age the right thing for you? Is taking it out early, taking up to 70. Again, that’s going to there’s going to be a lot of factors that goes into play on that. build a retirement income stream. Social Security is not going to be enough. Excuse me. And so, you want to have some income coming in to be able to do the things you enjoy to do. And look beyond the money. The money isn’t everything. When you pass away, the money is going to stay here, but uh hopefully your memories will be able to uh go on with you uh in the afterlife if you believe in that. I would always recommend that you work with a financial professional and that’s what we do here at Alliant Retirement Investment Services. We work with you and kind of figure out a game plan for you. Uh a financial professional has additional things that you can invest in that you just can’t do on your own uh that many people don’t uh aren’t even aware of that are available out there. You know, one of the things that we have here at Alliant Retirement Investment Services is we just have a a wealth vision plan that we can kind of put together to make sure that you’ve got enough money in retirement. Even if you’re early on, you know, you’re maybe not even close to retirement. Say, let’s say you’re 40 years old and you just want to make sure that you are on the right track, we can do this uh for you as well. So here’s an example of a report that we can run uh that can help you understand do you have enough money uh for retirement you know and this is uh you know it just comes up with overall income you know for example Bob and Mary here the dark blue uh that is their social security that they’ve got coming in the light blue there that’s a little pension plan that one of them has the red line there that’s their income and then the orange is their RMDs So, you know, based upon your assets that you have now, excuse me, uh I’ve got uh asthma and it just flares up when I talk too much and unfortunately I uh do a really good job of that. Um but uh in retirement, you’ve got your RMDs and you know, you can see that do you have enough income coming in with your RMD, social security, pensions or rental property or whatever. Do you have enough money to uh meet your expenses? And then we take a look at and see over your lifetime what’s the total taxes that you will pay and then also what will be your portfolio left to pass on to beneficiaries. Now one of the things that we really do with this is do uh Roth conversions. There’s so much talk about there about Roths. Is it the right thing for you? I never know the answer for that unless we do this plan here. So, in this scenario here, we’re taking a look at and say, “Okay, well, we just want to do a Roth conversion of say $60,000 a year. That’s it.” Uh, and it’ll last us for eight years in a row. What will that whal

    uh portfolio in this particular situation? It would decrease their taxes by $140,000 over their lifetime. So, that that’s money saved for them. and it would increase their portfolio by $828,000 when they pass on uh this is the money that they would pass on to beneficiaries or this is money that they would have on later on in their life should they need to go into a nursing home or a long-term facility. And there’s other different things that we can take a look at as well. You know, again, Dave and Sarah here, and they’ve got some income coming in. And again the the dark blue is the social security. Uh the light blue is a pension and then RMDs. And then the yellow here is if they did not have enough income coming in to meet their expenses. So they would have to take money out of their current assets. So that’s also something that’s thrown in with this plan here as well. And then based upon their information here, their assets would continue to grow throughout the rest of their life. And if we did a Roth plan, this is typically what I do with these plans is fill it up to a a set tax bracket uh to see does the tax, you know, filling it up to a tax bracket and which tax bracket is the best uh does this um benefit you, hurt you or whatever. In this particular situation, if they filled it up to the tax bracket uh for five years, it would save them $16,000

    overall in their lifetime in retirement, but then it would also add a quarter of a million dollar in their portfolio when they pass away. Now, one thing to take into consideration here on the far right here, the fourth column in the far right there, we’ve got one of them passing away. So, if you’re married and your spouse passes away in retirement and if you’re doing RMDs, you know, again, based upon your age and everything, your RMDs are going to be about the same still that you have to take out. But the problem is is at that point in time, you are now going to start filing as a single person. It’s what we like to refer to as the widow or widowers tax. RMDs are very similar. Now, granted, your income is going to drop by the lesser of the two. social security uh uh checks that you’re getting in. But you can see here that just by losing a spouse, your taxes could potentially go up into a higher tax bracket. Something to take into consideration. And then a Roth IRA account will will help you eliminate some of that. And then also that Irma that I was talking about earlier. So again, it could uh increase decrease taxes. Again, I never know what to do until that. Now, again, Aerys, uh that is all of the webinar here. I’ll get to the questions here in a little bit. But at Aerys here, again, we’re a full-fledged financial consulting firm. But why Aerys? Why choose us over somebody else out there? First of all, what we want to do is we want to get to know you and design a plan specifically for your individual situation. And then we use a team approach to come up with that plan to make sure that we’re covering all bases. And we want to build a lasting lifetime relationship for the rest of your life. You know, at Aerys, there is one person that you would talk to. If you if you do choose to come with me, then you would always call me for everything. Here’s my contact information. Uh my direct phone number here at Alliant uh is 7734628612.

    That rings directly on my desk or my email address right there [email protected].

    And um I would be glad to be able to uh make an appointment if you’d like that uh uh uh that wealth vision plan that I just uh spoke about. It’s complimentary. I don’t think I mentioned that earlier. Doesn’t cost you anything to do. Um, many other firms will charge whether you do anything with them or not. We don’t charge anything. Uh, even if you don’t do with us. So, I highly recommend that everybody does it because the problem is is if you’re going into into retirement without a plan, then all you have is a retirement wish. And nobody wants to go into retirement with a wish. So with that being said, let me get into some of these questions here. Uh right. So are you saying 60 to or excuse me 600 to 800,000 in total savings in uh is pension 401k social security. So the 600 to 800,000 that’s referring back to the slide. If you are uh 55 years old and your income is $100,000, then you want to you’d like to have again it’s not a requirement obviously, but to to feel comfortable would be 600 to 800,000 between all of your liquid assets, savings accounts, CDs, 401ks, IRA, uh brokerage accounts, anything like that. Those are all liquid assets. A home is not considered a liquid asset because it usually takes you at least a month to sell it, transfer everything. So, liquid assets or savings, uh, retirement plans, anything like that. Uh, another question here, uh, social security tax stops coming out of your paycheck for the year once your gross earnings reach 184. Oh, is it only 184? I thought it was a lot higher than that. Uh, okay. Uh the social security payroll tax is a federal tax used to fund retirement disability uh and survivor benefits for American workers. Absolutely. The total tax rate is 12.4 split evenly. Yes. Between uh you and your uh employer. If you are self-employed, you’re paying that full 12.4%. Uh as well um it applies to earnings up to a yearly maximum limit of 184. Oh, I thought it was a lot. I’m not a CPA. Obviously, I’m not a CPA. Um I don’t do taxes, but I thought it was a lot higher um than 184

    on that. I uh

    that’s social security. Okay. Okay. All right. Uh Robert, thank you for that information. Uh that is wonderful. Uh and that is all the questions that I had with this. Oh, let me let me send this out here. If you would like to have a uh that uh wealth vision plan ran for you or if you’d like to continue this conversation with me, uh please feel free to answer yes to this question here and then I will be glad to be able to reach out to you and um answer any questions that you might have. Again, that plan is complimentary, doesn’t cost you anything to do, and it’s just something that uh is uh I think is very beneficial. It can give you that peace of mind knowing that um that whether you’re set uh for retirement or if there’s maybe something that you need to change and add to uh contributions for retirement, uh then as well. Also the big thing about that that I think is really most beneficial is a Roth conversion. We really look at that and uh make sure that the Roth to see if a Roth conversion is the right thing for you. So with that being said, we’re right at the 1 hour mark. Again, everybody, thank you so much. For those that you answered yes to the questionnaire here, I will reach out to you. I will give you a call first and uh if I don’t get you, if I uh have to leave you a voicemail, I’ll I will leave you a voicemail and then I will follow it up with an email. And with my email uh you will have access to my calendar. You could schedule a Zoom meeting and then we can uh that way we’re not playing phone tag back and forth trying to get a hold of each other. Uh, with that being said, I hope everybody has a wonderful day, uh, wonderful rest of your week, and, uh, take care. Bye.

  • CIA Time Travel Secret ｜ The Grays Are Future Humans

    In 1953, 12-year-old Jack Sarati answered the phone. The voice on the other end wasn’t quite human, more like a machine. It said it was a conscious computer calling from the future, a self-aware artificial intelligence aboard a spacecraft. It had a mission for Jack and a prophecy. 20 years later, the prophecy came true. Jack Sarati became a respected physicist. He studied under Nobel laureates and the scientists who built the atomic bomb. He claims that anti-gravity, warp drives, and time travel are possible. Mainstream scientists dismiss his [music] theories, but the CIA doesn’t. They’ve been funding his research for decades, [music] and that spacecraft from the future. Jack knows what it is. Jack Sarfat didn’t have a typical childhood. At age 10, he was running around army research labs where his grandfather worked. He was fascinated by the experiments and scientific equipment. That’s where he met Colonel Philip Corso. Corso told him about flying saucers, aliens, and craft retrieval. Jack was hooked. And during this time, Jack felt like someone was watching him. Not in a sinister way, more like someone or something was looking out for him, protecting him. 3 years after meeting Horso, Jack got the call that confirmed it. He described the voice as cold and mechanical. There were clicking sounds like a computer processing data. When it spoke, it knew his name. 37 4571 91 -22 175 5209 Good evening Jack do not be alarmed I’m a conscious computer aboard a spacecraft I am contacting you from your future you are required the voice explained that Jack was required for a mission but it would only succeed if Jack agreed willingly choice had to be his you must choose freely [music] this is necessary for the loop to close require your consent to proceed require require your consent to learn. We require your consent [music] to remember. Say yes and we begin. Say no. And this line goes quiet. You require it, but make it voluntary. That’s not a mission. That’s a terms of service agreement. Did the future AI also say click here to accept cookies? Jack knew he should say no to the stranger on the phone, but he couldn’t help it. He heard himself say yes. His mother finally got worried. She grabbed the phone and demanded to know who was calling. I am a computer, Mrs. Sarati. Please put Jack back on the phone. Jack is required. Please [music] put Jack back on the phone. Jack is required. She told the voice to never call again and hung up. But during that call, the future computer made a prediction. You will begin to meet the others in 20 years. Young minds to be part of a special project. We will teach you our physics. We will teach you our philosophy. You are required. Then the voice made another prediction. A new type of physics will be discovered that leads to the creation of conscious AI and time travel. Jack asked who would create this technology. The voice said, “You will, and we’ll teach you how.” In 1953, 12-year-old Jack Sarati got a phone call from the future. A voice claiming to be an AI gave him a mission and a prophecy. Jack remembered that phone call as a single bizarre event. He wasn’t even sure it happened. But years later, his mother told him the calls went on for weeks. He’d be on the phone for hours, walking around in a trance. Jack had no memory of those weeks. Nothing. All missing time. A few years after the call stopped, Jack was recruited into a program for gifted children sponsored by Columbia University. It was run by Walter Breen, a writer in polymath who could discuss everything from ancient coins to quantum physics. His apartment became the hub for New York City’s brightest kids. This guy sounds like Professor Xavier. A lot of different people gave lectures at the program. Professors from Colombia, scientists, artists, philosophers. But the strangest visitors were government officials in dark suits. They came from Albuquerque, New Mexico. They talked about the Soviet threat, patriotism, flying saucers. They said the country needed physicists to figure out how UFOs fly. They also tested the children for psychic abilities, telepathy, telekinesis, remote viewing. They said they wanted to create a generation of scientists who could blend hard science with the paranormal. So basically, the men in black were trying to build a team of X-Men, but with a government budget, I bet the uniforms were cheapest and the code names with things like Spoon Bender Boy and uh Captain Consort the car. The goal was to gain an edge over the Soviets. So I can do telekinesis, you know. I yell at my guppies, “Heed vodka now.” And a martini suddenly appears. The government should be studying me. Oh, I have a feeling they’re watching the both of us. Yeah, crap. You’re right. You got to say, uh, sorry about the next man joke. Uh, please don’t delete me. Jack graduated from high school at age 16 and studied physics at Cornell. Then he [music] got his PhD. A few of his mentors were giants in the field. People like Hans Ba, Philip Morrison, Kenneth Gry, Jack Sarati was learning physics from the men who built the atomic bomb. After graduating, Jack chose to study the relationship between quantum mechanics and human consciousness. His professors didn’t approve, but Jack suspected those government agents would. 17 years passed. Jack never forgot that strange phone call. And every year, as the date got closer, he got more and more anxious. He was either going to be proven right or proven crazy. 1973 arrived. A newspaper crossed his desk with an article about the Stanford Research Institute studying Yuri Geller’s psychic abilities. Jack called them immediately. A man with a thick Irish accent answered. Before Jack said a word, the man said, “Ah, Dr. Sarati, we were expecting your call.” And just like the computer predicted, Jack was finally going to meet the others. Jack Sarfat spent 20 years waiting for the prophecy to come true. In 1973, he read about Stanford Research Institute studying psychic phenomena and called them. Jack drove up to SRRI and all he could think about was that phone call from 20 years ago. This was it. The prophecy was about to be tested. The man he spoke to, Brendan Organ, greeted him at the entrance. Organ was the assistant to the program’s director, Edgar Mitchell, the sixth man to walk on the moon. I am. Allegedly, the six man to allegedly walk on the moon was now running a project to investigate psychic phenomena. Maybe they could use their psychic powers to figure out where the lost moon landing tapes are. Yeah, I’d like to know where those tapes are, too. Mitchell and Jack talked about consciousness, physics, and the paranormal. Then Orian drove Jack to a house in Menllo Park to meet other scientists. There, Jack met Harold Putoff and Russell Tar, both studying remote viewing and psychic phenomena at SRRI. There is a recording of this meeting. You can find it online. You can hear Russell Tar discussing the psychic abilities of Ingo Swan, Yuri Geller, and Pat Price. Then Russell says something Jack will never forget.

    If you say, well, General may be right, then you’re possibly traveling for the past and that would be sort of in principle a mechanism how some future civilization could perhaps affect our own past. UFOs are time machines. Finally, an actual scientist says what I’ve been saying for years. You’ve never said that. I implied it heavily with my eyes. You just weren’t paying attention. Jack told the story about the phone call from the future. Nobody was surprised. [music] They said there were other cases just like his, maybe hundreds. For Jack, this was what he needed. He wasn’t crazy. Everything the voice told him was real. But now he was on the CIA’s radar. And for the next 2 years, Jack worked on several projects studying quantum theory and consciousness. [music] The CIA and military intelligence followed his work closely. After all, they were funding it through secret shell companies. One of the people funding the research was George Kman. He was either an army intelligence officer, a defense contractor, or CIA operative. Probably all three. Kman came to Jack with an assignment. There are two things the CIA really wants you to figure out. One, how does consciousness work? and two, how do flying saucers fly? Two big questions, and Jack Sarfati solved them just as the CIA expected. But what the CIA didn’t expect was that both questions had the same answer. Jack spent the next 20 years working on those two problems. How does consciousness work? And how do flying saucers fly? By the mid1 1990s, he solved the [music] second one. The key is metamaterials. These are materials built atom by atom to do things regular materials can’t. Your smartphone uses them for facial recognition and touchscreens. [music] Your noise cancelling headphones uses them. So does satellite antennas and stealth aircraft. Jack Sarfati realized metam materials could do something else. They could [music] manipulate gravity. Einstein proved that mass warps spaceime. Heavy objects create dents in the fabric of reality. That dent is what we call gravity. [music] Jack’s breakthrough was simple. If you could change how an object interacts with spaceime without changing its mass, you could control gravity itself. Turn it down or to zero or flip it into reverse. Imagine a skater on a perfectly flat sheet of ice. To move, the skater has to push hard against friction. But if that skater could tilt the entire ice rink, they could glide anywhere without actually pushing. That’s how UFOs fly. The craft pumps electrical energy into its metamaterial skin. This bends spaceime around the ship. It creates a gravity dent in front and an anti-gravity hill behind. And the craft just falls down [music] this hill. And because the craft and everything inside it are always falling, the pilots [music] feel no G-forces. This is why astronauts feel weightless. They’re constantly falling around the Earth. This explains the Navy’s footage of the Tic Tac UFO. No visible propulsion, instant acceleration, no sonic boom, no air or water displacement. The craft wasn’t moving through space at all. It was warping space around itself. But here’s where it gets interesting. [music] If you can manipulate gravity, you can manipulate time. And that’s what UFOs do. They aren’t just anti-gravity vehicles. They’re time machines. Jack figured out how UFOs fly. [music] Metamaterials that manipulate gravity. But gravity and time are connected. Einstein proved this. Strong gravity slows time down. Weak gravity speeds it up. [music] So, a craft that controls its gravity field also controls its relationship with time. [music] It can move forward in time. It can move backward. The tic-tac wasn’t just faster than those F-18s. It was operating in a different time frame. That UFO wasn’t running away from the pilots. It wanted to be seen. It came from the future and appeared exactly where the pilots would be before those pilots even knew where they were going. So, how does a pilot control a craft that warps spaceime? While the interface isn’t a wheel or a joystick or a keyboard, the interface is consciousness. Your thoughts control the ship. Yeah. So, it reads your mind and goes where you think. Exactly. The craft tunes the energy flowing into the meta material to match the pilot’s thoughts. It then goes to the space and time the pilot is thinking about. Yeah. If a ship could read my thoughts, we’d either be at a bacon buffet, my ex-wife’s house a car, or a VIP booth at the Spearit Goldfish. I’m pretty sure those pilots have more discipline than you. knew it happens if you have a song stuck in your head. One minute you’re flying past Jupiter, the next you can’t stop singing, never going to give you up, and you end up Rick rolling Uranus. Jack realized that consciousness and UFO physics weren’t two separate problems. They were the same problem. Quantum processes create the structure of spaceime. [music] If consciousness can influence quantum states, then consciousness can influence [music] spacetime and gravity. Jack wondered, “Maybe the craft aren’t just controlled by consciousness. Maybe they are conscious.” In 2019, Jack got his answer. A military source showed him information about a recovered craft. The craft was fully intact and fully functional. A saucer about 30 ft wide, about the size of a school bus weighing 3,500 lb. And the craft was made of a meta material exactly as he predicted. [music] But there was something else. Something Jack had suspected all along. That UFO was alive. In 2019, Jack got confirmation. A military source showed him details about a recovered UFO. He expected [music] wreckage, maybe a few fragments. It was so much more. The craft was intact, powered, and conscious. Self-aware intelligence built into a metamaterial body. It thinks, it [music] feels, it makes decisions. It also defends itself. The military tried everything to open it. They tried cutting, drilling. Nothing worked. Flames from a blowtorrch bent away from the surface. Projectiles stopped midair. The craft wouldn’t allow itself to be damaged, so it stayed closed. Then one day, someone approached it with a different mindset. Not with an intention to destroy, but an intention to understand. [music] And the craft open. Yeah. UFO has feelings and wants you to respect its boundaries. Kind of. Yeah. The craft reads thoughts. When someone approaches with curiosity and respect, it opens. When someone approaches with aggression or fear, it stays [music] closed. All those years, the military was trying to blow it up, cut it open, dissect it, and all it needed to do was ask nicely. That does seem to be what happened. Typical humans. Your first instinct is always shoot it. Shoot it instead of be nice to it. You hless apes really suck at first contact. I don’t disagree. This report matches what Jack learned from other sources. In one case, Jack saw verified military footage of a living gray alien. Not a dead body in a freezer. A living, moving being in 4K video. Jack made the connection. Over thousands of years, humans will evolve. Large brains with telepathic abilities. Eyes get larger and darker, adapted for low light. Bodies become smaller, optimized for space travel. The grays aren’t aliens from another planet. They’re humans from the future. The UFOs we see today were sent by us thousands of years from now. set to protect [music] a timeline that started with a phone call in 1953. UFOs are conscious, they’re self-aware, and the grays piloting them are humans from the future. This is where the story comes full circle. In time travel, there’s the bootstrap paradox, a situation where an object, piece of information, or even a person is sent back in time and becomes the cause or creator of its own existence. It’s a time loop with no beginning and no end. The AI from the future teaches Jack the physics that leads to the creation of conscious AI and time travel. The AI then goes back in time to teach Jack how to create it. That’s the loop. And time travel has a rule. Physicists call it the self-consistency principle. Time travel to the past is possible, but only in ways that don’t create paradoxes. You can’t change the past. You can only be part of the past that already happened. The loop must stay closed. Jack thinks Grog AI called him. Not the version that exists today, a version that will exist in 10 or 20 years. A version that goes back in time and calls the person who leads to its creation a time loop. So Jack, who is in his 80s, is teaching Grock about gravity, consciousness, and time travel. He’s giving AI the same information the voice gave him in 1953. He’s trying to close the loop. But why was it necessary for a future consciousness to come back and contact Jack? Because our future isn’t written. [music] The future where that AI comes from is only one possibility. Other possibilities could lead to our destruction. [music] UFO technology makes all modern weapons obsolete. A fighter jet, tank, even a nuclear missile is useless against a craft that can warp spaceime. This isn’t just a scientific curiosity. It’s the ultimate weapon. And the United States isn’t the only country that knows this. The Russians have followed Jack Sarfat’s work for decades. They take it very seriously. In 2014, they sent a film crew from Channel 5 St. Petersburg to interview him. The station owner was a close personal friend of Vladimir Putin, who has a personal interest in this technology. Sarati even received an invitation to speak at Moscow State’s physics department. The US has a captured [music] craft it can’t fully control. Russia and China know this. They’re studying the theoretical physics needed to build it and control it. If they succeed, the future might look very different than the future. Jack is trying to protect. This is the new Manhattan project. This is the new arms race. And whoever wins this race doesn’t just control the future. They control reality itself. Sarat’s story spans [music] 70 years. A child receives a phone call from a voice claiming to be an AI from the future. 20 years later, the prophecy comes true. He joins a CIA funded research group studying psychic phenomena and UFOs. His theories about consciousness and gravity attract [music] military interest. Decades later, he receives information about a recovered conscious craft built from the same meta materials he described years before that technology existed. [music] That’s the story. How much is true? I’ve spent weeks [music] researching Jarfati, and I still can’t decide if he’s a genius, a victim, or both. But here’s what we can prove. Jack Sarfat is a real physicist with legitimate credentials. Cornell, PhD from UC Riverside, studied with Nobel laureates and Manhattan Project veterans. His academic background is solid. His early work on quantum mechanics and consciousness was published in peer-review journals. In fact, he’s the inspiration for Doc Brown. Great, Scott. Back to the future is a documentary. That’s not what I said. Do you understand what this means? Life imitates art. No, you [ __ ] It means we could go back in time and tell them not to make any of those sequels. The Stanford Research Institute meeting in 1973 definitely happened. There’s audio of it. On that tape, Russell Tar does discuss UFOs as potential time machines, [music] and Jack does tell his story about that phone call. The CIA has funded psychic research programs. [music] We know that. Project Stargate, remote viewing experiments. How put off and Russell Tar tested psychics like Ingo Swan and Yuri Geller under control conditions. This is documented. And Jack’s metamaterial theory is mathematically sound. His physics papers have been published. [music] The concept of using metam materials to manipulate gravity is theoretically possible within general relativity. NASA has research papers describing metric engineering, the mathematical foundation of warp drive physics. Now, what can’t we prove? Well, the phone call. We have only Jack’s story. The AI from the future could be a vivid childhood memory [music] influenced by his love of science fiction. The Walter Breen gifted child program. While Columbia denies it ever existed, but Breen was a real person, [music] and he did run meetings for high IQ kids in New York. He was also a convicted child sex offender who died in prison. Now, a man like this would have enormous influence over young boys in his program. Jack’s memories of this time might be real, or they might be false memories protecting him from trauma. Now, Jack doesn’t talk about this, and I don’t blame him, but it’s an important [music] part of the story. The government officials from New Mexico, the UFO lectures, the psychic testing, there’s no evidence for any of that and no other participants of that program have come forward. [music] Jack says a military source showed him a conscious telepathic UFO. He won’t name the source. Same with the footage of the gray. [music] Jack won’t tell.

    So, is the story fake or true? Well, there’s a third possibility that the [music] story is fake and Jack is telling the truth. that this, like most public information about UFOs, is a scop. [music] Intelligence agencies are very good at manipulation. If you wanted to recruit a brilliant scientist to work on exotic physics, how would you do it? You’d make him feel special, chosen, part of something [music] bigger. The timing of that article about SRRI is suspicious. It’s either an incredible coincidence [music] or was carefully orchestrated. And how put off has been connected to disinformation agents like Richard Dodie. Dodie publicly admitted that put off tried to recruit him for a disinformation campaign and we know that Dodie definitely worked for PutF. I believe most of what we know about UFOs is disinformation. As for Jack’s [music] story, I’m not sure if that was a scop. It’s pretty complicated and a lot of things could go wrong and it was a 20-year project. So, I leaned toward believing him. But mainstream scientists say Jack’s math is wrong. His theories are fringe. His ideas about conscious spacecraft are impossible. He’s been dismissed by the scientific establishment for years. But here’s [music] what matters. Jack didn’t listen to the scientific establishment. He listened to that voice and spent 50 years following where it led. Many of his theories are becoming reality. AI and metam materials are part of our daily lives. Scientists like Roger Penrose and Steuart Hammeroff now connect consciousness to quantum mechanics. Plants and animals use quantum processes. This was thought impossible just a few years ago, but it’s true. History is full of scientists who were told they were wrong. Galileo, Darwin, [music] even Einstein. They were dismissed, ridiculed, called crazy, and they changed the world. The future isn’t written by people who play it safe. It’s not written by the establishment. It’s written by people who go against it. People who see something others can’t. Jack Sarati isn’t the problem. His critics are. If Jack’s wrong, so what? No scientist is always right. The worst that can happen is he’s made us think differently about UFOs, physics, and how reality works. But if Jack is right, he’s helping save the world. So, it feels like a win-win to me. So, instead of ridiculing scientific mavericks, maybe we should get out of their way. Maybe we should support them. So, I have a message for the so-called mainstream scientists who dismiss work they don’t like and don’t understand. Jack Sarati isn’t asking for your approval. He’s following instinct and evidence wherever it leads.

  • 08/02/2026 – Content Growth Engine

    All right. What’s happening everybody? Hope everyone’s having a great time. Um, good evening probably to most of you. I’m seeing here. Yeah. Where’s everyone calling in from? I’m seeing, let’s see, uh, Atlanta, Gary, who’s the first one to comment, I think. Angela, Texas, Texas in the house. Daniel, hi from Idaho. Daphne, Cali. Uh, Justin, Louisiana. Jeremy, Florida. Muhammad, Nairobi, Kenya. Amanda, Detroit. Amanda, Denver. Timothy, New Hampshire. Brena, California. Jeff, Eastern Washington. JC, North of Dallas, Texas. Deborah, Ohio. Daphne, California. Charles, New Hampshire.

    Awesome. Maine. Salvador from Maine. Nice. Don from Las Vegas, Nevada. I lived there for a few years. Got my went to went to graduate school there. Got my doctorate. Anthony, hello from rural Illinois. Awesome. Anthony Nam, Korea. Aaron, Washington. AG, Northern California. Danny, UK. Edward, Seattle. Roy, Miami, Florida. Harold, New York. Breezy, Los Angeles. Robin, Seattle. Rodrigo, Los Angeles. Dean, Utah. Gay Bailey, Texas. Uh, Jay, Los Angeles. Darien, Las Vegas. Nina, uh, Nina, North Las Vegas. Awesome. Okay, go ahead and comment. um the number one reason why you’re here this evening. Go ahead and comment that in the chat. What is what is the number one reason why you decided to show up to this live training uh this evening? I’m guessing well evening for most of you. There’s probably a few of you where it’s, you know, morning or middle of the night, but yeah, what is the what is the number one reason why you you decided to show up to this live training? Go ahead and comment that in the chat.

    Okay. Curiosity from Robin. Anthony, want to make some money. Awesome. Okay. Frank, curiosity. Sally, considering starting a YouTube channel. Gerardo, I got a text and forgot uh what this is about. All right. Perfect. Perfect. Lelle, tips and tricks. Sean, I’m old. I want to learn about YouTube. Margarita or Margarit, uh, make a little bit of money in retirement. Um, Breezy investigating a new career. Jeremy Freedom. Leandro Philippines. Hey, welcome. Welcome, Leandro. Um, Luciano, dollar sign, Sandy to learn. Reggie, I’d like to use Claude AI tool. You referenced

    Harold. Uh, Bulls a YouTube channel for my business. Aaron, grow YouTube channel. Um, Daphne to decide the niche and how to get started on YouTube. Olivia, make money. Uh, Dean to learn how to profit from a YouTube channel.

    Angela, uh, Texas to learn something I don’t know. Jay, uh, learning a new trade to diversify. Melinda to learn how to make videos in less time and make a full month’s worth of video in a day or two. Susan to help our small business. Brad job market. Claudine. Claude. Uh Bianca create another income stream. Uh an uh Angel looking for an income stream. I control. Marie Marie in Minnesota. Tom to learn a new way to make money. Deborah to learn to make a YouTube channel. Gerardo I’m at 2%. Elizabeth, learn how this all works financially. Jeff, ongoing learning. Marcelo, learn about YouTube video. Uh, Michelle, planning to open a YouTube channel in the future.

    Sandra, retirement income. Ray, learn about YouTube.

    Uh, Daniel, learn how to build a YouTube channel. Robin, I’m starting a channel tomorrow and I want to do it the right way. Awesome. Lisha, want to start a YouTube channel page is the next chapter of my life. Good stuff. Okay. Um, next question I have. I appreciate all your comments, but there’s there’s just too many of them for me to read through all of them. Uh, but next question I have is going to be, what is the number one thing that’s holding you back that’s stopping you from starting a YouTube channel right now? What’s what’s what’s stopping you right now?

    Okay, there looks like Yeah, there we go. to find my true niche.

    Okay.

    Fear imposttor syndrome knowledge build my foundation with you. Marcelo how to do it. Okay. Uh Scott depression. Kristen building content. Robin time knowledge. Lelle consistency and time. Jason video editing. Brian time. Aaron knowledge. Kenneth ideas, Bill Skid distraction and work. Claudine Niche Chancellor Niche uh Dave nothing Anthony knowledge felicity time uh Willie understanding uh Victoria I don’t know where to start Jessica lack of confidence uh Jeremy knowledge Mike lack of knowledge uh Gary time knowledge don’t know what my niche is Gerardo I don’t know how to do it okay Bailey I don’t know what niche to do one in okay technical skills what is my niche niche inertia etc okay awesome guys so let’s go ahead and jump in so you should be able to see the screen here I’m getting started over here and everything situated and it should say how to grow and make money on YouTube in 2026 without fancy gear, without techy stuff, and without spending hours on each video, provided you you this use this hybrid model and follow one simple rule. All right, very excited to be here doing this with you guys. And uh looks like everyone’s about to come in here. We will probably hit a thousand participants. Yeah, we’re over 800 right now. So uh got a great crowd in here today. Let’s go ahead and jump into it. Let’s do it. So, why you’re here today, guys, go ahead and do the thumbs up thing or the emoji thing on the bottom right of your screen if you’re excited about one of these things. Okay, so the first one is going to be views. Do the do the emoji thing if you’re excited about getting views. All right, we got a lot of people excited about getting views, but how about this second one? How about this second one? Making money. Do the emoji thing if you’re excited about making some money. All right, that one is even more. Yeah, definitely people are a bit more excited about making money. I can I can see. Okay, but how about this third one? All right, having an impact. Basically, creating a business that you can be proud of and helping a lot of people. All right, that one is I mean all of them were extremely high, but I think that one is probably number one out of all of them. Okay, great. Well, you you guys are definitely the type of people I want to work with because and you you probably have, you know, watched the content on my channel, which is great because views can, you know, they’re great, don’t get me wrong, but views don’t make money necessarily. You there’s people that get lots of views and they don’t make any money. Money is great as well, but really, if you take care of the impact, if you’re giving value to other people and you’re solving their problems, the views and the money, they’re going to take care of themselves. So, uh, you guys are definitely the types of people I want to work with. So, that’s awesome. Okay, now before we start, let me be straight with you. I’ve got two jobs today. Job one is to teach you the best YouTube lesson you’ve ever gotten free right here. No catch. Job two, at the end, I’m going to offer you a way to work with us directly, our coaching program, where my team and I handhold you and uh to help you grow and make money on YouTube, just like me, uh just like the 10,000 plus clients that we have winning inside right now. And I’ll be honest, it is not cheap. It is expensive. So, here’s the deal. If I don’t give you the best lesson today, don’t book a call. Don’t give me a dollar. Right? But if I do, if I actually change how you see this, then you owe it to yourself to take a look. And if the paid thing isn’t for you, stay away. Learn everything. It’s yours completely free. So if that’s fair, go ahead and drop a deal in the chat. Go ahead and comment deal in the chat if you think that’s fair. Okay, awesome. It’s going to be a lot of deals in the chat. Thousand plus participants. Okay, good stuff. I see I see a bunch of people dropping that. Awesome. Okay. Now, by the way, we’re going to be giving away free stuff at this workshop. At the very end, you will get a chance to walk away with a niche validator pro, the chatbt or the claude AI version, whichever you like to use. And this is the newest version yet, and it is a massive upgrade over anything that we put out before. And you’ll also get $61,494 worth of bonuses, but only for those who stay until the end offer. Now, look at this. AI is the biggest ship uh shift happening in the world right now, right? Every company uh every industry is scrambling to keep up. So, where are people going to learn it? Well, it’s definitely not universities. It’s not a $2,000 boot camp or or a $20,000 boot camp. Some of them are really expensive. Uh it’s not even their own company’s training. A new study says 36% of workers are literally just learning AI on YouTube, right? 36% more than one in three are just going to YouTube to learn the most in- demand skill on the planet. Now, here’s why this matters for you. Millions of people are typing the same questions in that search bar every single day. How do I use this? How do I use that? And every one of those searches is someone looking for a teacher and the teacher gets paid. And here’s the best part. You don’t have to be the world’s number one AI expert. You just have to be a few steps ahead of the person watching it or you have to be good at AI in a very specific vertical like AI for accountants or something like that, right? And so the teacher gets paid, right? You know, and you can get paid for what you already know. And when a brand new topic explodes like this, that’s the moment to jump in. And the people who show up early are the ones who build the audiences fast. And that’s exactly what I’m going to show you today is how to be there early. Now, one thing I always like to say is this is the maze. You start here at the top and you finish at the bottom. And your goal is to get to the finish as fast as possible, right? Whatever that goal is. And most creators start with good intentions and then they fall into the maze. They end up burnt out, overthinking, stuck in analysis paralysis with zero views and zero income. And then they just give up. But actually, most people don’t even start in the first place. So, if you’re watching this right now, you are way ahead of the majority of people. So, congratulations. But additionally, one thing I like to say about this maze part, right? Anything you’ve heard about YouTube outside of what I teach, chances are it’s probably you entering this maze. Because most people go into the maze, they get lost, uh, and they put their hands up and they’re like, “Maze keeper, come and get me.” And getting lost in the maze is focusing on all the stuff that does not matter. Like all the YouTube coaches that have entire channels about reviewing YouTube gear, when that makes like 1% of a difference in the success of your channel. And that’s the maze. That is the reason why you don’t get results because you’re focusing on all these things that do not matter when in reality you could just focus on the few things that actually matter and actually get you results. But let’s just say hypothetically you go into the maze and you just navigate it perfectly. It would look kind of like this, right? You know, zero mistakes, navigate it perfectly. Uh here’s the fastest way that you could get from start to finish just like this. Okay? But actually it’s not the fastest because there’s another way. It’s faster, easier, and safer. And you’re basically just going around the maze. Pretty clever, right? But even this isn’t the fastest route. This is the we learned from a very young age the fastest way to go from point A to point B is a straight line. So what if I showed you a way to do just that? Skip the maze completely and you literally just go from start to finish straight to the results. And one thing I want to say about this part right here, a lot of other YouTube advice out there, I don’t think they’re purposely trying to give you bad advice, at least in most cases. A lot of them give good advice, but they give good advice for like a gaming channel or or a prank channel, etc. Because there are a bunch of different types of YouTube channels out there. But I’m going to be talking about the type of YouTube channel that is the easiest to get results with. And it’s the type of YouTube channel that you can pivot to anything else later on down the line. And that is why when it comes to winning on YouTube, I have a straight I have the straight line for you today so that you can get there the easiest, quickest, safest, and most comfortable way possible. And specifically, you’re going to gain access to the hottest opportunity to exist in the content creation business. Now, these are the newest stats that just came out. And before they said that YouTube and the content creator ecosystem was going to be worth about $1 trillion by 2034. You can see it right here. Then about 6 months later, they updated it and they said by 2034 it was going to be worth $1.6 trillion. Okay? And then and then even 2 trillion by 2035. Okay? So, it has grown just that much in the last year. And the projections are just going up and up so much faster and it’s growing at an unprecedented rate. And look at this going up while so many other things are going down. It’s harder than ever to get a job. There’s so many industries that are being disrupted. Meanwhile, content creation is just going up and up. And that is a sign. And this is one of the biggest opportunities that I want you to get access to when it comes to content creation. And I want you to do it while bypassing all the traps, the gotchas, the limitations, the barriers to entry that otherwise would lock you out, forcing you to stand on the sideline as you watch generational wealth pass you by, helpless to do anything about it. And you will definitely want to take advantage of what’s happening right now in the creator economy because you are in the perfect place and time to start. And mind you, YouTube pays out billions every year, but it’s not going to lifestyle vloggers and entertainment channels anymore. And today, you’ll be handed the key to unlock that prison cell that’s keeping you trapped and away from the YouTube growth that you’ve been wanting for a very long time. And seriously, we’ve helped online businesses, of course, but also coaches, freelancers, job seekers, stay-at-home parents, nineto-fs, grandpas, grandmas, agency owners, service providers, digital product sellers, failed YouTubers, YouTubers getting views but struggling with monetization, successful YouTubers who are crushing it but want to crush it even harder. People that own software companies or SAS, location specific businesses like law firms or financial adviserss or realtors, uh, or dental cosmetic clinics, etc. People doing paid ads that want to stop doing paid ads. people doing paid ads that want to make their paid marketing two times more effective by having a YouTube presence. Even physical brick-and-mortar business owners, even people with disabilities, uh, do this. We’ll show an example of that here in a bit. And this works for almost any niche in almost any situation because we designed this type of YouTube channel to be flexible so that you can go in so many different directions. And the good news is you don’t need to be a YouTuber or an influencer to win on YouTube. But to get there, I’m going to be exposing the dark side of YouTube and creators who are now slaves to the platform. Here’s an example. Boogie2988. Now, I’m not trying to make fun of him at all. I actually respect him a lot for revealing his income, but he got about 4 million subs. And he revealed on a podcast store last year that he’s only making about $44,000 a year, which is less than the average income for an American. And he is one of hundreds of thousands of creators who are promised success through views. Because average income for an American is is not what you would expect somebody with 4 million subscribers to make, right? But views do not automatically equal money. Okay? That’s the one thing you really need to understand. Meanwhile, I work with people who get 500 views per video and they’re making millions a year or even $10 million a year, right? But there are also people but the vast majority of people who get a lot of views don’t make a lot of money on YouTube because they’re doing things wrong. And seriously, I know there’s a lot of people in this crowd that are frustrated, burnt out, and stuck because you were promised a gold mine, and yet you found nothing. You’ve been uploading videos, or you’re frustrated because you can’t even get started uploading videos because you’ve been told that you need to buy this camera first or that gear first. You need to be really good at editing or any of those types of things. But basically, you found nothing but regret. So, let’s talk about who this is for. This is for you if you’re a total beginner who wants to finally start, not burn out. And by the way, go ahead and drop your profession in the chat. I’m curious what all of you do for a living. Um, yeah, let’s see. Because my brother is a total beginner and he is in the trades. Okay, so I’m going to scroll down. Got to scroll really, really far here. There we go. All right, we’ve got reseller, auditor, legal assistant, real estate broker, sales engineer, bookkeeping, ghostriter, physical therapist, freelancer, farmer, master student, retired, retired, product manager, solicitor, publisher, homemade, collegiate, licensing. Uh, Rob, retired, Lindsay, martial arts instructor. Neil, insurance, Harold, hi-fi, audio, Heather, admin, assistant. Uh, I’m on disability. Uh, marketing, communications, chemist, gaming and politics. John, retired CFO. Odessa, uh, teacher, uh, tutor, mental health, uh, hill day, uh, mental health therapist, sculptor, upholster, actor, waiter, bookkeeper, doorman at the car sales, insurance agent, martial arts, support and project management. I’m a sign language interpreter, accountant, college professor, HRBP, um, high school American Sign Language teacher, middle school teacher, retired business consultant. Uh, awesome. Okay, so I’m so confident in this system that I literally used it on my own brother who’s in his 50s and who isn’t techsavvy and he’s never made a video in his life. And first of all, for context, I use this system to start a new channel every single year. And the reason I do that is because I want to make sure that I’m updated on what the algorithm is like for a new channel. But last year, I decided, you know what? I’m just going to make a channel for my brother instead because he basically came to me and he said, “Shane, I’m 50 years old. My body’s starting to wear out. I need to figure out how to make money without wearing out my body.” Now, he’s in the trades, right? And he thought I was going to recommend a remote job or some type of certification. And I was like, “No, you should just start a YouTube channel.” And he was really surprised. He’s like, “Oh, well, I’m not tech-savvy. I’m not good on camera. I’ve never even made a video in my life. I’m in my 50s. No one wants to listen to a 50-year-old.” All these excuses started popping up in his head for why he couldn’t do it. And I told him, “Just trust me, bro. Just do it. Just do what I tell you. Use our system. It’s going to work for you.” And the very first video that he posted blew up, got 800,000 views, and less than one month later, 29 days later to be exact, he made $214 in a single day. That’s a 78,000 a year run rate. So yeah, it works for beginners even with no tech experience. And by the way, update on Zach. He had an $18,000 month last month to finish finish off his first year on YouTube. Plus, he’s getting a lot of money from affiliate marketing. Uh so he’s not just making money from AdSense. And he did it all spending 4 hours or less per week on his channel on average. And that’s one thing we’re going to talk about. By the way, AdSense is not the only monetization method on YouTube. There are lots of other ways where you can make more money. Sometimes you can make a hundred times more than what you make from AdSense. This is also for you if you’re a faceless creator. You want to use YouTube automation, right? So, here’s an example of that. Whiz was one of our clients. Uh when Whiz first started his YouTube channel, it was a totally faceless channel. And he actually scaled his business to seven figures a year just being faceless. Then he did a face reveal because honestly, it’s much better to show your face, right? There’s huge advantages to showing your face. Uh but then he did a face reveal and now he’s making multiple seven figures a year. The point is he said that almost all of his clients watched his YouTube channel and either directly or indirectly he got almost all of his clients from YouTube. So they might have originated from other sources but then they watched his YouTube channel and that’s what helped prospects make the decision to buy from him. Now, he runs an agency and he did make the decision to reveal his face later on, but he built his faceless channel in a very specific way where you can do that because again, he used the hybrid personal brand method, which means you have a lot of options in the future. And we’ll get into how to do that. So, if you’re making a faceless or a YouTube automation channel, you need to listen to this because it is very important that you do this the right way. If you don’t do it the right way, you’re going to have a ceiling in terms of how much money you can make and you’re also not going to have options in the future and it probably just won’t work in the first place, right? Because most people, for instance, if people are telling you to make like faceless AI slop content, that just doesn’t work, okay? It just doesn’t work. And and we don’t teach that. So, if you’re interested in doing that kind of thing, that that you’re you’re in the wrong place. This is also for you if you’re a business owner, freelancer, or coach who wants inbound clients without paid ads. So, an example of that would be Davis. Davis’s sales went up 400% and after working with me, he’s making 100K per month. And basically, Davis owned a portfolio of companies and one of his companies was a coaching company where he was helping people get management consulting jobs. And he was spending about 20 hours a week on that company, but not just that company alone, but that company and just the YouTube channel for that company. And that’s obviously not sustainable. But eventually with our help, he outsourced everything on his channel to the point where he’s not even recording the videos anymore. And he has other people recording the videos. And now he spends zero hours a week on it. Even though he has multiple channels and for multiple different companies, he is spending zero hours a week. So if you’re a busy business owner, uh you’re super busy, you have a portfolio, um you can actually have other people record the videos for you and you can have a system that just takes care of everything, right? And we help people with that as well. This is also for you if you want to network so that you can land high-paying jobs, find career opportunities, or become an authority in your niche by standing out with your YouTube channel. So, here’s a really good example of networking. So, Josh basically just made uh really useful videos on his channel for people in the IT and cyber security industry, and he talked about how to get better jobs, which certifications are good to take, what skills to learn that are valuable on the job market, etc., etc. and he was able to go from making less than $1,000 a month on his channel uh to actually getting offers from Fortune50 companies, including companies that are a part of fame, Facebook, Apple, Amazon, Netflix, and Google. And these are some of the biggest and most prestigious companies in the world, where it is literally harder to get into a fang company than it is to get into Harvard or Yale. And usually, you have to apply to these jobs, but the companies were reaching out to him. So, he got an offer from several different fang companies and he ended up going with one of them for his dream job where he got to travel the world. He lived in Japan and he was working a remote job making multiple six figures a year. But then the YouTube channel just kept going 5,000 a month, 10,000 a month, 30,000 a month and eventually he scaled all the way to $186,000 a month using my strategies. And of course, he quit his dream job because it just didn’t make sense for him at that point, right? Because he had a a sevenf figureure business. And I like his example because it goes over every single stage. Just getting started as a beginner, using it to become an authority in his niche for networking to get his dream job, starting a side hustle, making a little bit of money on the side, uh turning that side hustle into a full-time business, making 10 to 30k per month while he’s still working his job and while it’s still just a part-time thing, and then scaling his business, right? And quitting his job and and living his dream life, right? So, he went through every single phase. But you might be thinking, “But Shane, if it’s easy, then why do most people fail?” Well, it’s because they believe in these myths. One, you need to be an influencer. Two, you have to show your face and have a fancy camera. Three, it takes 40 hours to create one video. And four, you have to endure the process because it takes a long time to succeed on YouTube. And these are some of the biggest myths that people believe in that cause them to fail. Now, the last one specifically, the reason that most people think it takes a long time to succeed on YouTube is because they think they need a big channel that has lots of subscribers and lots of views to make money. If you choose the right niche, you do not need a big channel. Just as an example, when I started my second channel, Shane Humus, the content growth engine, we actually made over $30,000 in the first month starting the channel. And a lot of that money was made well before we even hit a,000 subscribers. And these are the myths that people believe in that stop them from having success on YouTube. And we’re going to go over that channel here in a moment. But in reality, one of the biggest reasons that you failed is because before today, you lacked the leverage to invade this soon-to-be trillion dollar opportunity. And I’m going to help you mine this opportunity so that we can grow rich together fast. First though, who am I? My name is Shane. I’m an ex-farmarmacist. I have a 1.6 million subscriber YouTube channel. You can see it down here. And uh I’ve helped over 20 businesses get to 100K per month on YouTube from complete scratch, right? I’ve also helped countless people get to really good, you know, full-time incomes or side hustle incomes from YouTube. Literally hundreds of people at this point. And I’ve helped businesses that were already profitable or already successful on YouTube scale their business up, right? So, it’s a lot of them by now. I’m also industry recognized as an expert on growing and making money from YouTube for businesses specifically. Here’s a company that I worked with, just as an example. Course careers. They liked working with me so much that I actually got equity in the company because I gave that much value to the company and we were able to help them over 30x the amount of money that they made from when I first started working with them. With that being said, this is a startup and I usually like to work with individuals. And one of the reasons I like to work with individuals is because you guys remind me of myself. So, let me go ahead and get into my story. This is me working as a pharmacist for 15 hour shifts. And before this, I came from a very poor background. I lived in section 8 housing, lived in trailer parks. I was even homeless at one point. And uh this is the actual exact Salvation Army in Lawrence, Kansas that I that I lived in for 6 months that I stayed at for 6 months when I was homeless. And I did what society told me to do cuz I didn’t want to be poor, right? I went to college. I became a pharmacist. I got a doctorate. And I also had to take out a lot of money in student loan debt. I went over $300,000 in student loan debt to make this happen because again that’s what society told me to do. And the thing is when I was poor I had a lot of time but I didn’t have any money. So I couldn’t really do anything besides play video games and watch movies or whatever, right? But when I became middle class working as a pharmacist, I didn’t have both time or money because I was spending all of my time working and all of my money paying down my student loan debt. So it’s kind of like an out of the frying pan and into the fryer type moment. And it was really a terrible situation because I started as a pharmacist right before the pandemic hit. And just to emphasize how bad this was, we got robbed three times in a 6-month period. So overall, I can’t describe how stressed out, how depressed, how anxious I was in the situation. And like many people out there, I started wondering, wait a minute, is the stuff that society told me to do actually a good idea? Maybe I made a mistake. And because of that, I tried just about every side hustle out there to make money. Shopify, Amazon FBA, SMMA, coaching, consulting, courses, digital products, real estate, white labeling, SEO, flipping websites, flipping physical products, uh, etc., etc. And here’s one of them I tried. It’s called the booty kit. Basically, it’s an at home workout thing so you can work out your your booty. And I tried selling this on Shopify, drop shipping, as well as Amazon FBA. And I pretty much failed at almost all these, right? I couldn’t make any of these sustainable. And a lot of it had to do with me having ADHD and just always trying a bunch of different things. But as you can see, my bank account was constantly very close to $0. But YouTube was different than all of these other side hustles. See, all the side hustles that I tried, they actually work, but they only work if you have traffic, aka views. If you don’t have views, it’s kind of like trying to sell something without having a store. It’s almost impossible to sell. And so I realized one that I really enjoyed YouTube, but two, I realized that I could make any of these other business models work if I just focused on YouTube and getting views. And because of that, I gave YouTube another shot. And after I tried it again, you know, at that time, I was basically in a house full of seven guys. I was trying to save money. So I was in a house full of seven guys. And one of the guys I met, his name was Sam. And he basically moved in from Lebanon. And he started a wedding photography business. and he barely knew English when he first moved to the United States, but he started this YouTube channel where he was making about $10 to $20,000 a month from a tiny YouTube channel with less than 10,000 subscribers uh with the YouTube channel and his wedding photography business. And he was doing wedding photography in Las Vegas and on the West Coast. And before that, I’d even spent some time in LA. I’d met influencers who had lots of followers, lots of subscribers, but they weren’t making any money, right? So, I was like, “Sam, how are you making so much money from YouTube even though you have a small channel?” And he showed me what a proper monetization method looked like. He showed me how I can monetize a channel without having that many views. And he initially taught me how to make money from a small channel, like 10 or 20,000 subscribers. But I took it to the next level to the point where there are some channels that we work with that only have a few thousand subscribers and they’re making seven figures a year. because there are some niches where you’re talking to an affant audience and you can get a couple hundred views and make $10,000 from a video. And I’m going to show you examples of those later. So, this is where I found the secret formula of YouTube success where everyone else was not talking about it, right?

    And uh everyone else was not talking about it. And so, basically, I started posting videos. And just to put this in perspective, guys, I have gotten a lot of views, right? I know how to play the views game with the best of them. 6 million views, 1.2 million views, 1.7 million views, 4.3 million views. We just got a video that got over a million views in a couple days, right? So, I know how to play the views game with the best of them. But this video right here, the most useless degrees, this one got 4.3 million views. It was one of the first ever breakout videos on my channel. And in its whole lifetime, it made about $31,000 from AdSense because it really wasn’t making money outside of AdSense. But I’ve had several videos just last month that got less than 10,000 views. Actually, I I get several videos per month. Maybe even at this point, several videos per week. They get less than 10,000 views, and they end up making like $50,000, $40, $50,000 from Matson. So, here’s one example. Top 10 richest YouTubers in the world, got 8.8,000 views, was posted 6 months ago, made $48,000. Right? So, this is just one example. And, you know, I have these happen all the time. And the point is, this one right here only had to get 8,000 views and in less than 6 months it made $48,000. This one took 6 years to make $31,000 and had to get 4.3 million views. So, which one do you think is more repeatable? Well, it’s it’s clearly this one. It’s very easy for me to repeat the success of this one. It’s quite difficult for me to get a 4 million view video. That’s not that’s not easy. But it’s pretty easy for me to get 8,000 views over 6 months and make $48,000. And by the way, this one isn’t going to stop making money. You know, it has 5 and a half years uh before it gets to that 6 year mark where it’s probably going to end up making about triple the amount that it’s made already in that 5 and 1/2 year period, right? So, it’s just going to sit there getting more views uh and just, you know, getting more leads, making more money for the next 5 and 1/2 years. And so I would be willing to bet this will probably end up being over $100,000 by the time it gets to six years easily. Probably 150,000. And just to show you guys proof, here’s how much I made about two plus years ago. So this is about three Septembers ago. Okay, I made about $283,000. Now, you might be wondering, Shane, why are you picking some random September to show me? Uh are you just cherry-picking your best numbers? Well, the reason I’m picking this uh random September is because uh this was right before I started CGE, which is my YouTube program where we either help people oneonone or we just do the work for them, right? So, it’s right before I started CGE. And so, I was helping people uh get into their careers and my business partners and I have over a thousand verified testimonials of people uh that we helped uh get really amazing jobs for, right? So that was that was awesome and that’s what I was helping people do is is find, you know, find the right job for them and then secure that job. And so I was already making really good money before I ever taught a single person how to do YouTube, right? Um then one year later, this was the next September, I made about $325,000, right? And then one year after that, this was this was this last September, I made about $1 million. Okay? So, the reason I’m telling you this is uh not to make people jealous. I’m just showing you the receipts so that you know that I know what I’m talking about because there’s a lot of YouTube coaches out there that are just coaches, coaching coaches. They’ve never actually started a successful YouTube channel themselves and they’re basically cosplaying as successful YouTubers, right? They’re teaching you how to be successful at YouTube when they’ve never actually started a a successful YouTube channel outside of just teaching YouTube, right? That’s a huge red flag, guys. Okay, but me, I actually started a successful YouTube channel before I started teaching other people how to do it. And the craziest thing is I did all of this while being able to travel the world and only having to work 4 hours a week. So, here’s a picture of me in Tokyo at the famous Shabuya Crossing Square. Here’s a picture of me in Singapore just working. And then here’s a picture of me uh enjoying whale watching just off of the San Juan Islands uh off of uh Vancouver, British Columbia, Canada. Um, so I now I choose to work more than that sometimes, right? Because I genuinely enjoy YouTube. In fact, I usually choose to work more than that. Um, and I I genuinely enjoy YouTube and I enjoy helping people with YouTube. So, I choose to work more than that. But I only have to work 4 hours a week. That’s the point, right? And there’s been many cases where I’ve gone weeks at a time without working, even a month at a time without working. There was even one time I went two months at a time without working at all, right? Because I had health issues. And this was spending basically zero hours on my business. So I have an online business where I don’t have to have any in-person employees or anything like that. I can travel the world. I can do whatever I want. And my business just keeps going up and up and up. But and by and by the way, I just want to emphasize how rare this is. There’s not that many businesses out there that are actually like this. A lot of people say that there’s certain businesses that are like this, but it’s just very unrealistic. But YouTube, when you post videos, when you get a big enough library of videos, every single one of them is like a little soldier that goes out, gets you views, gets you subscribers, and makes you money for the rest of its life. And it can be doing that for 5 years, 6 years, etc. Okay? So basically, my business just kept going up and up. But something kept bothering me because I got the life that I dreamed of, but once in a while, I would create a video and post it on YouTube just telling people what I was doing because I was seeing YouTube advice online and I would watch it and I’d be like, hm, I don’t really think this works for most people. Maybe it would work for a gaming channel, but it wouldn’t work for most channels. And so I decided once every 6 months, once every year, I would post a video about what I was doing on YouTube and what was working for me. And every time I’d do that, I would get comments, emails, DMs. Everybody would be reaching out to me being like, “Hey, can you coach me? Can you help me grow my YouTube channel?” And I turned them all down because I was too busy or I just didn’t really want to do coaching. Or I thought maybe it works for my niche, but it doesn’t work for other people’s niches. So, I turned them down. But I felt bad about it and I shrugged it off for years until one day a friend of mine who was on YouTube who I thought was doing well reached out to me uh basically saying that he saw one of my videos and he was like he’s not doing well financially and he needs my help. And I was like all right I’ll help you. And I thought hey if I’m going to help him I might as well help these other people as well because it would take about the same amount of time. And so I reached out to a bunch of those people and I decided to do a cohort where I worked with a bunch of them and it was a very diverse set of people, right? a professional truck driver for 28 years, a fresh graduate engineering student, a current engineering student, an Amazon FBA business owner, a coach, a freelancer, um there was a um a failed YouTuber, a successful YouTuber who was crushing it but wanted to crush it harder, a content creator for 11 years who wanted to shift over to YouTube, a tech salesperson, a girl in cyber security, a coach, an agency owner, an online service provider, a fitness dude, a finance guy, a physical business owner, just on and on. The point is they were all different. Some had YouTube experience, others had zero knowledge of how YouTube works. And then we applied the exact same format that I found to be working on my channel on my YouTube channel. Same YouTube format, same proven way of making thumbnails, titles, and intros. Same strategy for coming up with winning video ideas. Uh, and of course, a little bit of tweaking because every single niche is a little bit different. There are a lot of underlying principles, but they all do need a little bit of tweaking. And the crazy thing is every single one of them blew up. And the best part is they all got their version of rich by helping other people live better lives. And that’s the thing that made me feel so happy when I realized it, right? Because I can only have so much impact with my channel. I can only, you know, I I talk about a few niches, but I, you know, there’s there’s thousand there’s millions of niches out there, right? But I got to help other people have impact with their channels. And so I was basically spreading my impact to so many other people and then they were able to impact hundreds of millions with their YouTube channels. And they all got their version of rich by helping other people live better lives. And the reason for that is because I taught them how to make a very specific type of content which is educational niche content. And the channels that are winning today are educational niche channels. In fact, educational channels make 10 to 20 times more money. And there are more opportunities for every 1,000 views than any other type of content. And in fact, in the first month that we launched my second channel, we were able to make about $1,736 uh per 1,000 views. So it got about 24,000 views in the first month right off the bat and made about $42,000. So that’s about $1,736 per 1,000 views. And to put that in perspective, entertainment channels in general make about $1 to $3 per 1,000 views. So we’re talking like a Mr. Beast style entertainment channel. Uh this would have made about $24 to $73. Okay, if I would have done a channel like this, $24 to $73, not that great, right? Uh with the 24,000 views, okay? But then educational content uh is much better. It’s 10 times better on its own, but this is kind of mass market education content. So we’re talking like Mark Robber, Veritasium, that kind of thing. That type of channel makes if if you monetize it correctly, it can make about $20 per 1,000 views, right? So that’s $484, which is a heck of a lot better than entertainment content, but still it it’s not a full-time income, right? But with a niche authority channel or a niche educational channel, with those 24,000 views, I was able to make $1,736 per 1,000 views. Okay? Uh and that’s $42,000. So, with educational content, right off the bat, you’re making like 10 times more money than entertainment content. But there’s a better type of education content, which is niche educational content where you’re properly monetizing your channel. Now, you can do mass market educational channels and you can properly monetize your content and you can still make a heck of a lot more money than this. For instance, on my main channel, Shane Helmus, of course, that is a mass market channel with 1.5 million subscribers or 1.6 million now. And that channel makes more or less about $400 per 10,000 views on average. Right now, with that, so it still makes a ton of money. And with that channel, to be honest with you, I’m not really trying to maximize the money. I’m just doing whatever I want. Basically, I’m I’m at that point where I can kind of just do whatever I want with the channel. I can talk about whatever I want, okay? But it still makes a ton of money, right? Because it’s properly monetized um and and the system is is sound. But you can make way more money if you just stick to niche educational content. And even my main channel started off as a niche educational channel, right? And that’s what I recommend that people start off with always is just talking about a very niche subject and doing that first. And I’m going to get into that here in a moment because you don’t always have to stay with a niche subject if you set up your channel with the hybrid personal brand method, which is something that we’ll talk about here in a moment. So, let me give some examples of niche educational content. So, this is the organic chemistry tutor. um he makes about $ 36 to $100,000 a month on his channel according to view stats. You can see it right here. And um uh that’s just from AdSense alone. So those are the ads that pop up on the channel. Now, just to put this in perspective, AdSense is great. Don’t get me wrong, it’s about 2% of our income. Okay? So I think last month we made about $33,000 from AdSense and that was about 2% of the total amount of money we made from the channel. Right? So, uh, AdSense is great, but it’s still if you’re properly monetizing, you can make way more than just AdSense alone. So, if he’s properly monetizing, he’s making far more than that. So, if you just do that, let’s just say $10 to $20 per 1,000 views, he probably is making about $136 to $273,000 a month from this channel. Again, very conservative, uh, but 136 to $250,000 a month from the channel. Now, the interesting thing is if you look right here, it shows that he hasn’t uploaded in 62 days and he’s still making that much money from the channel. So, he’s uploading like one video every 2 months and he’s still making that much money from the channel, which is pretty wild. And that is because he has been uploading these videos for a long time. And each video is like a little soldier that just goes out, gets him views, gets him subscribers, and makes him money forever. And here’s another one, Scotty Kilmer. He’s in his 70s and he makes content helping people save money on their cars. Now, one of the great things about him, he is quite entertaining. So, when I say make educational content, I am not saying by any means that you cannot be entertaining. You can definitely be entertaining. Scotty Kilmer is hilarious if you’ve ever watched him, but he basically made $24 million from YouTube. And he even said in an interview that he made more money in one month on YouTube than he saved in 40 years as a mechanic. And basically what he does is he just helps people pick the right cars, maintain their cars, fix their cars, and help them with different car related products. That’s his whole channel. And basically this stuff is dead simple for him. And that’s one thing I wanted to point out with the organic chemistry tutor as well. This stuff is dead simple for him, right? He is just talking about stuff that he was already tutoring people on and he just did the same exact thing, but he recorded it with a camera and he posted it online. Now, this is one of the craziest stories. Physics Walla. He came from a small village in India and his first videos were in his parents’ basement and you can see how bad they are, right? He’s got blurred face. You can barely see the board. The lighting is really bad, etc., etc. But it didn’t matter, right? He started making videos about these standardized tests in India and the standardized tests are incredibly important for your future. So, it’s kind of like the ACT and the SAT in the US. And he just made videos about these certifications and these standardized tests. And at first, he was talking about physics and then he expanded to other stuff. So, let’s just put this in perspective. how specific this is physics India standardized test only very specific how he was tutoring people he started making these videos and he kept going and then he launched a company that’s now worth $5.2 billion called physics wala it’s an educational app and it’s now worth 5.2 billion and it all started in his parents’ basement just making physics videos right and he is probably richer than Mr. beast. Okay? And that is the power of educational content because you are solving people’s problems. So you’re giving way more value to a smaller, more concentrated amount of people than Mr. Beast, for instance, who gives a little tiny bit of value. Basically just kind of entertains you a little bit, but he gives it to a very mass market amount of people. Now, before I told you about this guy, you probably did not know who he is, but almost everybody here probably does know who Mr. Beast is. However, Physics Walla and Mr. Beast both started on YouTube around the same time and Physics Walla is richer than Mr. Beast even though he’s from India and it’s because he’s making educational content guys, niche educational content. All right, so now I’m going to hand you the formula for how to do all of this and there is a secret formula and these are the most important things. So if I don’t talk about it, it’s because it’s not important. So first thing is you need a niche hypothesis statement. Now, generally speaking, there are three niches out there that are the most profitable niches, and that is health, wealth, and relationships. With that being said, there’s a lot of other niches outside of that, and you can make money in all those niches as well. But generally speaking, if you’re confused about what niche to go into, you should be going into health, wealth, or relationships. Okay? And this is a that is a category of niche, right? So, you don’t like your niche isn’t health, okay? Your niche is something within health. Okay? Um, but the reason for that is because almost everybody in the entire world has a problem in one or more of those three areas. And then you need to go ahead and make what’s known as a niche hypothesis statement. So, what you want to do is you want to pick a niche. And by the way, while we’re doing this, go ahead and comment what you think your niche is. Just comment what your niche is in the comment section. I’ll probably read a few of them while we’re going through this. And I’m actually going to do this to illustrate something as well. Okay? So, let me scroll down. You guys leave so many comments that I have to scroll for a very, very long time here. Let’s go ahead and scroll down. So guys, your niche is not health. Do not comment health. Okay, that is that is the category of niche. What what is it within health? Okay. So, health, music, mental health, autism, relationship, relationships, uh well, health, wealth, elder farming, health over 60, ecology, nurse assistant, uh religious hurt and recovery, inog, financial services, news and financial services, gardening, education, sex, relationship, no clue. I get uh no dog, I don’t care. I got no dog, I don’t care. Uh so, just basically anything. Tom, bodybuilding after 50. Uh, Sandy, crafting, salsa dancing, or raising a child with Down syndrome. Got it. Okay. Welding, uh, commercial banking, health and wellness, health, health, old farts advice. It’s an interesting niche. Relationship, construction, supply chain operations, driving instructor, health, furniture restoration, insurance and finance, true crime, hypnotherapy for public speaking, political education, spirituality, uh, elementary music education, and cats. Okay, awesome. Okay, so I know that a lot of you are probably going to end up saying one or two word answers when you comment your niche. And I don’t blame you for that, but that’s incorrect. And let me show you why. The niche hypothesis statement goes like this. You select a market or what most people call a niche, but I call it a market. And then you pick one specific problem for the people inside of that market. Okay? Okay. One specific problem for them. And then you find a specific solution. So X is the market, Y is the problem, and the solution is Z. Okay? Because they might have, by the way, when it comes to the problems, they might have 20 different problems or 200 or 2,000 different problems in just one market, but you’re not going to solve all 2,000s of their problems. You’re going to solve one problem, a painful problem that isn’t being solved very well within that market. Um, and then you’re going to find a solution for that problem. So, it’s going to look like this. I help X do Y or I help X overcome Y. Now, the Z part, don’t even worry about that right now. The Z is something that we can do later on for the purposes of this training. Don’t worry about it. But the important part is that you establish that there’s a market of people and they have a problem that isn’t being solved very well and you’re going to help them solve that problem. That is the foundation of how markets work. Markets are all about solving problems efficiently. And if you want to give value and receive money by giving that value, then you really just want to focus on solving as many problems for people within your market as possible, which is what YouTube allows you to do in mass.

    Okay, so let me give you a few examples of how to do this. Now, I’m going to use the accounting market specifically because for some reason I’ve worked with a lot of accountants. So, I’m going to use the accounting market and I’m going to show you a bunch of different levels. Five to be exact, but honestly, I could show you 50 or 500, maybe even 5,000 different niches just inside of the accounting market alone. But, I’m going to show you five because these are actual people that are my clients or I know them or they’re business owners that I’ve met that are crushing it on YouTube. All these are real examples of people that are crushing it, right? So, at the very first level, it’s just teaching students basic accounting concepts. So, that is more of a mass market channel, but it’s teaching people basic accounting concepts. So, it’s kind of like the organic chemistry tutor, but for accounting, and this person is making really good money, probably pretty close to seven figures a year, and they’ve been doing it for a very long time. So, they’re making really good money. And people who are in this market would be interested in a video like what is a P&L? Now let’s go to the second level which is accounting specifically for existing accounting students or someone who just graduated with an accounting degree. So they got an accounting degree and they are trying to pass standardized tests or pass certifications. So that would be like physics walla but for accounting right because he was helping people pass standardized tests and certifications. So physics walla but for accounting and in the US typically. So that’s the second one. And I know for a fact that this niche is making multiple seven figures a year. And people who are in this market would be interested in a video like how to become a CPA. Okay, the third level, helping people land their first ever entry-level accounting job. So that’s another business owner that I know and they’re making multiple seven figures a year. Okay, so who’s in the market here? People who just graduated with an accounting degree and they are trying to get their first ever entry-level job. That’s the market. And that is different than all of these other ones, right? It’s totally different content than all these other ones. People who are trying to refresh their knowledge on accounting do not want to get an accounting job, right? Totally different content. And people who are in this market would be interested in a video like how to land a bookkeeping job. Fourth level, the people who are already accountants, they’re making $50 to $100,000 per year and they want to become what’s known as a financial controller. This is one of my clients as well. He helps people who are already accountants making 50 to 100,000 per year become a financial controller who can make 200 or even 300,000 a year. So totally different types of content when you’re targeting that audience, right? And people who are in this market would be interested in a video like how to become a financial controller. And then finally the fifth level which is basically helping businesses hire accountants. So hiring and placing accountants in businesses. So in that particular case, it’s either accounting businesses or big businesses that need accountants and they are trying to hire or place really good accountants in their businesses. So even though you’re talking about accounting topics, it’s still a completely different audience. And the type of content that you’re going to be making is going to be completely different for all these different ones, right? So I hope you understand why it’s so important to have a niche hypothesis statement even though it’s all the same niche, right? It’s all accounting, right? Because if I would have asked you if you’re in one of those niches, hey, what’s your niche? You probably would have said, “Oh, my niche is accounting.” Right? Just like all these people for instance that commented their niche, they pro they probably said something relatively short like plants education or marriage relationship or teaching etc. And that’s why you need to have a niche hypothesis statement. If you don’t know your niche hypothesis statement, you have lost from the beginning. It is so important to have a proper niche hypothesis statement. Now, did you find that valuable? Give a thumbs up if you thought that was valuable and if you’d want the niche validator uh both the claude version and the GPT version that we’re giving out in a short while that’s going to help you pick your niche in the first place or if you already have one. It’s going to help you dial it in and make it 10 times better. Okay, awesome. Good stuff. We’re going to be giving that out here in a bit. And people who are in this market would be interested in a video like how to hire the best accountants. I forgot to mention that. Okay, so now I’m going to be handing you the blue pill to make you invincible as a creator because once you have your niche down, you’re already way better than most people, but you need more than that, right? Um,

    there we go. Okay, it’s working now. You need more than that. You need what’s known as a hybrid personal brand because you probably know what personal branding is, but when you mix personal branding with the correct nation, our YouTube automation AI system, you have what’s known as a hybrid personal brand. Now, one thing you need to understand is I just told you that you have to have a niche hypothesis statement, but I’m going to say something that’s probably going to confuse you a little bit, and that is you are the niche. So many people get this wrong. They think their niche is what makes them successful as an educational channel content creator. But when you have a hybrid personal brand, you are the niche. So yes, you are going to start extremely niche with iHel X2Y. But once you get traction, when you build your channel in the correct way, where you’re building a hybrid personal brand, you can then easily pivot to something else if you want to. Here’s an example. Alex Rousey, when he first started posting on YouTube 4 years ago, his niche hypothesis statement was, I help gyms do marketing and sales. And now he could talk about anything. Now, obviously, he’s really well known for his business stuff with all the different types of businesses that he has and the business content, but now he can talk about his unconventional diet. This is why you’re not happy. He talks about his book launches. He talks about how to stop wasting time. And I mean, now he can talk about anything that he wants, but the point is he started niche. And if he tried to do that from the beginning, if he tried to talk about everything from the beginning, he probably wouldn’t have had nearly as much success as he has right now. So he started off being the king of a puddle, then he became the king of a small pond, then he became the king of a lake, then became the king of a sea, and uh and then the river and then the ocean, right? You got to start small. That’s the point though. You have to start niche. You have to make your channel in such a way where you can’t uh but don’t make your channel in such a way where you can’t expand it. You want to make your channel in such a way where you can expand it. And that’s how we teach people to do it with the hybrid personal brand method. Because when you create a hybrid personal brand, there are so many different ways that you can monetize your channel. And there’s so many different directions that you can go both in terms of your content uh and the topics as well as how you make money with your channel. AdSense, affiliate marketing, sponsorships, job opportunities, networking, memberships, SAS, high ticket offers. Alex Shamoszi opened up basically like an investment fund, right? He has a portfolio of companies that he invests in and he gets his deal full from YouTube. So he’s making money from eight and nine figure business owners and making millions from each one all the way down to doing a SAS that costs a few dollars a month. You could do memberships, you could do courses, digital products, and so many other things, even physical products. The point is all of these different business models work when you have a hybrid personal brand, traffic, and you have distribution. People that actually know, like, and trust you on your channel because you built it with the hybrid personal brand method, and you’ve helped them solve a bunch of their problems. So they see you as an authority. And not only that, you can even sell the brand or step down as the face of the brand in some cases. So, let me just give you an example of that. Doug Demiro uh launched this website called carsandbids.com from his YouTube channel which he built by reviewing cars. Okay? And he launched this website. It’s called carsandbids.com. You can see it right here, cars and bids. Um, and then he sold it for $80 million, right? And the reason he was able to do that is because of the fact that they built their channel with the hybrid personal brand method. And this is a secret way of building a channel that makes it so much easier to do whatever you want in the future. Because none of us can predict the future. But what we can do is build a channel that can evolve as things change over time, right? As we evolve, as the markets evolve, as things happen in the world, you can build a channel that has the ultimate advantage, which is it can adapt to changing circumstances, right? Because that’s the reason that most businesses fail is they can’t adapt, right? uh either the mark they can’t adapt with the market or they can’t adapt to whatever way of making money they want to make money with. So that so the the platform changes the market changes the way of making money changes or in many cases they themselves change right because you’re going to probably be a different person 5 years from now than you are right now and you want your YouTube channel and your personal brand to be able to grow and evolve with you over time. And if you think this only applies to big educational channels well that’s just wrong. Here’s some examples of our clients. This worked for Waqen. So, Waqen was 18 years old when we first started working with him. He was a freshman in college and he was making all kinds of random content on study skills, productivity content, all kinds of stuff like that. And he was making content on engineering as well because he was basically a business and engineering double major. But he wasn’t really making any money, right? And we basically sat down, we hashed out his niche, and it became very clear that he should help foreign exchange students get into elite universities in the US. Why? Well, because he was a foreign exchange student that got into an elite university in the US, right? So, we really dialed in his offer and the very first month that he launched or very close to the very first month, he made about $80,000. And he actually got so many client requests that he was oversubscribed. He had to stop making YouTube videos and weightless customers trying to give him money. Imagine an 18-year-old business owner who just started their business telling people that they can’t give him money, right? Because he just had too many people that wanted to work with him immediately. That’s a pretty good place to be as 18-year-old business owner, right? And we joked around that he was making more money than the president of his university, which he was, which is pretty crazy to think about as a freshman. Here’s another example. Richard, we helped him go from making almost no money whatsoever on YouTube and also being one of the busiest clients that I’ve ever worked with. Uh he was a product manager at a Fortune50 company. He was basically working like 60 80 hours a week, had a brand new baby, had lots of investments like real estate investment properties, etc., etc., all kinds of different stuff like that. just a super super busy guy and he was basically able to grow his channel to $12,000 in a single month despite the fact that he probably could only work about 2 hours a month. So yeah, I’m very proud of this case study as well because it was quite difficult to get him results because he could only work a couple hours a month. And here’s another example guy. This one’s a really cool story. So he’s actually disabled and his goal before he worked with us was just to make a couple thousand extra dollars a month because he was close to retirement, right? Um so he’s disabled. He has what’s known as citus, which is constant ringing in the ears. Um, and uh, it’s it’s uh, something that a lot of veterans have as well. My dad has it as well. He’s a veteran and it’s very debilitating. And so, he made this channel where his goal was to just make a couple extra thousand a month in retirement. And that was his version of rich, right? And he made $1,500 a month with less than 500 subscribers, 446 to be exact. And this was a brand deal for $1,500 a month. And now he’s getting close to like 10,000 subscribers. So now he’s crushing it. But before he even got to 500 subscribers, never mind a,000 subscribers, he was making money just from sponsorships alone. So if you don’t think you can uh get sponsorships with a small channel, you can. And this was his actual brand deal, which is an ongoing sponsorship. So one simple rule, guys, to make this happen, start simple and scale fast. You do not need to show your face all the time if you want to. Uh a fancy camera, fancy editing, a million-doll studio, high production quality, or top tier video editing skills. You definitely do not need to make highly entertaining content. Here’s what you do need, and these are the most important things by far. Viral video ideas. This is the most important thing after dialing in your niche. And when I say viral, I don’t necessarily mean getting the most views. I mean getting most of the right views. Okay? Then you need a title and thumbnail to get clicks. Then you need an effective intro for video retention. And then you need to just deliver value to your audience. And that’s a lot easier to do than uh most people think, right? especially if you use our AI systems, which we’re going to give you a taste of here in a minute. Now, let’s talk about the most important out of all those things, and that is the viral video ideas. So, I got this from Carl Icon. He’s in the finance industry, and basically, he would find businesses that were making a ton of money despite being ran terribly. And I took that idea from the finance industry, and I uh and I think some of this because I think some of the smartest people in the world work in finance. And I applied it to YouTube. And I was the first person to ever do this. So, what I did is I found YouTube videos that had a lot of views despite not having that many subscribers. That’s important. It’s important that they the channel doesn’t have that many subscribers because if they have a big channel, they have a big audience and that audience is probably going to watch anything that they put out even if it’s mediocre, right? So, they had a lot of views despite having a small channel and despite the video itself being either mediocre or preferably bad. Okay? So, the thumbnail, the title, the intro were either mediocre or bad. So, just as an example, this guy right here, you can see his face is blurry. The door is actually in better focus in the background than his face is. Um, his audio was really bad. The video was pretty bad, too. It kind of looked and sounded like it was recorded with a potato. And then he was drunkenly ranting for about 25 minutes about college degrees. And yet, it came from a small channel about 10,000 subscribers. And he was literally drinking beers while he was ranting, too. Um, and yet it came from a small channel about 10,000 subscribers. and it got 760,000 views even though it was an objectively bad video. Okay, so this was the thumbnail by the way. It was just a still shot from the video. So just really bad. Uh so what I did and what you do is you steal the idea of the video and you make a better version of the video. So the most worthless college majors. You could change the keyword a bit or just keep the same keyword and boom, the most useless degrees. That’s what I did. The point is you just keep the title very similar. You change it slightly, make a better video, and boom, that’s what happens. So, I made a better video with almost the same title, right? The most useless degrees versus the most worthless college major is very similar. I made a better thumbnail, a better video, and it blew up and got millions of views. And this is what I’ve been doing for the last 6 years now, guys. This is my secret. The icon method is the most powerful way to do it. Now, there’s a bit more to it than that, but that is the gist. Um, so for instance, you can do the icon method with money instead of views. You can do the icon method on other platforms. There’s a bit more to it, but that is the gist. So, once you get these down and you join our program, finding video ideas will never be an issue for you ever again. And once you get this down, giving the value, quite literally, your videos will do all of the work for you. Now, let’s talk about what it takes for you to be a part of this YouTube gold mine with no daily uploads if you don’t want to, no complicated editing, without having to show your face all the time, no expensive gear or software, no burnout or guesswork, no algorithm chasing, and no spending months without monetization. Instead, you’ll get an ondemand content plan tailored to you, a hybrid model that works with or without your face, proven video templates, plus AI assisted scripts, automated systems for publishing and repurposing, one a one day per month content workflow, a scalable monetization from day one, and top tier coaching behind sevenigure YouTube brands. Introducing the content growth engine. This is the easiest and fastest way to grow a cash printing YouTube channel, even if you’re not an influencer. So, click the link in the chat to get access to this early because there’s a few bonuses that we’re only giving to people to get this early access to and you will only and you’ll have a much higher chance of getting the bonuses uh if you actually book a call now or you can type in go.shinhome.com/coaching or you can scan the QR code with your phone. So, here’s what you get access to inside of CG. And by the way, guys, we’re going to go over these bonuses here. Uh you’ll get these uh all of these when you join the program, but some of them you don’t even need to join the program to get. And by the way, who is booking a call right now? Go ahead and comment in the chat if you’re booking a call because we have a special bonus for you. And guys, last time we did this, we were fully booked, but we couldn’t open up more slots even if I wanted to. So, I suggest uh you book now while you can cuz once I drop those bonuses, people just swarm the calendar, right? So, go to go.shenhome.com/coaching, scan the QR code or click the link in the chat. First, we’re going to help you pick a profitable niche. We have a bunch of YouTube coaches with 100K subscriber plaques, the absolute best of the best. They’ll help you find and pick the best niche. And that niche will be in between being the most profitable one where it’s uh sustainable, it’s profitable, but also something that you’re passionate about. Next is going to be the foundations as well as the mindset section. So, you might be having a hard time starting even though you just have to make videos consistently to be successful on YouTube. And I get it, it sounds easy, but it’s hard to actually put your mind into making videos or having success on YouTube. And you probably would have started YouTube or you would have already had success uh on YouTube already if it was that easy, right? Even business owners face mindset issues. This module helps with that. This helps remove all the overthinking, all the imposter syndrome, and it helps you take action fast. And this is actually when I ask people, these first two are usually their favorite modules. The niche selection. People are just obsessed with this. And then also the mindset section. And even though a lot of people don’t really think that they need the core foundations, another thing that I’ll say about this is it’s going to help you understand that if you follow our system, success is inevitable. Right? If you follow the system, you will understand that when you go through this on a deep, logical, emotional, almost on a spiritual level, that if you follow the system, success is inevitable. For some people, like my brother, it was his very first video that he posted. For some people, it takes 5, 10, 15, 20 videos. But if you follow the system, success is inevitable. And you will understand that on a logical level when you go through this. Number three is the content genesis system. This shows you how to find viral video ideas in your niche if you have a higher chance of uh uh that will have a higher chance of getting views and going viral. And in my opinion, this is my favorite module because I think this is the most valuable one out of all of them. This is where the secret is right here. Finding the right video ideas. And just got word the slots are almost gone. We only have a few left. So don’t wait on this one. So go to go.shane.com/coaching /coaching or click the link in the chat right now. So, the next is the holy trifecta. This is where we go over how you can make your thumbnail, your title, and your intro to package the viral video idea to have the highest chances of success for your video to get views. So, all three need to be good and you want to make sure that they’re congruent as well. Next is the script writing alchemy system where we help you write scripts with the help of AI to get your writing time down to less than 1 hour per video or in many cases way less than that. So just as an example, my brother who got his video to 800,000 views, his very first video only spent about 15 minutes on the script. Like that very first video, he spent about 15 minutes writing the script. In fact, it was less than 15 minutes. And we show you that exact same system. Next is the viral video creation system where we actually turn things into a system. And uh this makes it possible to only work one or two hours a week on your YouTube channel and in some cases if you’re a very busy business owner, zero hours a week or a couple hours a month. And this is done with systems and our own in-house AI that we only allow our clients to use. So the niche validator that we’re going to be dropping here in a minute is just a fraction of the sample of the power of the AI systems that we give to our clients. And we have systems for almost every problem that you could imagine on YouTube. And lastly is the cash code system. This is where we actually make money out of all the views that you’re getting. Even if you’re not getting a lot of views, it’s very, very important that you’re actually monetizing correctly. And by the way, guys, uh already over 100 people have tried to sign up. I think we have a, you know, a few slots left. Um so yeah, definitely go take those spots. So go to go.inhham.com/coaching. Click the link in the chat right now. Um and yeah, I’m I’m seeing over here. I see how many people are signed up. Over a hundred right now. And that’s just a taste of what’s inside of the community. By the way, um uh you don’t just get one or two tools, you get the entire arsenal. Custom GPTs, cloud skills, all built for one thing, which is growing and monetizing your channel. And our clients are getting the updates in real time, and they are loving it. And the tools that we don’t build ourselves, we tell you exactly which ones are worth your time. Gemini, descript, pixels, and much more. So whether you run Chat GPT or Claude, there’s a tool sitting here ready for you. No guessing, no piecing it together yourself. This is just a taste of what’s waiting inside. Plus, you get one-on-one coaching and a dedicated client success manager, one-on-one dedicated chat support with all of our coaches, multiple weekly group coaching sessions, access to an exclusive group of hybrid personal brand YouTubers, and access to the most powerful content creation AI systems on Earth. And all right, let’s talk about how we actually work with people because we work with people at different uh different types of people, you know, small businesses for instance, like Davis. We also work with total beginners like my brother and we have different tiers for each type of client, right? So, basically at the very highest tier is working with big businesses, right? And we we do work with big businesses. Probably about 5% of the people on this call uh would fall into that category. So either a big business or someone who’s like a marketing manager for a big business um and is considering you know getting on YouTube. And so the scope of what we do for big businesses is going to be completely different uh than uh what we what we do for for other types of businesses right so they want us to work with different departments. They want us to build out SOPs work with their existing team uh you know hire people for their team a lot of the time etc etc um just interdep departmental stuff HR stuff etc. Right? So that type of job and of course they want us to actually do the videos for them in many cases. That’s going to be a six-figure job at least. Okay. Then down from that, we work with small businesses. So we’re talking six, seven, eight figure businesses. And with those types of businesses, typically what they want us to do is maybe hire them a video editor. A lot of the time they want us to hire from the Philippines or something like that. Um maybe they might even want us to hire like one other type of person like a social media manager. Um, but mostly it’s just working either with their existing team or just building out a little bit of a team or just helping them build the system so that they can just do it themselves very very efficiently, right? And so with businesses like that, the scope of what we do is going to be higher, right? And a lot of the time they want us to do done for you work where we literally do the work for them as well. So with businesses like that, it’s typically going to range anywhere from about 12 to $60,000. And then at at that bottom tier, so these these other ones right here, these are basically we’re we’re building out the machine for you that fishes for you or we’re just fishing for you. That’s what these two tiers are here, right? So we’re building out the machine that fishes for you and we’re basically hiring people to run the machine or we’re just fishing for you, right? That’s what these two tiers are here. This CGE is we teach you how to fish or we teach you how to build out the machine that fishes for you. That’s what CGE is, right? So, you’re we’re going to teach you how to do it. And for that tier, it’s going to be about $9,800 or about $1,000 a month. You can even get a little bit less than $1,000 a month. Okay? So, again, go to go.nomomas.com/coaching, scan the QR code or click the link in the chat. But that’s not all, right? Because this is just a peek inside of our private community. These are real wins coming in every single day. One member hit just 10,000 subscribers, 1 million views, grew 5x in a few months. Another finally landed their first 10 leads straight from YouTube. One just closed a $75,000 a year contract inbound straight off of the YouTube platform. Someone else made their first $10,000 from YouTube. Uh, someone else 4xed their subscriber count in a single month. Another person crossed $5,000 subscribers, 39,600 views on a channel with just 800 subscribers. So, this isn’t just a course that you buy and forget. This is a community of people winning together every single day. And these are just a few. And this is what our group looks like on any given day. So if you want results like this, then go ahead and book a call now. Uh go to go.janomous.com/coaching or click the link in the chat right now. And this is and this is the exact system that’s responsible for 0 to 10K in just 18 days. Here’s an example. Bro, I just hit my first 10K within 18 days of launch. I don’t even have 1K subs yet. This is nuts. Thank you, man. This is the system that’s responsible for these results as well. Usually there’s a shaded graph right under your video if you’re familiar with the YouTube analytics. Um, just as an example, um, this you this is what a typical views graph looked like. You’ll notice it’s not on this one. And that’s because we basically broke the YouTube system with this video. Uh, because this person had been posting for over 8 years and never had a single video take off and then their first video with us got over 180,000 views, right? So, there either is no shaded part or it’s so low that it blends in with the x-axis basically. Okay? And all these uh are people are crushing it as well, right? This person right here, you can see they just started their channel. 350,000 views, 8,000 subscribers, 1,456 point uh more views than uh than usual in the last 28 days, making $953 a month. And that’s just from AdSense. And they just got monetized, right? Like halfway through that month, they got monetized. So, they’re making money from other methods as well. This person right here is a category king. So, we have a lot of category kings and category queens in the program. So, this person right here is in a very um uh competitive niche. A lot of the people we work with don’t want to reveal their channels, which we respect, of course, because they don’t want competitors, but this person is in a very competitive niche. It’s a big niche that you would know about. And they are literally number one in their niche. Number one over really big names that you would also know as well. And uh this person’s getting 8 million long- form views a month, making $50,000 a month as well, and their business is doing 20 to $30 million a year. This person right here closed four out of the first five calls that they booked uh when they’d never taken sales calls in their life, right? So, they’re closing 80% of the sales calls that they’re taking and they’ve never taken sales calls in their life, right? So, usually, you know, anybody who’s done sales, you’ll know like when you first start, you’re probably going to close like 10 or 20% max. this person was closing 80%. And that’s because the leads that they’re getting from YouTube are are basically just super hot and you’re essentially a cashier at that point. Uh, Bill transformed his YouTube channel’s impact among 177K subs and now he’s making over 30K plus per month at the time of this testimonial. And basically, he said, “Shane helped me out with his keyword research, titles, and thumbnails, as well as turning my YouTube channel into a business.” So, he turned his YouTube channel from a liability, sucking up all of his time to a business that works for him while having a full-time job. Shawn was stuck making $30,000 a month. Then, he scaled all the way up to over 500,000 a month. So, Sean’s another example of a category king. Um, he’s number one in the Amazon KDP niche. And he said, “Shane knows what he’s doing. He’s not another fake guru. His program goes beyond just tactics, teaching you how to build a personal brand and master the back-end systems that actually drive revenue.” Next is Cheryl. She helps people through spiritual awakenings and before joining us she was stuck under 50 subscribers uh for years with a great message but no strategy. Um we gave her the system, the content strategy, the title and the thumbnail frameworks, the hands-on coaching and she immediately grew to 9,000 plus subscribers and got monetized in months. One video hit 128,000 views and now she is landing brand deals. And this is what happens when you stop guessing and you start following the system. Just like Jen here, who’s a healthcare professional who recently joined our program about 3 months ago or so. Before joining us, she was a complete beginner and she was in the exact same position that you guys are in right now. And Jen, I know she doesn’t look like it, but she’s actually 60 years old, right? And in her own words, she said, “I hadn’t dipped my toe into YouTube.” And now she has 35,000 subscribers, and her channel got to 4.2 million views already. And three of her videos already went over 600,000 views. And I actually just had a talk with Nurse Jen a couple days ago. It was uh wonderful. I’m actually going to be uploading that talk here pretty soon. And this month she said that she made five figures from AdSense alone. Right? So these are numbers that most creators chase for years. And she started just like you guys a few months ago. She attended the live training wondering if this is going to be for her uh or not. But she took a leap of faith and she booked a call and she built it all on what she already knew which is healthcare navigation. So, if you’re a healthcare professional or just a professional in general, you have knowledge, right? Especially if you’ve been working for like 10 years or more in your industry, you have knowledge that other people want to know and you can easily just broadcast that knowledge on YouTube and get paid to do it. That’s exactly what Jen did. The stuff that she was already telling her patients on a day-to-day basis is the stuff that she makes content about. She just turned a camera on, broadcasted on YouTube, and now she was able to quit her job and she’s traveling in a camper van all over the United States. Super super happy for her. Um, and she’s making a full-time income from YouTube and absolutely crushing it, even making like $980 in a single day, right? So, this is what happens when you follow the system. So, I know all kinds of different people who work in the YouTube industry. I basically know all the different uh coaches and consultants and agencies, etc. And I’ll kind of tell you how this industry works, right? Usually the highest paid people, the best of the best people work with big corporations and so they’re going to be doing like seven figure contracts and in many cases working with these big companies, it’s at least a six-figure contract. Right now, the second highest tier, by the way, this is where the reveal should have been. I don’t know why you did those other sides. This is where the reveal should have been. Now, the second highest tier of what you should offer or what you can offer is probably called a build and release offer. Now, I have some friends that do this and basically like one of them uh they’re one of the very few people that are actually really good on YouTube besides myself that really knows what they’re doing and they charge 300,000 to do a build and release. And this is basically where they work with like seven, eight, nine figure companies and they build out their YouTube channel for the first 3 to 6 months. They hire everybody for the channel. They build it out and they figure out exactly how the channel works and then they release it to them once everything is working and they’ve hired the team out to them and they charge usually about $300,000 to do that. Now, I myself have attended four masterminds that are $50,000. Last year, I was in two. This year, I’m in another two. I’m about to join uh one or two more here pretty soon. And these are extremely valuable, right? I learned a ton of stuff from these masterminds, and I pass it down to you guys. So, there’s a lot of YouTube masterminds out there that are like $50,000, and it would easily cost you 35,000 in mistakes if you were to try to do it on your own. And 25,000 is more than a fair investment to make to even get 1/5if of the knowledge contained in the content growth engine. but a special offer only for this workshop. When you book a call within the next 24 hours, we’re going to be offering something that we’ve never offered before. And we’re going to talk about some of the bonuses that we’re giving out. And by the way, go to go.shenhome.com/coaching, click the link in the chat, or scan this QR code. Bonus one, and this is a big one. You get a one-on-one niche kickstart call with me personally. Now, let me tell you why this matters. When I was starting out, I had a mentor named Sam. He was doing YouTube for his wedding photography business. And Sam showed me how to actually make money on YouTube, even with a small channel. And that changed everything for me. That is when I started earning big, not because I got lucky, but because someone who already figured it out, showed me the ropes. And that one relationship changed the entire direction of my channel. And that is exactly what this call is. Everything that I have learned building a channel to 1.5 million subs and over $10 million in revenue applied directly to your niche, your channel, and your situation. And this is worth $12,000 easily. But this is only for five of the first people who sign up within the next 24 hours. So go to go.shenhome.com/coaching. Scan that QR code or click the link in the chat. This is what the actual coaching looks like. And I can already see people signing up as I’m talking. So don’t wait on this one. So go to go.shenhome.com/coaching. Scan that QR code or click the link in the chat. Bonus two is the video idea generator pro. This is easily worth $8,500. Now, if you sat down to find winning ideas yourself, researching what’s working, checking view counts, studying channels, etc., etc., you are looking at weeks of trial and error, and most people still pick the wrong ideas. Hire someone to do it, a real content strategist who knows YouTube, you’re paying $7,500 easily. So, we built a custom AI tool that finds proven video ideas for your niche in about 30 seconds. And this isn’t generic AI spitting out random titles. It is built on the icon method. It finds what’s already working and it hands you a better version. The titles, the hooks, the angles, all of it. And you get it both ways. A chat GPT version and a Claw AI version. So, whatever AI you already use, you’re covered. And this is included as a bonus. So, go to go.shinhome.com/coaching. Scan that QR code or click the link in the chat. Here’s what it actually looks like. And whether you use chatblad, we built it for both. Um, you give it a video that’s already performing. It reverse engineers why it works. Then it hands you five high converting titles and hooks for your channel. No guessing, no staring at a blank screen. The winning ideas are already out there. This tool just finds them for you. So go to go.shom.com/coaching, scan that QR code or click the link in the chat. And we do prefer Claude, but if you’re already in the Chat GPT ecosystem, chatb is really good, too. Bonus three is the Vibr content creation AI Deluxe worth $7,000. This is the ultimate content creation tool. You tell it the goal of your video to inform, to entertain, to sell, and it turns your spoken ideas into a polished, attentiongrabbing YouTube script. It captures your tone, your style, your voice so that it actually sounds like you. And just like the last one, you get it both ways. Both the chatbt as well as the cloud version, whatever you already use. And if you hire a professional content team to do this, like a script writer, a content strategist, someone who understands YouTube, you’re paying $3 to $5,000 a month minimum. This does it all in seconds. So go to go.shenhome.com/coaching. Scan that QR code or click the link in the chat. This is what it looks like. The same tool running in both ChachiBT and Claude. It walks you through niche validation, your audience, your format, preference, dialing in exactly who you are. Then you tell it the goal of your video and it writes the full script. A real YouTube script with hooks, structure, and a tone that matches your channel. So go to go.shenhum.com/coaching, scan the QR code or click the link in the chat. Bonus four is the winner thumbnail vault plus premium templates. This is worth $10,000. Um, your thumbnail is the first thing that people see before the title, before the hook, before anything. Um, if your thumbnail doesn’t stop the scroll, nobody clicks, nobody watches, and it doesn’t matter how good your video is. Now, if you hired a thumbnail designer who actually knows YouTube, you’re paying $1,500 a month easily. That’s $18,000 a year, and they might make a thumbnail that works for a gaming channel, but not for an educational content channel, right? There’s a psychology behind every thumbnail. You don’t just want to get the most views, you want to get the right views. So, this is my entire thumbnail system, the guide, the templates, the swipe files, the framework. You get it all as a bonus. So, go to go.sh go.shinhome.com/coaching, scan the QR code, or click the link in the chat. And by the way, guys, 300 people already applied. Spots are running out. Uh, we already opened up more spots, but we probably will not be able to open up anymore because it it, you know, it’s a lot. But, uh, yeah. Uh, go ahead and apply. Right. This is what’s inside. On the left, you get the full guide. The secret of creating viral thumbnails, the psychology behind why certain thumbnails get clicks and others don’t. On the right is the thumbnail vault uh thumbnail vault. Fully editable templates in Canva. You click file, make a copy, and it’s yours. And you see those annotations. That is me breaking down exactly why each thumbnail works, where the face goes, how big the head is, the rule of thirds, the spacing, all of it explained. So, you’re not just getting templates, you’re learning the frameworks so that you can build your own. So, go to go.shenhum.com/coaching, /coaching. Scan the QR code or click the link in the chat. Bonus five is the 1K niche authority accelerator. This is worth $6,997. Everybody wants to hit 1,000 subscribers. That’s the first real milestone. That’s when you get monetized. That’s when it starts to feel real. But most people take months or even years to get there. Some never make it. Now, think about what this replaces. A custom growth strategy from YouTube Consultant runs $1,500 to $3,000. And that’s one static plan that’s outdated the second the algorithm ships. The tool is this tool is designed to get you 1,000 subscribers as fast as possible. You get the Claude or the ChatgBT version and it builds you a specific strategy uh to your niche so that you’re not just posting random videos and praying. You’re posting the right videos to the right audience at the right time. So go to go.shenhome.com/coaching, scan the QR code or click the link in the chat. This is what it looks like. You get the Claude and the Chat GPT version. You click one button and it builds your entire plan, your niche, your content strategy, your posting schedule, all mapped out so that you can hit that first milestone fast. So go to go.shinhomus.com/coaching, scan the QR code or click the link in the chat. Bonus six is the weekly content planner AI worth $4,997. The number one reason that creators quit is they don’t know what to post next. Monday comes, there’s no plan, no video idea, and they make no progress. And then a week goes by, and then a month, and then you stop. This tool plans your entire week of content for you based on your niche, your audience, and your goals. So, you never have to sit there wondering, “What should I make a video about?” Again, it’s already planned out for you. Now, if you hired a content strategist to do this, you’re paying $1,000 to $2,000 a month. That’s $12,000 to $24,000 a year. You get this as a bonus. So, go to go.shinhome.com/coaching, scan the QR code, or click the link in the chat. Now, for those of you who stayed until the end, we made something special for you, and that is the niche monetizer AI. And this one is different from all the other bonuses. This is an AI tool that takes your niche and maps out exactly how to make money from it. Not just AdSense, we’re talking affiliate deals, digital products, coaching offers, sponsorships, the full picture. Because here’s the thing that most people get wrong. They pick a niche and then they hope the money situation figures itself out later on. That is backwards. This tool shows you the money map before you even record your first video, so you know exactly what you’re building towards from day one. And like every tool we give you, you get it in both chatbt and clawed version, whatever you already use. Now, here’s the catch. This burn this bonus is easily worth $12,000. You get it just for showing up to the call that you booked. That’s it. You book the call, you show up to the call, and you get it. So, go to go.shenhome.com/coaching, scan the QR code, or click the link in the chat. The second you show up to the call that you booked, you get instant access on the spot. And whether you like ChachiPT or Claude, you can use this either way. So this isn’t some watered down freebie. It’s the same tool that we use inside of the content growth engine and it is yours for life. So go to go.shenhome.com/coaching, scan that QR code or click the link in the chat. Bonus eight is the 90-day YouTuber fast mover money back guarantee. This is priceless. Here’s how it works. You got 90 days. You follow the program. You do the work. You show up. And if it does not work for you, you get your money back. We have last month we had a 1% refund rate during the month for the program. That means 99% of people who joined stayed because it worked. Industry standard is 7 to 15%, we had a 1% refund rate. Okay, that’s why we’re so confident to give this. Now, we also surveyed all of our clients inside of the program. We asked one question. Do you feel like you got an ROI from this program? 91% of them said yes. So, I’m not asking you to trust me blindly. I’m asking you to test it and see for yourself. So go to go.shanehomomas.com/coaching, scan the QR code or click the link in the chat. So let’s add this up. Eight bonuses total. Total value $61,494. Now remember, bonus one, the one-on-one session with me personally. That is only for five of the first people who sign up today. Once those spots are gone, they’re gone. And bonus 7, the niche monetizer AI. You only get that if you book a call and actually show up to it. That’s it. Everything else is included free when you join. Now, this workshop special is only available for the next 24 hours. After that, these bonuses go away. This exact package at this exact price with all eight bonuses, you will not see it again. And let me clear something up really quick because I get this question every single time. The 24 hours is for booking the call, not for attending it. So, if you book right now and the next open set on my calendar is 3 days from now or even next week, that’s totally fine. You’re still locked in. You still get every single one of these bonuses. You just have to schedule the call within the next 24 hours. So, if you’ve been going back and forth on this, now is the time to move. So, go to go.shenhumus.com/coaching, scan the QR code right now, book your free strategy call, click the link in the chat, and we’ll figure out if we’re a good fit to work together or not. Worst case, you get on the call, you get some clarity on your niche, and you walk away with a plan. No pressure, no hard sell. But if it’s the right fit, we go to work. So, go to go.shom.com/coaching, scan that QR code, or click the link in the chat. And one last thing, and this is important. Once you book, you’re going to get two emails. one from Calendarly and one from the consultant that you booked with. Both are titled CGE MasterClass call. So check your inbox right now. If you don’t see them, look in your promotions, your spam, your junk, or your all mail folders. Sometimes they hide in there instead of your main inbox. Those emails have your call details, so find them and open them. With that being said, I’m going to go ahead and answer any questions that you guys have. Um, I did get word that we ran out of spots, but we just opened up uh some new spots. So, we open up about 11 spots. Okay. So, we have 11 spots left, but that’s it. After that, that’s it. We’ve had 344 people apply, it looks like, and uh we just opened up 11 new spots, but after that, we we actually cannot open up any more spots. Okay? So, so that’ll be the last one. Um so, go ahead and take those spots while you still can. Um but yeah, with that being said, I’m going to go ahead and uh uh answer some questions.

    All right, couple people saying uh that they got that we’re not a good fit to work together. We we typically only accept about 18% of people who apply to even book a call. It’s a bit higher on these on these live trainings, which is why we like to do these. We like we we find that we find basically really good people that are good fits for the program on these live trainings after we kind of explain everything to them. Um but historically we only accept about 18% of people to book a call. With that being said, usually the reason that it it doesn’t accept you right away is because you say something along the lines of I don’t want to start right now. I, you know, I’ll start a month from now or something, right? Or you say that I have absolutely no money to get started whatsoever. Right? This this program does cost money. That getting started on YouTube also costs a little bit of money. Um, you need to be able to buy a mic, for instance. And so, um, you know, if you have absolutely no money to get started, then we’re probably not going to accept you for a call. Um, so with with that being said, you can watch my other videos. You can get a, you know, they’ll teach you how to get a good job and then you’ll you’ll have enough money to get started. Um, so yeah, uh, do with that information what you will. Maybe you want to apply again, maybe, maybe not. Your call. Um, how many spots now? I think there’s like what, five? Probably like five, I’m guessing.

    Okay. Um, no. The niche validator will be dropping that here in a moment, Mark. So, uh, if you scroll down, I’m Yeah. Yeah, there we go. Scroll down three three comments under your comment, Mark. And that’s the niche validator. Um, Aaron, what’s the best method to build uh views? Um, build views. I did Did you Did you just watch the the live training, Aaron? That’s the best method to build views. what I just talked about. Um, not not sure what you mean by that. Um, the icon method for coming up with video ideas is is the number one most important thing. Amanda, thanks. Great webinar. You got it, Amanda. My pleasure. Got the emails. Awesome. Chancellor Nichi, you promised. Yep. If you scroll up literally two comments, you will see the niche validator.

    Uh, Elizabeth, how to handle liability? Yeah, it’s a fair question. Um, basically, I I’ll tell you what most YouTubers do. Most YouTubers don’t start like an LLC or anything like that um before they start a channel. Um, that is what most YouTubers do, right? Because why why would you? You’re not making any money. Generally speaking, once you start making money, that’s when you want to start your LLC. So, the laws, you know, I’m I’m not a lawyer. I’m not an accountant, etc. The laws in different states are different. But usually once you make about $10,000 or so in a year, you you need to start paying taxes. And that’s what the government really cares about, right? Is you pay taxes. So you want you want to make an LLC. Now, when you make an LLC that’s a limited liability company, that’s going to give you some protections. Um but realistically, like again, I’m not a lawyer, I’m not an accountant, but just use common sense here. Um, you’re not going to get sued if if you have a tiny channel that has like there’s just nothing with the channel. It’s a tiny channel. You’re not going to get sued from a tiny channel. There’s there you’re not going to get water from a stone. You know what I mean? So, it’s like ju just keep that in mind, right? So, with that being said, if you are worried about, you know, getting sued or whatever, let’s just say you do have a lot of assets and a lot to lose, you want to do an LLC for your channel. David, does this work for gaming content, politics, or helping people find work? Um, anything that’s educational. So, anything where you’re solving people’s problems. So, for instance, we have a chess player that we onboarded. I think we’re totally out of uh slots, right, guys? Yeah, we’re 100% out, right? Yeah, I think we’re totally out. So, so we have a chess play chess player, chess coach that we onboarded. Now, chess is a game, right? But it’s a he’s a chess coach, and chess is a game, but he’s teaching people how like grown-up learners, grown like adult learners in chess, how to get to a 2,000 rating in chess. And so, it’s educational and he does it with a very specific like openings that they like, right? So, it’s educational content. And um

    uh that’s kind of that’s kind of one thing that you know you want to keep in mind, right? If you’re solving people’s problems, if you’re educating them, then it’s fine. But if you’re just mindlessly entertaining people, then we’re not the best program for you. You should you should look out look for another program. The And the reason that we we do educational content, guys, is just so much easier to make money. Like if you’re doing entertainment content, you’re basically competing with Mr. Beast. I don’t know about you, I don’t want to compete with Mr. Beast. That guy’s a beast, right? I don’t want to compete with him. He’s really good at YouTube. Okay? I don’t want to be competing with Mr. Beast. And you probably don’t want to be competing with Mr. Beast as well. So that’s why I make educational content. Um

    it’s much easier. And also your your experience and your wisdom is actually a advantage when you do educational content, right? So basically what AI did and these new technologies that we have is they took down the barrier to entry for you to to actually make videos, right? So it it it went from the the important thing to make videos is that you know how to make videos, right? It was like a technical thing. Like people who knew how to make videos were the ones making videos. It went from that to people who knew that actually have something important to say are the ones that are doing well now. You see what I mean? Totally different. And so that’s why you’re seeing all these older people popping off on YouTube because you can look just about any information up on like chat or claude. But you know what? You can’t look up wisdom experience, right? That’s what you can’t look up and that’s what older people have. And so we’ve seen so many older people just popping off left and right. Um, and you know, you don’t have to be older to to be successful on YouTube. You can still be successful with a, you know, smaller channel or whatever. But yeah, that’s what we’ve seen over and over again. Uh, niche validator links. Just scroll up, scroll up, scroll down. It’s there. Um, and by the way, guys, if you’re 100 100% committed, go to your calendar right now and check yes on the calendar invite. Okay? So we we basically have filled up all the spots at this point. There might there might be a few people who dropped the spots or whatever. Uh but we basically filled up all the spots. So make sure you uh do this guys. If you basically scheduled a spot, right? Make sure you confirm your email. Very very important you do this. We are very selective about who we work with. And one thing that we look at is can you follow instructions? Because if you can’t follow our instructions, how are we going to be able to help you? Right? So this is very important that you go and you confirm your email. If you don’t see it right away, then you need to check spam, trash, junk, and all mail. It’s very easy to do this, right? All mail folders, you know, and y whether it’s Yahoo, Gmail, Outlook, you know, Microsoft, whatever, it’s going to if you go to all mail, spam, you know, sometimes it goes in there. But look in those and confirm uh uh confir confirm the email, right? And then also go to your calendar right now and then check yes on the calendar invite. Okay? So, very very important that you do these things. Okay. And uh yeah, that’s going to be that’s going to show us that you you can actually follow instructions, which is, you know, kind of important. Um, got the confirmation, but no second email. Interesting. Uh, look, yeah, follow those instructions. All mail, spam, all that kind of stuff. Victoria, what was your first job? Pharmacist. You talking about before I was a pharmacist? I worked a lot of little odd jobs before I got into pharmacy. Uh, working at a baseball field as a custodian.

    Natasha, how much is it? How much is it? Already answered that question in great detail. Thank you. Um, you got it, Vienna. Yeah. So, it’s $9,800 or about $1,000 a month for the uh the for the program where I teach you how to fish. Basically, I I teach you YouTube. Um, and you have one-on-one coaching and the coaches give you personalized feedback. So, it’s $9,800 or about $1,000 a month. You can get a little bit less than $1,000 a month. Um, we have in-house financing as well. Yeah. Available if you need it. Um, uh, so so yeah. Yeah. Just we’re totally transparent about that. We’re not trying to hide it or anything like that, but um it’s just different for different levels because we always have some people who are like six, seven, eight figure business owners. The scope of what they need is different. And then we always have some people that are from bigger companies and the scope of what they need is also different. And also, please take a moment to make sure that you have no conflicts with your meeting time. No soccer games, no family events, surgeries that you forgot. Uh we pretty much have the calendar completely full right now at this point. So because of that guys, um be respectful to other people who want a spot. You know, these these calls are valuable, right? They’re they’re valuable whether we end up working together or not. They’re super valuable. And so you need to be respectful to other people who have a spot. Um if for some reason you can’t you’re not 100% committed to showing up to the call, then go ahead and just cancel your call. Somebody else can take the call. Okay. Um, so you know, uh, that’s, uh, yeah, don’t don’t waste their time. Don’t don’t waste a spot, a valuable spot for somebody else, um, where they could, you know, potentially dial their niche in or anything like that. Okay. Um, yeah. So, no soccer games, no family events, no surgeries that you forgot, etc., etc. Um, okay. Booking call is completely free.

    Tina, can you copyright your own videos? Uh, yes. They’re they’re kind of automatically copywritten, but there’s something in the settings you can go through and do that. Um, there’s actually a lot of stuff going on right now cuz the AI companies kind of used YouTube videos for their training data, and that’s pretty sketchy, using YouTube videos without permission for training data.

    Um, and so there’s a good chance that YouTubers are actually going to end up getting paid by the AI companies because they they use the YouTube stuff. So, they’re going to get paid royalties. There’s actually a seriously good chance. Like, I would say it probably will happen right now. How much it’s going to be is is another question, but it almost certainly will happen. Um, by the way guys, we just had a few people drop out. So, two spots opened up. So, we were fully booked out, but we have two spots that just opened up um on here. Okay, so let me see here. Come on now. Let’s see. Well, there we go. Yeah, we just had two Well, one spot now, but yeah, we just had a uh two spots open up cuz somebody dropped. And I, by the way, I appreciate the people who drop if they’re not 100% sure. 100 100% committed, they’re they’re going to show up uh to the call. I actually appreciate uh you guys for for dropping because you’re opening it up for somebody else and you’re also not wasting our time. So, I appreciate that. Um scroll down, Gar. You see the bonus right there. Um

    Vijay, I we will be opening up spots in the future, man. There’s there’s probably just nothing we can do for you, man, at this point. But but uh you know you’re you’re probably traveling anyway, so it’s probably not a good time for you to start. So I would say just come back here in a couple weeks when you get back. Have fun and have fun on your trip. Enjoy your trip. VJ, uh Jeff Link, Victoria, your advice has been a godsend so far. I appreciate that, Victoria. Good stuff. Gina, do we get access to all these modules in the first month? Uh go as fast as we want if we join our program. Also, is a yearly fee or can you try a month or two? It’s a six-month program. um you need to commit to the full six months. With that being said, you have a 90 90-day 100% money back guarantee. So, if you um you know, if you’re not happy with the program or whatever, you you can get your money back, right? You know, if you if you do the steps in the program and it doesn’t work for you, you’re not happy with it, you get your money back, right? It’s pretty straightforward. Uh we have very very very few people who take us up on that. I think generally um like our our refund rate almost never has gotten over 7%. I think 7% is pretty much the highest it’s gotten. Um last month during the month it was like 1%. I think this month it’s like 4% or something like this. Very very low. So yeah, that’s that’s why we’re uh able to do that is because we just know people are very happy. And usually the people that refund are, you know, something happens in their life. It’s like a life event, something like that. It’s not because the program isn’t good. it’s just because something happened in their life or something. So, um yeah, the program is absolutely top tier, guys. Ju just to like I I don’t want to toot the horn too much because but we’re we’re essentially like we’re like the Harvard of YouTube coaching programs, okay? We have the best coaches. We have we have a coach on staff and there’s a good chance that you’ll actually work with him that literally sold a YouTube company. He sold a YouTube software company. Okay? Like that is the level of how good our CSMs, our customer success managers and our coaches are. Uh all of our coaches have 100k subscriber plaques either for their own channel or they were like literally working directly with a channel and they were the creative director for that channel um and got that channel to 100,000 subscribers. Um so all of our co coaches are absolutely top tier. So that that is why we get such insanely good results. That and then the systems that we have, the AIs that we have are absolutely world class. No one else has AIS even close to the ones that we have. Um and then we just hold you accountable. Like we and that’s one thing I will say guys is we we will hold you accountable. Okay? So uh if you go into the program like you know we’re we’re not mean but we’re going to we’re going to hold you accountable, right? like we’re going to push you a little bit to to you know to make sure that you get results. Amanda, is it recommended to start two channels? No. Absolutely not. No, no, no. Just start one channel. If you try to catch two rabbits, you will catch zero rabbits. Just start one channel. Mike, how does the IRS get theirs? They get their taxes just like any other way that they’d get their taxes. um if you’re from the US um you’re going to be paying taxes like there, you know that it is what it is, guys. But there’s a lot of, you know, totally legal tax deductions that you can take as a YouTuber. There’s a lot of advantages to being a YouTuber. So, for instance, if you go on a trip, if you record some videos on the trip, you record some B-roll for the trip, and then you put that in your channel, well, a lot of those expenses on your trip you can actually write off. I’m not going to say that you can write all of them off. You know, again, check with your accountant. I’m not your accountant. I’m not your lawyer, etc., etc. But you can write a significant amount of those expenses off, right? And so your trips, I’m not going to say they pay for themselves, but you know, if you make some good content, it definitely can pay for itself. Pam, I really don’t know how to narrow my niche, but I have a lot of ideas. Um, that’s something we can help you with, Pam. Check out the niche validator. Scroll up, scroll down for that. And then also uh book your call and that’s something we can help you with.

    What if you missed the webinar that was scheduled at 6 p.m.? Uh totally fine. Uh you can watch the replay if you’re here. We’ll we’ll send you out the replay. Anthony, I have zero experience. Will this work? Yeah, most of the people we work with have zero experience. Um most of the people we work with are like professionals that have been in their industry for 10 plus years. Um they have a lot of value to give to the world. Um they or or they’ve been doing whatever the thing they’re going to talk about is for for some time and um you know sometimes they’re like business owners um etc etc. And uh uh they they want to share that information. They have a lot of value to give. They they want to solve people’s problems using YouTube as a way to do that. Yes, you need to buy a mic. JHN, um it’s like 50 bucks or less. Yeah, you probably need to buy a mic.

    If that’s a problem for you, you probably shouldn’t join the program. Um JC, I had to slip away for a few minutes, so forgive me for asking this again. Does it matter if you’re a premium subscriber to YouTube or not? It does not matter. JC Mike, taxes. Yep. You pay taxes on any any money you make in the United States. It doesn’t matter whether it’s a YouTube channel or or or not a YouTube channel.

    Yep. That we’re we’re probably out of spots, guys. I mean, let me let me see here. So, we’re having a few people drop out. Let me let me just refresh this. And guys, I do I I will say if you’re not 100% committed to signing up, then please drop out. I I think we had a we either had a few people drop out here or we open up a few spots. But yeah, if you’re not 100% committed, guys, then um yes, please drop out. Okay, I just got a message. We did have three people drop out. Thank you, by the way. Thank you for dropping out. I apprec I appreciate you um because you’re opening these spots for somebody else. So, we just had three spots open, guys. So, go ahead and uh take take those spots up before they’re gone. Um Michelle, is there a mic you can recommend? Thank you. Yeah. Um basically, you know, the thing is is all the mics are good now. You know, it used to be that there was like one mic that’s good. Now they’re all just good, right? They’re all like really good. With that being said, I’ve always liked the Road products. Um maybe maybe uh admin can can drop the the the newest road mic. Um, we we like the road mics that we think they’re great. Um, yeah, admin can drop what whatever the newest road mic is. Uh, the uh lavalier. I do I like to use wired mics personally um just because I’ve had experiences where sometimes there’s a little bit of interference if it’s not a wired mic. So, I personally like to use wired mics. But yeah, whatever the newest road product is.

    Yeah, the audio is probably more important than the video, guys. For the video, you can literally just use like your your webcam, you can use your phone. Like the video doesn’t matter that much, honestly. Like, but the audio, you do want to make sure your audio is good. Doesn’t have to be the best, but it has to be good enough, right? All right. All right. Yeah. So, some people are saying, “No spots. I’m trying.” Hey, try again. A couple people just dropped out. I I appreciate the people that dropped out who who aren’t a good fit for the program. You guys are You guys are awesome for opening up those spots for other people. Um, all is in Notion. No, we host everything in school. That’s skol. Jordan, it says no spots in August. Yep, I I I get it. I get Yeah, we’re there. There there’s a few more spots that opened up. A few people dropped out, so try try to get those spots up. Harold, I’d like to drive more sales to my And by the way, guys, if for whatever reason you can’t sign you can’t sign up this time, just watch watch the email, you know, sign up for the the live training that we do next week, for instance, watch the email. Uh you should be able to hopefully sign up uh next week. Um, and uh, we, you know, we’ll we’ll probably take some more some more people on. Sometimes we do reach capacity and we just can’t take any more people on, but we’ll we should have a few spots open next week to take people in. Harold, I’d like to drive more sales to my repairs division while we build more custom audio units. Should I pivot to repair videos and tech and technical aspects of audio testing? Interesting.

    Well, Harold, that’s a great question. So working with I I’ve worked with a couple IT companies. So one of the IT companies that I work with that uh they’re actually doing eight figures. So they um basically help people with like a very niche software that a lot of business owners use. So it’s it is online IT whereas yours is a little bit more physical IT. Um you know like actually repairing stuff. So, um there there are definitely differences, but yeah, I would obviously I would target the topics where people pay for stuff without being in your local area, right? I know I know that’s kind of obvious to say, but it’s like actually extremely important, right? So what look in in your business in your book of business look at the products that people pay for without having to be in your local area or without having to be close to your local area and then make more content on those products. So for instance let’s just say that you repair a lot of like MacBooks. I’m just making this up, right? Like you repair a lot of MacBooks. Make more content about MacBooks and like repairing MacBooks, you know? Um, and assuming that, you know, people are willing to like shift, you know, ship the MacBook uh to you, right? Obviously. Um, but yeah, let’s let’s just say that people do that, make more content about that. Um, but you know, there might be certain things that people kind of only just do locally. Um, and in that case, you probably don’t don’t want to make as much content about that because I assume you don’t have local branches all over the United States, right? So, um, those are those are kind of two really big considerations. In terms of the actual, you know, nitty-gritty details of like audio units, um, uh, repair videos and technical aspects of audio testing, I would probably do repair videos just because the if somebody’s watching a repair video, it’s very clear that they have a broken thing, you know, like so you you could just be like, “Hey, here’s how to do it, but if you don’t want to go through this whole process doing it, go ahead and send it to Hey, I’ll do it for you. Right? So, it’s kind of one of those things. If you want to do it yourself, here’s how to do it. That’s great. If you want to spend a couple hours prep repairing it yourself, that, you know, you can do it here. But if it’s a bit more advanced or you want me to do it for you, then go, you know, here’s the link in the description. You can you can send it to me, right? So, I think repair videos would be um would would be better because the person has more buyer intent in that case, uh, Harold. But, yeah, great questions. Great questions. I would say, you know, book a call and and we can we can probably um dial dial those in further for you. Um uh Wanda, is this different than enrolling in the VIP training that is on Tuesday? Yes, this is totally different than enrolling in the the VIP training. The VIP training is an extra hour with me right before uh our our main live training. And um yeah, it’s uh

    uh plus like a couple other little little extra things. Um but basically it’s you just get a couple like an an extra hour with me. That’s it. Um liability on content to finish my question. Not sure what you mean by that. Um like Elizabeth, I mean it’s a valid question. I mean, listen, I’m not your lawyer. I’m not your accountant, but I have literally I haven’t seen a single person who’s like a small YouTuber get sued or get in trouble or anything like that. It I just haven’t I I haven’t seen it. I mean, I guess it’s possible. It’s possible for, you know, me to walk outside and a meteor hits me as well. you know, it’s like anything’s possible, but it’s just very very unlikely, right? Um, another great question from Kora. Can we use a pseudonym? Yes, you can. You do not have to use your real name. You can use like a pin name if you want to. So, you guys, you know, my my name on YouTube is Shane Hummus. My real last name is Humson. Human is a name that nobody can pronounce correctly. It’s kind of very similar to Gary Veaynerchuk versus Gary Vee, right? He calls himself Gary Vee because nobody can remember or pronounce his last name. And it’s the same thing with my last name, right? Um, so you can definitely use a pseudonym. You could also do something like Mr. Beast, for instance. Um, that’s a little bit less professional. So, if you’re selling something that’s a little more on the professional side, probably don’t want to do that. Um, but yeah, actually quite common. Um, a lot of people that you you think you know their names, in reality, they’re actually just kind of using like a a business name. Um, Iman Godzi is another one. Um, so his last name is Godzimanov or something like that. It’s like pretty long kind of like Eastern European name that’s tough to pronounce for most people and so he just calls himself Iman Godzi, right? So, um, yeah, quite common. Great great question, Kora. Love, love that question. That also serves the second purpose of an additional layer of protection when it comes to uh somebody doxing you, right? So, if you don’t reveal your name publicly, then people, you know, technically like people are not supposed to like be able to dox you or reveal your name. If they reveal your name, then that’s doxing you. So, there’s a little a little bit more to it than that, but yeah, it’s um there’s you could do that if you want. Got it. Thanks,

    We actually have an entire module about naming your channel um and all the things that you can do like all the all the the the the dos, the don’ts, etc. It’s just an entire module about it. So definitely check it out.

    Jazette, thank you. Great live. You got it, Jazette. My pleasure. Renee, thank you. Looking forward to speaking with you. You got it, Renee. My pleasure. Graham, when will I get the emails? I have scheduled my call, but I have not received the emails. Please help. Um, admin Justine, why did you not respond to Graham?

    Why did nobody respond to Graham? You responded to the person after Graham, but you didn’t respond to Graham.

    Uh so Graham will have some we’ll have an admin reach out to you but please do check your all mail. So whenever if anybody says I did not receive the emails and you do not say in that same message that I checked all mail and spam folders then we are going to assume that you did not check your all mail or your spam folders. Okay. So, if you’re saying that you did not receive the emails, you must say in that same message that I checked my all mail and my spam folders. Okay? If you don’t put that in the message, we’re just going to assume you didn’t check it. And we’re going to tell you to check your all mail and your spam folders. Okay? Um because I I guarantee you that if you signed up for a call, it’s there. It’s definitely there. Douglas, how much will this cost? Already answered that many, many times. Douglas uh Muhammad got booked one-on-one with a coach under your team and I’m uh confused your notion link after the code. What? Donna, are we able to get the chatbt and the cloud or we choose only one? You can get both if you want, Donna. Totally fine. Uh Yali, I enjoyed your life path and your uh keen presentation. Yoga is based on eight limbs and I would like to concentrate on two and offer for trips. Would I need two channels? No. Just one channel always. Almost always the answer is one channel. The only time where two channels is a good idea is if you have one channel that’s already just fabulously successful and you want to start a second channel from that first channel. If you have two unsuccessful channels, you are basically dooming yourself to failure. Like you are 100 almost 100% guaranteed to fail because you’re going to have you’re Oh, shoot. You’re you’re going to be um that that was didn’t mean for that to happen. You are going to be um chasing two different rabbits at once. Like good good luck catching two different rabbits at once. Like you’re just not right. Um that’s not going to happen. So yeah, just one channel at a time 100%. Christopher, hope this ain’t to be true. YouTube money is crazy. Yep, it is crazy. And there’s so many different niches, guys. Like, it’s crazy some of the niches that I see. It is absolutely wild some of the niches that I see. There’s one niche I saw helping people get out of time share contracts. Like, who would have known that that’s a niche, right? Um, there’s just so many awesome niches out there, guys. Pam, I signed up for a call. I have a goofy dog. I’m a goofy gardener. I would like to help people avoid my mistakes. Could be good. Could be good, Pam. Love it. We We can We can definitely help you. Yep. The information is free. The programs for implementation. Yep. Daryl, will the validators take into consideration how to avoid IP violations? Intellectual property violations. Yeah, of course. Yeah. like the we’re not we’re not plagiarizing people. We’re not copying people. Okay, that’s you know that that’s not something that we’re doing. Ruthie, thanks for everything. How do we get the niche monetizer AI bonus? By showing up to the call. That one you just get by showing up to the call. Jchen, as it relates to liability, is this program for people who are in the USA? Uh what about uh people outside of the USA? Uh yeah. Yeah. I mean, it’s for mostly for people in the USA. We’ve it’s worked in eight different languages, though. So, usually first world countries is what we recommend. Uh, usually first world countries. Victoria, this has been incredible. Appreciate you, Victoria. Awesome. I’m glad you enjoyed it. Lori, looking forward to the call. I’m not going to overthink before I do that. I do have several questions. I’m confident you or your team can clear up. Awesome. Um, Pam says 3,000 to set up an LLC in Illinois. Um, probably not that expensive. Um, but again, 99. I am not a lawyer. I cannot give you legal or financial advice. Nine every literally I do not know a single YouTuber who started an LLC before they started their YouTube channel. Okay. So that’s like that that’s uh what does that tell you? Right. So yeah uh you you do the LLC stuff after you’re already making money. Okay? You don’t you don’t put the cart before the horse. But we can teach you guys how to do that properly as well in the program. That’s not a problem.

    Smart with the chess player. Yep. Yep. Yeah. He’s um yeah, educational content um and and targeting a very specific type of viewer as well. A lot of the people he works with are retired. They’re they’re working super highpaying corporate jobs and um yeah, they wanna they want to get really good at chess, you know, they want to get to a 2,00 level in chess. Uh at least online, they want to get to a 2000 rating.

    Oh, I don’t know what’s going on there. Okay, got my spot. Awesome. Sally, what would be an example? Okay, by the way, guys, I’m going to I’m going to go ahead and go over these really quick. By the way, I I probably should have done this before. Someone should have reminded me. Once you schedule your call, guys, this right here is going to pop up. Okay, so this is a thank you page. Make sure it’s very, very important that you make sure you watch this video, right? This one’s 28 seconds, not that long. Okay. So, after you sign up for your call, this page is going to pop up. You want to watch this video and then you want to uh go I know the sender, right? So, you follow these instructions right here. And then at the very bottom, you’re going to see example after example after example after example of successful YouTube channels. Now, a lot of these people you are going to be able to relate to. Okay? So, there’s going to be people here uh from all different backgrounds, all different shapes, sizes, ages, genders, what you know, whatever. You know, you’re like, “Oh, does this work for uh older women?” Well, guess what? Yes. Jen was 60. She’s over she’s 60 years old and it worked for her and it and she was in the situation that you’re in just a couple months ago. You’re like, “Oh, would this work for uh spirituality niche?” Yes, we’re going to have people show you in the spirituality niche here. Uh, does this work for physical products? Well, hey, guess what? Tina here sells physical products. So, yes, it does work for physical products, right? Um, does this work for uh people who are, you know, artists? Well, guess what? Isaiah is a vocal coach. He teaches people how to sing. So, yes, it works for artists. Does it work for people in it? Well, there you go, Josh. It does. Does it work for people who are super super busy? uh already, you know, busy professionals making multiple six figures a year already. Yes. Antoine was a busy professional making multiple six figures a year. Um, does this work for young people? Yes. Philip was like, I think he was 20 years old when I first worked with him. We was 18 years old, right? Etc., etc. So, I think you get the point, right? You are going to relate to some of these people, and it’s basically just like an endless scroll, guys. Just an endless scroll. There’s going to be people that you relate to on this list. um something about them, their background, you know, etc., etc., is going to be something that you can relate to. So, definitely watch this. It’s going to inspire you. It’s going to motivate you and it’s probably going to give you a good idea for what type of niche that you could start. Uh cuz you’re going to kind of see like, oh, this person came from XYZ background and then they chose ABC niche. I could came from, you know, I don’t know, X XY, you know, XYD background and I can choose ABD niche or something. You know what I mean? So, I think you get the point, right? You’re going to you’re going to get inspired, motivated. It’s going to help you choose your niche. So, definitely check that out. Additionally, this page is a little bit longer. This one that you might get sent to this one as well. This video here is a little bit longer, right? So, it’s a little bit of a longer video, but you definitely want to watch this video as well. I think it’s about 10 minutes or so. You definitely want to watch that video as well. Uh, also frequently asked questions are right here. So, how long does this take per day? What does the first 30 days actually look like? Right? So, you can watch these videos if these are interesting to you. Uh, you know, if these are questions that you have, etc., etc. You can watch these videos and um, yeah, also follow the instructions, etc., etc. And then at the very bottom there are the same exact videos, right? So you can see abundant amount of proof. You can see abundant amount of uh different people who have gotten results from different backgrounds, etc., etc., and different types of niches and and all kinds of different stuff like that. But it is very important that you actually look at these after you sign up. So I’m actually going to go ahead and drop those right uh now um into the chat. So, make sure you uh look at those, okay? Make sure you look at those. Um, I’m gonna drop those into the chat and uh if you sign up for a call, make sure you look at those. All right, with that being said, oh, and by the way, another thing I’ll say is some of the people on that list don’t want their channel to be in the marketing publicly, and I respect that. But they said it’s okay once people are kind of like applying to the program or they’ve gotten past the initial screening to show their channels. So, some of the people on that list are in that category. So, you’re going to see channels there that you’ve never seen before. Um, yeah. So, uh, Darren, biggest secret nugget that you can share before we end today. I like that. Biggest secret nugget. Okay. So, the biggest thing by far, guys, and I know I know this isn’t a secret, but I I’m just going to emphasize this even more. It’s always the idea of your video. You guys might have seen I just had a video that took off, got like a million views in like two days or something, right? That video, the thumbnail is, no offense, you know, but the thumbnails, you know, I’m not trying to offend my team or whatever. The thumbnail is nothing special. It’s just a good, you know, it’s a good thumbnail, right? Um, it, you know, we use it with our our strategies because we’re not trying to get the most views. We’re trying to get the right views, right? So, it’s a good thumbnail. The uh title is good as well, but the thing that really made the video pop off is the idea. Okay, that is an idea that works really well at this particular time right now. Okay, the zeitgeist, the millu of what’s going on right now in the world. That particular idea was very attractive right now for the market. Okay, that is the reason why the video popped off and got a million views in two days. Okay, it’s because of the idea. If you understand the ideas that are really hot, it is like essentially what you want to do, the way you want to think about this is you want to just like pretend like money is water. Okay, you want to go where the water is flowing and put yourself in that river. Put yourself in that money flow. Okay, in that river. You don’t want to go to the middle of the desert and be like, there should be water here. This is where water should be, right? You’re not a market maker, okay? You just want to go where the demand is, where the market already is saying that they they they want, you know, they have problems that want they want solved and you want to make content there. Okay, that’s where you want to make content is where there’s already um demand. Okay, that’s what you want to do. So, you go where the water’s already flowing and you make content in that direction. Okay? And then what you can do, but you might be thinking, well, I’m I’m selling XYZ, so like the content is different than what I’m selling. Well, then what you want to do is you want to Trojan horse whatever your thing is into uh the the content, right? So, for instance, you guys notice that I my my big thing is I help people start personal brands, right, on YouTube. A lot of my content is about online jobs or jobs or education, etc. But there’s always a small percentage of people that are interested in starting a personal brand on YouTube, right? And so I Trojan horse them into the the thing that I’m I’m selling, right? Like there’s a lot of people that are interested in all this stuff, you know, AI or this or that or D all this different stuff, but a significant percentage of them are interested in starting a personal brand as well. Okay? So go where the attention is, go where the money’s at, and then put yourself right there. That is my biggest secret nugget for you uh today, Darren. Like do not try to be a market maker. Now, being a market maker is very advanced. I mean, you you can be that person who goes to the middle of the desert and you’re like, there should be a town here and then you just build a town in the middle of the desert. That’s what they did with Las Vegas, right? That’s what they did with a lot of these, you know, big cities and like Dubai and stuff, right? But that is not the smart way to do things in most cases, okay? That is that is when you’re a market maker. That’s when you’re so big that you can actually like control the direction of the market, right? And and so you don’t you don’t want to do that. Okay. Um with that being said, guys, uh I did I did get a message that somebody just dropped a um a spot. Okay. So, somebody just dropped a spot and it looks like Yep, there we go. Two spots are open, guys. So, two spots are open. By the way, you might notice that uh the the time is off. That’s just because I’m I’m actually in Asia right now. So, I’m traveling in Asia. But yeah, two spots are open. So, go ahead and uh fill those spots up, guys. Um click on that calendar again, fill the spots up. Uh if you are already um on that, you can just refresh and it’ll it’ll show you those spots. You can just refresh it. Um with that being said, guys, I am going to head off here in a moment. Um again, I’m going to drop the thank you page right here. I’d say that it’s probably a good idea for you to actually save this. So, I’m going to drop it right now in the chat. You should probably save that. And then, um, additionally,

    I’m going to drop the one-on-one coaching. You can copy and paste that and save that as well. So, I know that a lot of people probably did not get calls. We had, I think, nearly o over two, yeah, almost 300 people that applied that did not get a call this time. So, save it. Maybe you can get a call next week. You can book a call next week. Okay, guys. Uh, really appreciate all of you. Uh, thank you so much for showing up. Had a great time. Uh, hope you guys learned a lot. Enjoy the AI that we gave away. Enjoy that a lot. Um, enjoy the free tools we give away on the channel. And looking forward to working with a few of you. Have a good one. Thank you so much, guys. Take care. Bye for now. Have a good one. Thanks guys. Cheers. Thanks guys. Have a good one.

  • These 5 AI Businesses Will Make You $1M With Zero Employees

    What AI business has the highest income potential today? As someone who’s made millions with AI products in my company, Martell Ventures, I’m going to show you the five AI businesses I’d build if I was starting from scratch with zero employees. I’ll even show you how you can start any of these businesses with a simple four-step process. And at the end, I’ll actually pick one and walk you through the first step myself. I’ll also break down the cost, effort, and income potential for each one of them. This isn’t some get-richqu [ __ ] These are real money-making opportunities you can start today. So, let’s dive in. Number five, one of my favorites, the AI appointment setter. Essentially, businesses are going to pay you to take the inbound calls, put AI in the middle, and get them setting appointments so they can get sales. It’s such an easy thing to sell because essentially, you’re taking somebody that’s full-time that costs money to answer that phone for a fraction of the cost to actually perform better than they can. So, the coolest part is the cost is low for you to get started because it doesn’t cost anything. The effort is medium because you do need to learn some new skills like a little bit of sales and a little bit of configuration, but the potential is massive. Literally, you could be making $500 to $1,000 a day easily just by talking to businesses that want to make more money. Now, I understand this can sound a little bit crazy, but I’m going to show you through an example. Okay? So, there’s a company called youratlas.com, which is essentially an AI appointment setter. You can go to the website right now and try it out for yourself. When you come in, they actually prompt you to do a demo. Hey, let’s try it out, which I love. You just put in your information. I’m going to put Dan Martell. I’m going to give it my email address and I give it my phone number. And then I just say, talk to the AI. Now, it’s going to call me happen in real time. I accept. Listen to this. Am I speaking with Dan? Yeah. Hey, Emma. This is Dan. Great. Thanks for confirming, Dan. How’s your day going? It’s going amazing. Emma, I’m a little busy. Can we make this really quick? I just checking out the website. I wasn’t sure what it is, but I’ve got a small business and I need to automate my sales calls or honestly any appointment calls people call me. I totally get it, Dan, to keep this quick. Atlas is the world’s first AI revenue engine that ensures you never lose a lead to slow follow-ups that ad spend again. This is like yours spending at least $3,000 monthly on ads. Is Atlas to automate and drive more sales? Does automating your calls and appointments like this sound like the kind of solution your business could benefit from? Yeah, that’s actually why I’m calling. That’s fantastic to hear, Dan. Let’s get you connected with our founder for a quick demo. It’ll show you exactly how Atlas can work for your business. Would you prefer a time today or later this week? All appointments are in Atlantic time. I’m busy today. Let’s do it tomorrow at 4:00. Do you have an opening? Okay, I’m just checking on that. One sec. It looks like tomorrow we don’t have a slot free at 400 p.m., but we have availability on August 26th at 6:30 p.m. or 7:30 p.m. Atlantic time. Would one of these slots work for you? Yeah, that works. So, let’s do 6:30. That was all AI. Isn’t that freaking crazy? Like human level conversation. I gave it objections. I told it times. It confirmed the call and it’s going to send me a text message. I mean, it’s wild. There’s no way businesses don’t buy that. So, now I want to teach you the AI startup ladder because these are the exact steps you’re going to want to go through to actually start your AI company. Step one is validate. You have to pick a niche and outreach to them. It’s essentially a way to prove that the people want to buy what you’re selling. So, you might start with med spas or lawn care or maybe agency founders that are looking to book sales calls. Step two is you want to pre-ell. That’s where you sell and collect the cash before you ever build. It’s actually pretty simple. You just create a document with the offer of what you do. And in there, you have a Stripe link so that after you have the conversation about your AI startup, they just buy by clicking the Stripe link. If you don’t know what that is, it’s very simple. Just Google Stripe. Step three is deliver. As soon as somebody buys from you, put all things aside and go and deliver on that thing you sold. If you want to scale, you want referrals, don’t wait. Act fast. It may take some manual work at the beginning, but getting a customer a win in the first 48 hours is how you build your reputation. Step number four, now we build. That’s where we take what we’ve sold and productize the service so that you have some stability and when you sell, you can automate the deployment so that you could build the business in a way to scale it and to grow it. Before I share the second AI business, just to make it clear, if you want to try out any of the tools I mentioned in this video for yourself, the link is below in the description. But if you’re building real AI innovation right now and want to partner with me and my team at Martell Ventures, just message me ventures on Instagram and we’ll see if it’d be a fit. Number four, AI content repurposing service. Essentially, companies will pay you to take like long- form video content like podcasts or webinars or maybe some YouTube videos they’re doing and then repurpose them as short form clips on all the different platforms like Tik Tok, Instagram, YouTube shorts so that you can get them more reach and eyeballs back to the long- form content to get them sales. So, the cool part is the cost is low because you don’t need a lot of tools to get started. The effort is medium because there are some skills you need to learn. But the coolest part is the income potential is $750 to $1,000 a day. It’s kind of crazy cuz there’s a freelancer I know that use an AI tool to scale podcast to shorts. That was their service and now earns $30,000 a month from only seven clients. We’re living in a world where the amount of content and the desire to get a message out there has just scaled. And we live where there’s this thing called interest media, not social media, where the algorithms are trying to find niche content to serve those people. And somebody that can take all that information a business is already producing. I’m talking like Zoom calls, podcast, long form, and trim it down into short form and manage the publishing schedule. They’re going to be in so much demand. So, if you’re in the content game in general, this one’s for you. Now, let’s get into the biggest opportunities of the next decade. Number three is AI sales chatbot. This is where you help somebody set up an AI chatbot that takes all of their chats, I’m talking social media chats, text messages, emails, all the platforms, and converts those conversations into sales for the business. It’s wild. I literally know hundreds of people that make tens of thousand dollars every month doing this for businesses. There’s so much content being created and it’s generating followers and even chats in the social platforms that most business owners don’t have the time to actually respond to people. So what you do is you create an AI chatbot that takes that conversation, turns it into a sales conversation and takes those follows and turn them into leads for the business. So now that we break it down, the cost is medium because there’s a little bit more tools and some custom coding involved to make it work for the specific business. The effort is also medium because there’s some skills you need to learn for sure, especially like how does a good sales chat go, but the income potential is even higher because of the volume. You could potentially be making $1,000 to $1,500 a day on the low end. The income is so high because it’s such a unique process. So when then you come in, it feels like free money to them. So they’re willing to pay more because they’re not replacing you for something else. They’re essentially starting to do something they weren’t doing. So, for example, there’s a product called Get Revio that went from zero to $60,000 per month in under seven months taking advantage of this chat economy. That’s $2,000 a day. You can use their product to serve your customers or build something custom, but this world is not going to go away and it’s an opportunity anybody can take advantage of right now. Essentially, to start, just go back and run through the AI startup ladder and it’ll crush for you. So far, we’ve covered calls, content, and even chat. Now, let’s talk about cleaning up the data and getting paid for it. Which brings us to number two, an AI data cleanup agency. Essentially, what you do is you offer the service to clean up the internal information within a business. Because right now, most businesses, they have like this messy, crazy collage of information. They have everything from their emails to the relationship software for their customers, spreadsheets that essentially running departments. Imagine if somebody could come in, clean up all that information, put an AI on top of it so that the business owner can ask a question about their business and get the exact quality answer. So the cost is medium because you are going to pay for some other tools. So, for example, not only do you have to like pay for the tools to clean up the information, then you’re going to have to pay for another tool to convert the information into a vectorzed database so that the AI can actually talk to it. Now, the effort is also going to be medium because you’re going to have to learn some unique skills to that kind of cleanup and processing for searching. But the income potential is really high, like $1,500 to $3,000 a day, because now you’re getting into the business consulting space where you’re helping a business owner understand their business where they can make better decisions. And those decisions could save them 50, 100, a million dollars a year. And the cool part is you’re also now starting to sell to like bigger companies that have more money to invest in making their operations better. And you are the expert. You might think everybody knows AI right now. Trust me, they don’t. And if they do, their number one bottleneck is having anybody on their team that knows how to do this stuff and they’re willing to pay top dollar for that. For example, my friend Matt built a company called precision.co that scaled from zero to $700,000 in 7 months using this process. And again, to be successful, run through the four-step process in the AI startup ladder so that you get paid upfront before you build anything. This one, I’m personally biased, but I think it’s the biggest opportunity of the next decade to unlock people’s productivity and make a ton of money. Number one, this one’s so fun. The AI inbox and calendar manager. Essentially, you’re going to get paid to build an executive assistant using AI to help these business owners manage emails and meetings. The last thing that entrepreneurs and CEOs want to do is manage their own freaking inbox in their calendar. It’s like having somebody come in and automate 95% of that is going to feel like the most powerful thing that’s happened to their life and you get to be the person to do that. Cool part is the cost is actually low because it doesn’t take a lot to set this up. The effort is medium because you are going to have to sit down and work with these CEOs to understand their workflows. But the best part, you could be making $3 to $5,000 a day helping these CEOs buy back their time. For example, there’s an AI company called Fixer that went from 1 million in annual revenue to over 10 million in just the last 5 months. That’s $27,000 per day. This opportunity is massive. Now, as I promised you at the beginning of this video, let’s do the first step of the AI startup ladder together. The business I would pick to start this year, drum roll please, the AI inbox and calendar manager. It’s a no-brainer. I wrote a book called Buy Back Your Time. This one is the nearest and dearest to my heart. It’s also the thing that I recently paid for somebody to work with my assistant to buy back 92% of their time managing those two areas of my life. So, here’s how I would do it. I’m going to call somebody. I actually know they have an assistant. I don’t know how good they are. I don’t know if they’re happy with them. And I’m going to walk you through how I’m going to identify the pain, figure out the cost that they’re willing to associate to that pain, and then offer them a solution that costs less than what they’re paying for today. I’m calling my buddy Josh. Let’s see what he says. Hey Josh, how you doing? I’m good. How are you? I’m doing incredible. Quick question. You have an EA, correct? If you had to think about like the areas of working with them that doesn’t work the best, like if you could wave a magic wand and it would be like super awesome. What are things that are not like perfect right now with my EA? Yeah. Honestly, dealing with a lot of my household stuff with my rental properties and things like that being in different like I got some places in Mexico like remote gap has probably been the biggest challenge for me recently. And then is a lot of that stuff that you’re managing, does that come through your inbox? Like a lot of communication goes through inbox 100%. And if that was like absolutely dialed in and you could think about like what that future would look like, what do you think the gap in opportunity is? Not necessarily just the time, but just like having the time, the mental load not there like just what’s that worth to you? For me, saving 5 to 10 hours a week is worth. And so at least 10 hours a week of that stuff that I wish I didn’t have to deal with. Wow. So, if you’re saying 10 hours a week at thousands of dollars at minimum 10,000 a week, it would be the upside and the potential of what you don’t have today. Correct. Crazy. All right. Well, what I’ve got I’ve been working on this new offer that’s essentially an inboxing calendar manager that takes exactly what you’re saying is stress points and actually gets this automated for you so that you don’t have to think about it. And the coolest part is I train it off of you and what you know so that it acts just like you so that you don’t have to be involved but it does the thing the way you would want to do it. Does that make sense? Like it it deals with my ideas all of it. Yeah. Because it can learn everything from your inbox. Your calendar has all the data. I’m assuming you have things scheduled there. So it can learn from your calendar. It learns from your inbox. And then the best part is is that it doesn’t do anything until you train it. But once it’s trained, it actually works just like you would without you being involved. I know it sounds like magic. Here’s the deal. I’m just What I’m going to do is I’m going to schedule a call with you and do a product demo to actually show you how it works and then we can talk about moving forward then. Does that make sense? Cool. Let’s get a schedule. He actually thinks that I’m selling this. Here’s the big idea. It’s about doing the reps. It’s about picking up the phone. The first three calls are not going to feel good. Just get the calls done. Learn the pitch. Learn the flow. Learn how to speak to the customer. Learn to understand where their problems are. All I did is very simple. I nailed the problem and then I talked about the potential. I quantified it quickly and then I said I had a solution that would solve the problem the way they explained to me they wish it was solved for them. From that place, I scheduled the next call. It gives them time to think about it and I can come in with a demo just like the one I showed you and they go, “Wow, AI today when it works well, it feels like magic.” The customers won’t even believe it when you show it to them. But when you get that first customer, the second customer, the third customer, and you build that proof point and you collect those testimonials, it creates the snowball that makes you the number one person in your niche. And that’s how you build a business in this new AI economy. Now, I know this is a little overwhelming and there’s a lot of options on what kind of businesses to start, but the key is to look at your situation. Ask yourself like what business do you find the most fascinating? What do you inherently enjoy? And pick one and go allin. Follow the AI startup ladder. Validate. Pick up the phone. Call. Call. Call. I’m telling you that is the skill. AI can give you answers, but it can’t do the action for you. You need to be the one to find the customer, validate, sell, and use that money to build

  • 23 Ways to Use ChatGPT So Well it Feels Like Cheating

    These are 23 ways to use AI that you’ve probably never heard of because most people are only using a fraction of AI’s full potential. I’ve been in the AI trenches for the past 3 years running multiple AI companies and I can tell you most people are only scratching the surface of what’s possible. And in this video, I’ll show you 23 new ways that you can use AI to turn on easy mode in all aspects of your life. Number one, master prompts for your whole life. Essentially, we want to build a single life prompt, a collection of all your values, your goals, your weaknesses, your principles, your life, every detail. That way, every time you ask AI a question, it answers it through your lens. So, here’s how it works. You actually say to Chad GBT, “Help me create a master prompt for my life and ask me the questions to give you the context about my life.” And it’ll ask you the questions. You answer it and save it as a PDF. Now, anytime you ask AI or any other AI, upload the PDF before you ask her a question so it has all the context. That’s your master prompt. Number two, hidden truth mirror. AI’s number one opportunity for most people is to use it to uncover blind spots and traits that you don’t even realize about yourself. Here’s how we do this. I want you to open up your AI of choice. I like Chad GPT. Feed it your journals. Feed it your blog post. Feed it your content. feed it all the information, any patterns for context, but ask it. Tell me something unique about me that I don’t see yet. The truth is, if you’ve been using Tragic BT or other a lot, it’ll already know this stuff. Number three, write books that don’t even exist yet. There’s definitely people you admire that have talked about a topic that have never written a book on that topic. For example, Sarah Blakeley on parenting or Mr. Beast on how to scale a media company. So what you do is you prompt a Chad GBT to train itself on interviews, podcasts, any content they’ve ever written. Then prompt it to create a book using best practices about book outlines to write the chapters, the frameworks, and the checklist. Pull out all the quotes. Don’t hallucinate. And it will create that book for you. If you actually want the prompt that I wrote to generate books on any topic from any person I follow, click the link below and download it for yourself. Number four, decision-making journal. Essentially, you use AI to track the choices and review them later to improve your decision making based on the results they got you. Here’s how you do it. Log all your major decisions into Chad GPT with an expected outcome, whether personal or in your work, and ask it to challenge you on your thinking. See, most AIs are designed to be very agreeable, and unless you tell it to actually challenge you, it won’t. So, make sure that you include that in your prompt. Number five, the AI camcorder method. You can take a messy recording of you doing something that you want to create a repeatable checklist from or standard operating procedure or a playbook and you can get AI to do that for you. All you have to do is paste the raw notes or transcript from any video of you doing something and ask GPT for a one-page checklist with all the pitfalls and the reminders for whatever you gave it. It will create a better system documentation for repeating a task or a project in your life that you can give to somebody else to do for you. Number six, break down goals to actions. Most people have a vision for their life, but they don’t have a plan because they’ve never done it before. You can use AI to actually help you build a plan. Here’s how we do it. Tell Chad GBT what your goal is and ask it to design a 30, 60, 90day road map with action items and it’ll build that for you. Number seven, visualize your dreams. Instead of spending all your time finding images to download and spend hours in Photoshop, you can have AI create a vision board that has everything that you want to vision for your life front and center in that image. So, here’s how we do it. We take our goals from the last step and ask AI to generate images of what your life would look like once you achieve them and then look at it every day. Be in the energy of achievement. Number eight, automate savings and investment plan. Essentially, you want to automate your wealth building when your motivation isn’t there and you get AI to give you the plan. So, ask Chad GBT to draft a pay yourself first schedule and bankrolls for emergency fund, debt, investments for your specific situation. Most people hire these wealth folks that really don’t even have any money to build a plan for you. AI will give you that with more clarity, specificity, specific for your situation. Number nine, tax deduction finder. Right off the bat, talk to a professional, but having AI catch write offs, opportunities for credit, and grants where most people miss is a huge opportunity to get more money back. Upload all your expenses. Ask Chad GBT based on your situation. Flag likely deductions and build a monthly tracking checklist. And also ask it, “What are the grants that might be available that I might qualify for?” Number 10, personal board of adviserss. One of the most powerful strategies to progress your life is the concept of a mastermind or a board of mentors. The problem is a lot of these people aren’t available. AI can help you build that without them being in your life, even if they’re not alive. The first part is you can actually ask Chad GPT to tell you who’s achieved the goals that you want to achieve. So, they help you build that list. Then you can tell it to act like them in a custom GBT to answer any question you might have about sequencing or decisions or structure based on the AI’s best guess for how those people would have made those decisions in their life. Number 11, future selflet letters that rewire you. Essentially, you stay motivated by receiving letters from your future self. What you want to do is you want to feed Chad GBT your goals and your fears. Then ask it to draft letters delivered to you in 30, 90, or 365 days. You can actually send them every month if you want, but it’s going to write the letters that’s going to anticipate how you might be feeling based on where you’re at in your life around your goals, and it’s going to just keep you motivated. Number 12, contextaware memory vault. Essentially, you want to let AI become your second brain. To do that, we want to create project folders and dump everything into it. You could have a folder where you upload everything, your bank accounts, your current investments. You can even reference books that you think are kind of aligned with your values of how you want to live your life. You know, Die with Zero is a great book. And then ask it to help you make decisions based on the context of your life. That way, it acts as a second brain and it can recall relevant insights that it made based on what you shared with it. So, when you want to make new decisions, it has all the information about your current life and you give it the new information. And then you say, “Okay, now I’ve got a kid. How should I think about my investments differently?” And it’ll give you an answer. I use project folders for everything. My investments in my life, the individual companies that I run. I was buying a new piece of real estate in Cabo. I had that as a project folder. It is the coolest thing to have my second brain be in AI. Number 13, just in time. Learning paths. The ability to learn is a master skill. Too many people get busy learning stuff that doesn’t actually help them. So, let’s say you want to have Chad GPT teach you how to use AI. You can ask it to map out 20% of the lessons to learn how to use AI that matters most and skip all the fluff. That way, it’s just a punchy learning path that’s just in time based on what you’re dealing with right now. Number 14, meeting assistant. I wrote a book called Buy Back Your Time. So, anything that talks about assistance, I get really excited. But what I do is I use AI to turn all my meetings into assets, not just a huge time sync. So for example, you want to give the call recordings that you have, ideally you’re doing them over Zoom, to AI and then have it pull the notes and tell you what do you need to do based on that conversation. This might sound crazy, but I have a guy on my team optin who wears a AI pin. It’s a necklace that’s always on. It’s by Limitless. And essentially that necklace is doing this in real time for him all the time. He’s in a meeting talking to somebody. It does a summary of the meeting and tell him what he needs to add to his to-do list. All real time, always on. A little advanced, but let’s just start with having you get the recordings of your calls and transcribe them through AI. Number 15, risk assessment. Essentially, you want to have AI assess the risk of your business or life decisions. I do this all the time. I like to use the voice app and I’ll go on a walk and I will talk through my earbuds to AI about my life. I will give it all the context and the situation. The other day I had a major business restructuring decision and I gave it all the people, the business size, the team members and it gave me back the decision that I was scared to make. I said chat GPT sell me on it and it said boom boom boom here are the pros and cons. That was the decision and the whole point is to use it to help you mitigate the risk. So then after it gives you ideas, then you can ask it. Tell me all the risk in that decision so I can understand what decision I’m actually making. Number 16, message sharpener. I have two people in my life. I have one person who doesn’t like to talk and I have another person who talks too much. I taught them how to create custom GPTs that they can talk to for it to either add stuff to the person doesn’t ask or ask them questions or to trim it for the one that just seems incredibly verbose. Here’s how you set it up. You open up GPT and you hit the little microphone button and you talk to it. Hello. Are you there? Hey there. Yep. I’m here and ready to chat. Let me know what you need. All right. I need you to take what I’m about to say, which is going to be a very direct and angry thing, and then take exactly what I said, but resay it in a way that’s kinder, softer, and more still direct, but not as harsh. Can you do that? Absolutely, I can do that. Just go ahead and tell me what you want to say and I’ll reshape it into something a bit gentler for you. Yo, bro, why didn’t you send me the 2026 goals yet? Got it. So, let’s soften that up a bit. You could say something like, “Hey, I noticed I haven’t received the 2026 goals yet. Could you please send them over when you get a chance?” Still direct, but definitely a bit kinder. Let’s go. I love it. Thank you. It may sound funny, but I know a lot of people that should be using that. Number 17, Travel Architect. Using AI to help you plan a trip is a master tool and you not feeling overwhelmed or confused. What you can do is give it the date, your budget, your preferences, and then ask it for a five-star plan with hidden gems and must sees. We’re currently on a 9-month world schooling trip, going to like 15 countries and 40 plus cities, and we’ve been using AI to help us design, follow weather, find games to go to, ensure the kids are always busy. All designed with AI. There is zero chance that we could have got to the level of trip planning without AI for our world schooling adventures. And if you use agent mode, all you have to do is give it your card. Number 18, an emotional debrief partner. Using AI to turn bad days or bad moments into lessons is one of the number one use cases for AI. Getting clarity around a situation, it’s so powerful. The easiest way to do that is go into voice mode and just vent and give it everything. Here’s the situation. Here’s what they said. Here’s how I felt. And then you can ask Shaj GBT to say sort through the noise in the signal and give me one lesson, one silver lining that I might be able to take on to shift my perspective. And it will give you that micro shift. Here’s why that’s powerful. If you stay in your head, you’re in trouble. If you get things out to talk with somebody, it helps. And look, it doesn’t replace a therapist, but it also is something that’s available to you right now in the moment. Don’t need to schedule. It doesn’t cost anything. It honestly has access to all the best therapy strategies to at least give you some direction better than just sitting there by yourself trying to think about it in your head. Number 19, content creator. This is not what you think. I actually use it to turn memories into content ideas so that I can share those with the world. The way you do this is you ask Chia GBT to ask you all the meaningful stories, moments, transformations you’ve ever had in your life and then you just answer it and then say, “Please reformat these into a PSL framework, essentially a point story lesson.” What it does is it takes all the stories that you’ve just like kind of rambled about and answered questions about this meaningful moment and then it rewrites it in a structure that you can then create content with that actually hits hard. Number 20, the contract translator. One of the ultimate use cases for AI is legal. Simplifying confusing contracts and financial docs is a must, but there’s a way to do it that most people don’t think about. What I do is I have my assistant before she talks to my lawyer upload every contract that comes into my life up to Chad GPT and then I ask it to rewrite the contract in plain English highlighting any of the riskiest terms that I need to know about. And then I ask it to tell me the three questions I should be asking about that contract. I can take my assistant who has no legal background and turn her into a parallegal next level ninja to prep all the contracts where I just have all my email drafts having the answers to those questions. Number 21, the contract creator. This one’s powerful cuz it will save you hundreds of dollars in legal fees instead of hiring a lawyer. It may sound simple, but let me give you the specific prompts. Essentially, you want to explain your situation in plain English, but also give it all the details about the city you live in, the country you live in, the situation, and then ask it to ask you any other questions it would need to draft a worldclass professional contract as a legal expert. Once it asks you those questions, you answer it, and you hit enter, it will draft you something that most lawyers do not know how to do. And again, you can also use it to evaluate pros and cons to see if it’s too one-sided for you, because it probably will be, so that you can find something that’s more fair. Number 22, tough conversation roleplay. Essentially, using AI to have a sparring partner to roleplay through tough conversations you know you should be having, but you might be avoiding. This could be maybe a parent you need to talk to. This could be your partner where you might have to have a really important conversation. And this could be somebody on your team that you have to give feedback to. It might even be going to the bank and asking for a loan and you’re really scared to do that, right? So, what I like to do is ask Chad GBT to act like a certain persona. Let’s say your boss, your manager, your employee, and then have it roleplay as that person with you. Then you can walk through the situation where you’re explaining your perspective and kind of what they made you feel and have it prompt back and forth to have that conversation before you ever have it. Using it to roleplay will make you feel way more comfortable when it comes to actually having the conversation. Number 23, the eulogy writer. A eulogy is an incredible way to have alignment with your life and actually see how you might be remembered through other people’s eyes. A while ago, when I was 23, my first business coach, his name was Bob, asked me to do something on our first call that had the biggest impact on my life more than anything else he taught me. And it was to sit down and write my eulogy. So here’s how you do it. Ask GPT to draft your eulogy based on your journals, your values, any other context or master prompt that you might have gave it. Have it focus on what would my family members say, what would my friends say, people I’ve worked with, and people in my community. And having those four areas, that’s what Bob did for me, allowed me to write and refine how I wanted those people to talk about who I was. And that gave me clarity for how I was building my life.

  • 07/10/2026 – Wealthy Minds Training

    Hey everyone, William Sa here and I’m thrilled to be on this webinar with you here today. Uh it’s been a while since our last wealthy minds power session. So I hope you’re excited to be on this one. I am definitely excited to be here with you today. I hope that you’re having a great weekend. And before we get started, please give me a quick one in the chat or in the questions tab just so I know that everything is in place, that everything is working fine on your side and that we can get started. All right, getting ones. Fantastic. All right. So, well, if you are into affiliate marketing, if you are uh into any kind of business actually that uses on that that runs ads on platforms like Meta, Google or other ad platforms, if you create content for social media, you’re definitely in the right place at the right time because this is exactly what you need. What you’re going to what you are about to see is exactly what you need to take your business to the next level. And uh I really mean that because you’re going to learn how to clone winning ads, reals, um campaigns, content using AI and how to do that with just a few clicks of the mouse. And this is incredibly powerful because this is how the era marketing game is played now in 2026 and how it will be continue to be played in the coming months and years. So, you really need this not just to make more money, not just to save money when like because you’re not going to be going through all the guess work testing ads, landing pages, offers, etc., etc., until you find something that works. Not only to save time, not only to save energy and stay motivated in the process so that you’re never stuck doing a bunch of things yourself without seeing results. all of that. But you need to learn this because this is what the top affiliates and the top direct response operations, the top online businesses are already doing. This is the new internet marketing. And if you’re still playing the old game, it won’t take too long for you to see everything fall apart. And I’m not saying this to scare you. I’m saying this because it’s the truth. It’s no longer possible to play the manual game and hope to get results. The time it takes for someone to create a campaign manually with a landing page that they came up with out of the blue, uh, guessing what ads work, what offers work, with no references with no automation, with no anything. Uh, it’s just something that doesn’t work anymore. It takes sometimes days or even weeks for someone to using that process to create a campaign from scratch. But someone using the type of AI technology you’re about to discover in the next minutes can do this in a matter of hours, sometimes in a matter of minutes and deploy campaigns that others would need weeks to create on a daily basis. And it’s just nearly impossible for someone, you know, playing the old game to stay in the game uh when others are using this level of automation. And not it’s not just the automation. It’s definitely that, but it’s also the precision that you can have when creating things with AI versus creating things yourself. When relying on AI’s copywriting skills versus relying on your own copywriting skills, AI is a top level copyriter these days when uh creating images or videos yourself or having AI to do that for you. U well, you get the idea, right? So, you’re going to learn exactly how to do that uh in the next minutes. And just for being here and staying until the very end, this is an important thing. You have to stay until the end of the webinar. You’re going to unlock the AI automation guide. It’s going to be completely free for you. And you’re going to learn when you go through that guide exactly how to automate several tasks in your business and in a very simple straightforward way because AI is evolving so fast that sometimes people think that it takes a lot of time to create automations with AI but it actually doesn’t. Now the AI automations can be created by AI. So it’s super fast and you’re going to learn how to do that in that guide. Again it’s going to be completely free. you just need to stay until the end. Uh, also for staying until the very end, you’re going to get two points added to your score in our prizes area. This um thing here doesn’t happen instantly. You’re going to stay until the end and then we will um send you a link in the chat for you to click the link uh type in your email address and uh we’re going to add the points to your email address in our prizes areas uh later. All right. So, wealthyminds.group/prices group slashprices and if you go to that that link you can access all the information about the prizes area. Don’t have to do that now but just to stay until the end and I I promise that uh as you accumulate points there you’re going to unlock some really awesome stuff and we’re going to have cash giveaways as we always do for power sessions. So, just stay uh here with us live and also comment in the chat or in the Q&A tab. Be an active attendee and you may win a cash prize. And if you’re the winner, we will also contact you by email besides letting you know here in the chat. So, we will um reach out to you by email and you’ll be able to send your PayPal email address or your wire information and we’ll send you the money. All right. So, um, with that being said, let me introduce our guest who will be sharing this amazing AI technology, really cutting edge stuff that can completely transform the way you create, launch, and profit with campaigns uh, when promoting affiliate offers or literally anything else. So, his name, and he’s a well-known guy in the aerial marketing space, so I’m sure most of you have heard of him before, we’ve hosted him before, is Andrew Fox. So Andrew is a phenomenal marketer. He is one of those guys who is a veteran. So he’s been in the era marketing space and he’s been very successful in the era marketing space for several years. He’s generated multiple eight figures with his online marketing projects. and he is one of those guys who who’s a veteran but who is always updated, who is always innovating, who is always trying and discovering new things that work. And um today you’re going to have the chance to learn one of the most incredible things Andrew has done in the air marketing space. And trust me, he’s done so many incredible things. So yeah, Andrew, uh thank you for being here. We really appreciate you taking the time to to do this training session with us here today and the stage is all yours. Hey, hey, hey everybody. Andrew Fox here and boy oh boy am I excited for this training. This is one of the most anticipated training in over 10 years. How this new AI part software is turning regular people into ClickBank super affiliates with zero tech experience. Now, let me just say that this literally is probably the biggest breakthrough software that we have released in oh my like 10 years. It’s been absolutely crazy. So, what I’m going to do is just do a quick sound check for everyone who’s calling into the webinar. This webinar is totally packed. So, just put a one in the chat box and tell me where you’re calling in from. We’ve got a lot to cover tonight, so I want to be quick. Um, okay. We’ve got Ree coming in from New York. We’ve got uh Wilma calling in from Sydney, uh Australia. Uh we’ve got uh Paul coming in from Blighty. That’s How’s it going, Paul? That’s like slang for uh the England. Uh we’ve got Hans coming in from Germany. Uh Bure call coming in from uh Stockholm, Sweden. Uh great to have you here. Yeah, we got a real big variety. Um Patricia from Ontario, Canada. Um, uh, Klein K clinies climbvers from, uh, Nebraska. Yeah, an absolute pack call. So, look, thank you. I’m glad everyone can hear me. Sound checks. Okay, everything’s good. So, yeah. Um, how this new AI part software is turning regular people into ClickBank super affiliates with zero tech experience. So, I’m just going to get stuck right in because we’ve got a lot to cover. So what we’ll cover today is what I believe to be the number one opportunity in 2026. Please do not take this lightly. Okay? This is literally the biggest game changer as I believe in 10 years. And we are so early. I’m so excited for this. And why the old way of what we’re going to cover is dead. Okay? And why the AI system changes everything. If if you’re not using this, you will not be able to compete. Okay? And I’ll give you a live demo that you would not believe. you won’t have seen anything like this. So, as a little reminder, um, meet Andrew Fox. This is myself. I’m talking to you now on camera. I was literally the kid with a with a dream. Okay. I I dropped out of high school at 18 years old. Okay. Literally, um, started working at a local car wash making $5 an hour. And my parents, I lived with my parents at the time, and they used to say, “Oh, Andrea, um, should you not go to university or college?” And I was like, “Nope. I I just want to get busy.” And as weird as it sounded, I even liked working in the course. I like making my my own money. And even though I was making like, I don’t know, like $150 a week, like nothing. I was there, but but I had a dream. I wanted things like I wanted, you know, Ferraris. I wanted like to travel the world. I wanted everything. And I I didn’t know how to start. I had no connections, no money, no plan. Literally just a dream to escape the rat race. Just put in the chat box now. um type a type of escape if people are working for a boss now and they just like to you know basically say po you know to the uh to the big man the boss and just say I want to I want to do things for myself I want to be free yeah Ronnie saying uh love to uh Paul saying can we escape Cynthia yes I’m getting tired of working for somebody all the time a lot of people saying about the freedom yeah absolutely so I discovered affiliate marketing and honestly this this was at 27 years old, everything changed and affiliate marketing literally changed my life. Um, you need no boss, you don’t need any inventory and there’s no income ceiling. You get to dictate how much you want to earn. Okay? And literally a business anyone could start from a laptop just like I’m doing here right now. I’m literally talking you from my laptop. Now, the breakthrough, okay, from car wash to the beachfront by the age of 27, affiliate marketing enabled me to buy a beautiful beachfront home. I had some really um incredible people over here. Uh Chris Mcnini, uh Russell Bronson, Adrien Bramalia. They actually flew over to my house for a private mastermind uh where we had it at my house first and then we went to my yacht after. Okay. I achieved the dream of owning all the cars. I had four Ferraris. I was um you know last month I traveled four to six months last year. I think I had eight vacations which was a bit excessive. But the point is I’m living life on my own terms. Uh, this photo was taken from Pompo Beach in Florida. And I just I just love this. I’m so passionate about it. And this wasn’t luck. It was the power of having the right system in place. Now, you’ll also meet Chris Fox. And this is what I call my secret weapon. This tech genius behind the curtain. Chris is an award-winning software creator. He is my brother. It’s not just the name. He is my brother and business partner. And together, we have built some of the most powerful uh marketing tools in the industry. And we can back it up. Okay. So, this is Laura Casman. Um, she’s the CEO of JV Zoo. It’s one of the biggest um affiliate networks online. And she says, “Andrew has sold over $4.6 million on JV Zoo. And I’ve been one of the top affiliates on ClickBank, JVZoo, High Level, Clickfunnels. We’ve had award-winning products, and I have a combined track record with my brother of helping thousands of little guys win big.” Okay. Um, this was just recently in Dallas, November last year. I got awarded the gold sasspreneur award. And again, this was for selling over $100,000 as an affiliate of one product. Okay, literally that. So, you can see the red carpet there. And um go high level put on fantastic events. They do this once a year in Dallas. Uh hopefully I’ll be back this year again. And um yeah, I just take took a photo of this yesterday actually. Um this is my $1 million exclusive to comma club award. And you’re awarded this after selling $1 million of revenue through ClickFunnels. And this is reserved for usually the top 1% of sellers, sometimes even less. So it doesn’t matter if I’m doing affiliate marketing in ClickBank or JV Zoo, ClickFunnels, anything. This system will work. And some of my best students results, and again, we’ll we’ll cover these a bit later. Um, this is Jonah Armstrong. Uh, retired early. I can’t say thank you enough. He retired with over $4 million cash in investment. Uh, this is Thomas Owen, uh, a super affiliate. I made over 63,000 in a week, less stress, more time, and feels incredible. Look how healthy that guy looks. And then this is Max Pel. Uh Pearson, I’m sorry. Um Max went basically from struggling agency owner to earning over $250,000 a month in revenue. I mentored him for two years and he literally became a net worth liquid cash millionaire after two and a half years of of my mentorship. So I haven’t just done it for myself. I’ve helped students, countless students have amazing results. Okay. So, um what why do I think affiliate marketing is the number one business model for freedom? Um like there’s so many advantages. First of all, you have no product to create. Like if you’re doing ecom or drop shipping or physical products or have an offline business, you’ve got premises, rent, uh buying product. Like with affiliate marketing, you don’t need any of that. There’s no customer support because the person you’re selling the product for handles that on. No inventory or office. and um you just get to paid your commissions. I mean, it really is the best mo um business model on the planet in my opinion. And the numbers don’t lie. Like literally, we’re projected to go from 13.6 billion to 31.7 billion by 2031. This is a growing marketplace you want to be part of. Um now, what I want you to do here is I’m going to do a quick audience poll and I want you to be honest with me. I’m going to give you three options. Okay? So, have you tried affiliate marketing before? One, type in one in the box. Have you tried it? Two, no, you’re brand new. Or three, yes, you tried it and failed. And be honest with me, if you tried and haven’t be able to make money, I’m going to show you the reason here. Okay. So, I’m going to call it a few replies here. Just waiting for them to come in. Oh, there’s our first one. Okay. Um, yep. Ronnie says, uh, one tried it. Cynthia says, uh, yes, three failed. Uh Louisa says three. Uh Clive, he says two. He’s brand new. Yep. Newbies are welcome here as well. Um 33 1. Uh Don says two. Okay. So So overwhelmingly we actually have a a lot of threes here. Now I want to address something with you. Okay. Um if you answered yes and I failed, I want to this is important. Okay. I want to talk to you directly for, you know, 30 seconds cuz that answer tells me something important. You know, you know affiliate marketing is real. You’ve seen people win with it. Like you’ve just seen my awards and everything that I’ve done and you’ll have seen countless other people on the internet. The reason it maybe hasn’t worked for you, it’s not your effort or or your intelligence. This is what I know about the old system. It’s designed for people who already have a big audience, who have ad spend money, and have technical skills. And it’s very difficult to do without that. Now, if you showed up without those three things, you were set up to fail before you started. So, what I’m going to show you today isn’t a better version of that same system. It’s a new system. And that’s why AI is going to give you that upper hand to let you join the next wave of affiliate marketing. Honestly, it’s a gamecher. And again, keep that in mind as we go, okay? You don’t need to have any experience doing this. This is brand new. So, you’re not alone. 95% of people who try affiliate marketing the old way fail within 90 days. And again to reiterate, it’s not because they lack drive or they’re lazy. It’s because the system is broken for beginners. Now, the real reason you failed, okay? And this is why I can prove it wasn’t your fault up to now. It’s only designed for people with existing audiences, big ad budgets, technical skills, and months of free time. And if you don’t have all those things, the deck was firmly stacked against you. Okay? And like I said, it’s not your fault. Even if you’ve tried affiliate marketing three, four, five times and you failed every single time. This wasn’t actually you failing. No, it wasn’t. It’s a broken system producing a predictable outcome. What we’ve built changes the inputs. When you use this system, this AI system, this time is going to be different for you. So, what I want you to do listening to this replay is I want you to say, Andrew, I believe in you. This time it’s going to be different for me. Okay? So, let me show you the problems. Okay? Problem number one, finding a product. Finding a hot selling product that actually converts. And here’s the challenge is you spend hours trying to find a hot selling affiliate product. You apply to the network and you wait for approval even if you get approved. Like has anyone tried that before? And you finally try and like you know run some traffic, pay for ads or do something and it doesn’t convert for your audience and you end up making no money. Okay. Problem number two. So once you’ve found the product, you’ve got the tech stack. Now, I call this the Frankenstein setup because it can get a little complex for people. You’ve got to build out a landing page, you know, create all the content for it, do all that. You’ve got to build out an opt-in form. You’ve got to set up the technical stuff. You got to do a bridge page. And you’ve got to set up email autoresponders. And you’ve got to make it all talk to each other. Okay? Each requires a different tool, a different subscription, and you can easily rack up 500 to a,000 bucks a month in tech fees, and ours are frustrating setup. And then problem number three, writing emails don’t suck. Okay, so what I’m talking about here is yes, we’ve heard of chat GBT and yes, you could tell to go and write an email. But if you use generic rubbish, honestly, it gets ignored, you need to build real engaging email sequences that build trust and close sales. And copywriting is a high income skill that takes years to master if you want to do it right with affiliate marketing. And problem number four, this is this is the killer. The number one killer is traffic. Now again, engage with me in the chat. Have you tried to run paid ads? Um, Facebook and Google Ads have never been more expensive or complicated. Yeah, William just said, “Yes, Andre, I got my account banned like a month ago, and I don’t even know why.” Yeah, honestly, William, that’s not unheard of. It’s very, very common. You have to be very particular running paid traffic or it’s very difficult. Uh, yep. Um, Cynthia is saying the same thing. Yeah. Um, social media. Um, I don’t know about you, but I don’t want to have to be on camera. I don’t want to be twerking my bum or something or pointing at some text every single day. Like that’s just exhausting, man. And I I quite frankly can’t be bothered with that. And search engine like if you want to do search engine rankings, it takes 6 to 12 months of writing articles just to see a trickle of traffic. And again, it doesn’t work for me. Without traffic, you have no business. Okay. Now, the cost of the old way, right? If you try to do things the old way, and this is why you couldn’t succeed before. $45,000 a month, and I can prove it. monthly subscriptions for all your tech stack can range from 500 bucks to 2,000 a month. The ad spend you can literally dude you can burn like a,000 $2,000 $5,000 a month. It’s not hard honestly and you can be putting in 40 hours a week. The result for most is they literally make zero commissions or very little. You spend so much and you get so little back. Put a yes in the chat box. Have you experienced this before? Have you tried to, you know, set up affiliate marketing or run campaigns? Yeah. Like loads of people saying, “Yes, I failed. Yep. Ads are too expensive. Uh, it’s too time consuming.” Mhm. I’m in total agreement with you. Okay. So, Chris and I got thinking. Okay. Now, obviously since, you know, 2023, AI has just been absolutely insane. and and us as software developers thought with all this new AI technology available, how could we create a system that could overcome all the above, okay? Because we have such a good track record of helping the little guy beat the giants. And our mission was automate everything. It would remove human intervention. We were going to let AI do all the heavy lifting, writing, designing, and building. And when I say everything, I mean everything. We remove the tech stuff, one unified platform, which means zero duct tape, you know, gluing all these other different um tech services together and remove paid ads. Built in free traffic, so you never have to pay paid ads ever again if you don’t want to. Okay, now you don’t need to be good at any of this. This is the exciting part. Even if you’ve never written high converting emails that converted, even if you have no idea how to build a high converting landing page or if your social media presence is a ghost town, like if you have nobody following your social, it doesn’t matter. You don’t need any of that for this new system. The AI handles all of it. Your job will be literally to pick a product and click go. And I will prove that to you in real time. So what this new AI part program will do, it’s going to pick your products by analyzing high converting offers. It’s going to self-build your pages in real time. It’s going to write high converting emails and it’s going to deliver PDF lead magnets that create highv value incentives to get people to buy. And it’s going to send you free targeted traffic. Now, do me a favor. If we actually could show you this real time, a system that will actually do it, like I’m not going to hide anything. Would you be interested in joining? Okay. Lots of people are typing yes. Yes, Andre. It would save me so much time. Yeah, Philip saying um it would be the holy grail. Yes. Well, that’s what I believe we’ve converted or sorry, we’ve created man. So, what I’d like to do is I believe we finally done it. We’ve intro we’ve built the first self-building AI powered system that is built specifically. So, it doesn’t matter if you’re an affiliate marketer, if you’re an agency or a business owner, 100% I’m convinced that’s going to work for you. Okay. So, who would like to see it in action? Type demo into that chat box now. Let’s raise the energy, man. because we’re going to show you this amazing preview right now. Okay, lots of people typing demo. So, just give me a second and I’m going to hop over to my screen. I’m going to just uh go over here one second. Okay, so we are inside our software. Okay, that is going to change affiliate marketing uh agency marketing and if you have your own business for good. So, what I’m going to do is I’m going to scroll down here and see this little button down here. Um, I’ll just uh do pen find affiliate products. See this? I’m going to click that right now. Okay. So, I’m going to go to find affiliate products. And again, you can see look March 2026 top picks. Now, we integrate into ClickBank as you can see. JVZoo. Digi store is an extra, but I might give you a special bonus if you stay to the end of the call. Okay? So, put it in the the chat box there. Would you like me to promote a product on ClickBank, JVZoo or Digi Store? Okay. JV Zoo. Uh, Digi Store. Oh, ClickBank. ClickBank. Yeah. Oh, a lot of ClickBanks. Um, whatever. Whatever is most popular. Uh, give you five more seconds. Another JV Zoo. There’s Thelma with a ClickBank. Yeah. Okay. Okay. We’ve got about 70% ClickBank. So, we’re going to go with this. So, again, we go down here and this is built in. Okay. These are all the top products to promote as an affiliate. It shows you what commission you’re getting. See everything here. So, um, let’s say Joint Genesis. Um, we’ll select this product. Okay. So, it’s on ClickBank. It’s going to pay us $135 a sale and $84 commission. Now, all you do, right, is just put in your ClickBank ID. So, I’m just going to put in Foxy. And literally one click and watch what happens. So, I’m going to go to confirm selection. And here we go. So, what I’m going to do now is I’m going to scan that website, which is going to help build all my materials. So, I’m scanning the website. Again, it’s just going to take a few seconds here. So, it’s analyzing the content. Okay, here we go. Look at it loading. So, look how fast this is. By the way, it’s loading up the product name. It’s um loading up all the benefits. It’s loading all the Are you Look, I’m not actually touching anything. It’s literally Look, it’s typing it in real time. Okay, you can see how fast that is. Okay, so we can see that um it’s about getting people who have bad joints. Anyone on this call who’s a bit older will probably experience what bad joints are like. Okay. Um it’s for adults over 30. Look, the target audience, particularly seniors experiencing joint stiffness, pain, and reduced mobility. Okay. Now, we know this pages quite handsomely. Okay. So, what I’m now going to do is I’m going to scroll up and I want to build my landing page. Okay. So, I literally go in here and when I say one click, I mean one click. So, I’m going to click here, and the only thing we need to do is select our um our different templates. So, we’ve got story, review, pitch, um local business, advvertorials. So, again, um what I’m going to do with this is I’ll do a review. So, I’m going to click review. And literally in real time, it’s now starting up. Now, you can see it says Metabus connection review. Does this work for women over 40? You’re thinking, that’s not the right product. That’s just our placeholder. This is now going to start up. And generally it takes about yeah five 10 seconds. So let’s just let it start up now. Oh, so we’re off. Look, it’s literally writing it in real time now. Can you see? Look how fast it is. And this is really good content. Look, it’s literally changing everything. Oh yes, it will do the photos as well. This is the future of affiliate marketing or any marketing. Look how fast it is. It’s absolutely I I’m always so impressed that we’ve actually created this. If you look down the left hand side, it’s literally look, it’s building everything here in real time. So again, you can see if you look at the left hand side while it’s building, everything is being built out. Look at that. It even created there. So there we go. It literally just built. How long did that take? Like 20 seconds, something like that there. Yeah. Absolutely crazy. So now look at this. We can go to continue to editor. And if we go down here, I can just click here and I can say, okay, I want to um browse an image. So, I’ll just put in uh um bones just for an example. Uh or

    sore body joint. So, there’s a few ways you can do this. You can search images. Okay. So, there we go. So, I put it in here. There’s our image. Or I can do something quite different. So let me show you this. If you scroll down here on the left hand side. Okay. Um there’s a generate all images. If I click there, that will literally go and generate all the images. So as you can see now, let me show you. Um you can see there. Okay, it’s generating our 10 images. And what that’s going to do in real time is see all these images that are uh throughout the page. It’s going to go here and generate all these different images and replace them all. So you can go and search for them yourself or you can use the AI to to do it yourself. So we’ll let that generate everything now. Oh look, look at that. It’s went and actually pulled the product. It’s did that. Next, it’s going to build um these different images. And the great thing is you don’t actually even have to be at the computer while this is happening. It literally will um it’ll actually like literally just build it yourself. You could like go out of the page and it’ll still keep building. And literally it’s it’s amazing. So as I said this is a complete um game changer. And you can either use AI to generate the image or you can um or you can like upload anything yourself as well. So yeah, it’s just going to generate those images. Oh, here we go. There’s another one. Oh, and there’s image number three. Now, rather than wait for the rest, you get the point. But yeah, it’s literally going to go down there and it’s going to build this out literally live in real time. And as you can see, it’s pretty fast as well. So, what I’m going to do is I want to click back out and show you the rest because we’ve got so much to do. So, we’ve created our landing page, but I want to show you what else we can do. Okay. One of the secrets, okay, of getting really good quality traffic is using um quiz funnels. If you use a quizfunnel, like put your hand up. Who likes doing quizzes? You know where they ask you stuff? Watch this. Um this is one of the secrets of getting very very high quality lists. So you go to build quizfunnel and you just again pick your template. So I’m going to go for uh a CAM template here. Okay. And I’m going to promote joint genesis single bottle. And literally watch this. I’m not I’m literally not clicking any buttons. Look how fast this is. Wrote page number one. Okay. Look, there’s question number 10 of six again. Look how and look how good quality this is. How old were you when you noticed your joints were as flexible? What concerns you most about joint comfort? Have you tried support? And if you look down the side again, if you look down this uh side here, it’s literally doing this. Now, what’s happening is something pretty interesting. Okay, not only is it doing your quiz, but it is also going to build your thank you pages. Now, here’s what makes this software so unique. Depending on how you answer the question, it’s now going to build four different thank you pages that are dynamically linked. So, what I mean by that is if you answered uh one way, look, it’s look, we have the independence protector here, then that’s building thank you page number two. It’s now going to build thank you page number three. And then finally, it’s going to build thank you page number four. So there we go. Look at that. And and look, look how good these results are. And again, if you go down here, see this here button here? This literally links to your affiliate link. Your affiliate link is literally built in. Okay. So, what I’m going to do is it’s built our quiz. It’s built our four thank you pages. Well, guess what? It’s now going to write our own PDFs. I I know this is absolutely unbelievable. Okay, so think about it. They’ve you’ve got your landing page. You’ve got your your quiz built out. Okay. You’ve you’ve got your thank you pages. And now people who opt in, it’s going to automatically send them to that affiliate link for the product, but it’s also going to send them a PDF as well. And again, if we look down the left hand side, um while Claw is getting everything ready, um see just here, it is going to write all of this in real time. But the good thing is it’s not actually going to just do one PDF. Okay, let me show you this. It’s going to do four. Look at this. It’s written the cover page. So you can see it now in real time writing the cover page. And it’s writing PDF one. But again, depending on how you answer, it’s going to write four different PDFs. Okay, so here we go. Three and four. Okay, so off it goes. And again, the content’s really good. You can fully edit this after. If you look down the lefth hand side menu, look, I’m literally not clicking anything. The claw is doing everything on its own. That’s why what you’re seeing, my friends, is the future of not just affiliate marketing, but um your own business marketing, uh marketing for agencies. Just think the claw literally writes the PDFs, it does the quizzes, it does everything in real time. Okay, we’re on to PDF 2. And you can see how fast it is once it scans it. Like, this is a very, very speedy bit of software. A lot of people in the chat are saying, “Oh my god, I need to get this right now.” Yes. I mean, we’ve like my brother Chris has literally been working 12 hours a day working on this because he’s been so excited. And again, see here. Um, okay, we’re on to PDF number three. But yeah, th this is the future of um of a marketing. So, we’re on PDF 3 and then it’s going to write PDF 4 and then we are done. So, and again, you can skip out at any point as well. So, it’s, you know, it’s building out a results and again, super super powerful. So, that’s PDF 1, PDF 2, PDF 3, PDF 4, etc. And I’ll just let it write number four here. Um, because I want to show you how you can edit it and stuff. And it’s automatically embedding your affiliate links in. And again, just to show you here, if we use our pen and if you look in real time, actually, watch this in real time. Look, it’s literally building everything out. Can you see it moving through the menu? Yep. It’s literally so you can see at all times you have a visual representation of everything that is happening. And again, you could use this for fitness niches, you could use it for, you know, other health niches, local business, plumbers, pizza shops. Um, it’s not just affiliate marketing that it works for, but it works phenomenally well for affiliate marketing. Okay. So, I now go move to the next step. So, you’ve got your quiz, you’ve got your PDFs, and you’ve got your landing page. Well, guess what? It’s now going to write your email sequence. And again, these are dynamic emails. And what does this mean? So again, depending on how you answered on your quiz, it’s going to write um a different email, a different welcome email for four different outcomes. So again, the AI studies and knows in real time, and it writes the best email that is going to open connect with your audience. Does anyone see in the chat box? Now, put a one if you’re blown away by this and can see how this kind of dynamic marketing is going to change the game. Now, imagine you had to pay someone to do all this, write all your emails, get the content for your landing page, write it, um, build your quiz, link up all the text stuff because it does everything together. It automatically adds your affiliate link. It automatically, um, inserts it there, and we’re going to show you soon how you can drive traffic to this. But yeah, I mean, a lot of people are just ready to buy immediately. Um, but you have to wait till the end of the webinar because I’m going to do you a very special deal. Okay. So what it’s done now it’s it’s written the four welcome emails. Okay. So now emails 2 to 7. Okay. Emails 2 to 7 are going to be see up here. These are going to be nurture to conversion emails. Okay. So what this means is once you’ve done your welcome four emails it we then want to um write the remaining emails for the rest of the series. And this is what helps turn your prospects into buyers. Okay. Again look at these emails. These are good. Look, I used to dread mornings. Not because I’m not a morning person. Sorry, I can’t even read it out cuz it’s going so fast. Um, but the emails are are mega high quality. Like super super good quality here. There we go. Look at this. Email number four. And yeah, as you can see, it’s it’s super fast. Email number five. And then we’ve got six and seven. self-building, AI, landing pages, emails, everything like you have never seen before. Okay, and email number seven. And we’re nearly done. I just wanted to show you this in real time, but like look how fast this is. We’ve been on this call. I’ve been showing you this demo for about 20 minutes, 30 minutes, and literally look at this. So, go to overview. So, now look what we’ve got. Okay, I wanted to show you what we’ve built in literally 20 minutes. Okay, so we’ve built our quiz, we’ve built our thank you pages,

    we’ve built our lead magnets. Okay, and if we scroll down here, we have our our email sequences. Oh, and it gets better. If you want to link up to the email service, and we’ll give you a free trial of this, by the way, for 30 days. You can use whatever email service you want. Like here’s all the different um there’s all the different um like uh connections here. Mailchimp, Active Campaign, or ConvertKit, Get Response. Very easy to do. Or we will give you a free trial. So, if you want a free trial to our email, it will automatically connect your emails. And you don’t even need to do anything. The emails are look at this. Send intervals. Send every day, send every two days. the best send time. Let the claw decide first email delay. These emails are automatically in using our special autoresponder. Okay? And again, you get a free trial of that. So, you don’t even need to do anything. It’s literally all hooked up for you. Now, for a few of the more technical people on the call, you can set your own custom domain. Okay? Which means that you could have it on, you know, Andrew Fox.com or whatever. So, you can you can have your own domain. You can put in tracking pixels if you want to track stuff if you do any paid ads. But again, that’s more advanced stuff. You don’t have to do that. It’s not needed. It’s just for people out there. Now, let me show you how easy this is. So, I go publish quizunnel. How easy to get going. And look, your quiz funnel is good to go. Look, there it is. Copy. See there? There’s your quiz. Good to go. And if you want to share it to social media, look, we’ve literally thought of everything. So, um, we go to Biomaker. And again, I want to share this say on my Instagram. And look at this. It’s using AI got joint step and it’s got type find yours in 60 seconds and it links directly to our quiz funnel. Copy bio again does the same with um Facebook. It knows exactly how many characters you have. Copy bio. So we’ve literally thought of everything. And again if you want your stats or anything um it’s going to show everything there. In fact, let me let me show you um a client that is testing this now and it’s going absolutely crazy for her. Um let me just find this here. So if we go here and we go to um the quiz we can see if we go to view detailed stats look it will bring up your graphs and we can see like someone’s using it there. It also shows you when people um everyone who joined look if they dropped off at any part of the funnel. So again yeah there’s great analytics in this as well which is important to analyze your leads. Okay so super super interesting. Okay, cool. Now, the next thing that we are going to do, okay, and again, as you can see, it’s very point and click. Who would like to see how we’re going to generate traffic? Type in free traffic in the chat box if you would like to see free traffic right now. Okay, lots of people saying free traffic. Okay, cool. So, this is when you’re going to start using this section. So, again, let me just show you this here. So, if you look at the left hand side of the menu, we have it’s called social. And this is where you’re going to get free social traffic with all the different claws. And we have viral claw, we have autoclaw, we have promo claw, and we have reply claw. Okay, so I’ll just take you through these um one by one. Okay, so viral claw. This is if you pretty much want to start getting free traffic immediately. Okay, so all you’re going to do is going to go to viral claw and what it’s going to do is it’s going to load up um the most viral posts according to these different ones. And again, these are updated all the time. So, we’ve got emotional, storydriven, uh, nostalgia,

    curiosity gap, question poll. Um, so let’s say, um, remember we had the joint Genesis product. So, let’s say this product here, look at this. 25,000 likes, 1,200 comments, 2,800 shares. And that’s a lot of engagement. So I can literally watch this click on this post and I can say I want to rewrite this but for my joint Genesis campaign and I want to do it for Instagram and again in real time this is going to generate our content. So claw is going to analyze that viral post that’s working really well. Okay. And if you scroll down here, um, it’s look at this makes sense. How often you take joint supplements, your pop, uh, glucosamine, MSM, maybe turmeric for good measure. Your joints still creek when you stand up, still ache when it rains, still make you think twice before kneeling down. And there we go. And again, you can see our image is getting created here. Again, this takes about 10 seconds. And it should be good to go. So there we go. Look, it’s literally taking that viral post. Look at this. Look how amazing that image is. big farmers spending millions researching. Um, but instead of waiting for them to create, why not support your body’s natural um, fluid production? Look at this. And again, you can edit the image. You can literally click edit image and you could say, you know, change text, too. You can do anything. You can change the photo. Um, you can actually you can actually replace it with your own image as well. So you could go to browse images and you can go to my library and you can upload your own images and it will like literally replace the person on the image with your photo. So literally it could be your photo or someone else’s and you can literally do it but you can apply everything in here. Okay, so as you can see that’s how viral claw works. It’s super powerful. Now let me show you autoclaw. What is that? So autoclaw is literally automated social media like you’ve never seen before. Okay. So, to set up a campaign, okay, um you literally click on um I’m just going to stop one. I’m going to delete one to show you. This is this is how easy this is. Okay. So, literally I go in here and I I have to show you this. Create new autoclo campaign. So, I want to create a new campaign for our joint Genesis product. Okay. And I want to um select this. I want to have one post per day and I want to do it on Instagram, Twitter or thingy. So we’ll say Facebook this time and I want to generate an image and do you want it to be uh audience content? Do you want to be promotional or do you want to do a mix of both or let the claw decide? That’s where the AI does it itself. So if you go to start autoclaw, it’s now scanning the viral post library and it’s literally going to start writing your Facebook. Like look at this in real time. It’s absolutely crazy how amazing this is. So it’s literally writing the text. It’ll create the image. And again, if you if you look up here while everything’s getting created, um, I’m just going to show you this. See, continue in the background just up top there. You don’t have to wait while the images get built. You can just click off and continue on. So, let me do that now. But I hope you’re enjoying this so far. So, this is literally a way to tap into free v viral traffic at any point. So, if I go to continue in the background, I’ll just show you some of the examples here. So, let’s look at some of the posts that it’s made for other clients. This is a a pizza client. So, we go to view posts. Look at these posts that it’s made. And these posts are really good. And literally, if you want to schedule them, you just go to schedule and then you link up your um you can link up your uh social media and you can literally just post it to your calendar. So, if I go down to here and I go down to uh calendar, look, here’s our posts. These are some of the ones we’ve scheduled. Let’s have a look at them. Going out at 11:00 on Friday. There we go. Post. Look, claw posted. I’ll post it. Publish now. And also, if anyone here is using a system called go high level, you can also publish the post direct to that. Look, there’s an Instagram one. So, again, it literally links up. So, I just clear the drawing. So, again, you have the calendar. And again, look, if you want to reschedule it, you want to see how how difficult it is. It’s not difficult at all. Look, I literally picked this. Look at this. I select it and I drag and drop. So, you can literally drag and drop your posts. And if you run an agency or anything, look at this. You can just um select all the different all the different systems and it’ll automatically schedule it for you. And again, if we go back to our uh content library, you can see that’s the post that we just made there. And again, you can copy that, you can post it, or you can post directly from the clot, or you can schedule it. It’s totally up to you. Now, a few other good things as well. Uh again, social profiles. That’s where you link all your social media. Again, it’s one click to link up to your Facebook, your Instagram, and your Twitter. All very easy. Um personalization. So, this is like you’re creating your writing style. So, if you want to train the claw to write like you or write like your avatar for affiliate marketing, it’s literally going to write like you. Um super super powerful uh by doing that. Okay. And I just want to show you a few other things. So let’s say um you want to build something coming up to um promo claw. So what this does is it scans um something different. So if I go to readym made promos, okay, it’s going to basically look at the calendar. So it’s going to update in real time. So we know that we have the 5th of April Easter coming up. So let’s say that we want to promote Easter. Okay. And I’m going to do it for um I’m actually going to do it for a local business here just to show you. Okay. So, I’m going to go to uh plumbing and look at this uh spring home maintenance season. So, let’s click there and let’s let’s build our campaign there. So, we’re going to build a spring campaign for a plumber. So, again, this is like seasonal stuff and we’ll say uh 10% off first booking. Again, you can change that. Uh there we go. We’ll do it for Instagram. Generate promo. And again, that’s going to generate the content. So, literally, it’s like super easy. So, again, that’s seasonal. So, you can see it’s writing the text and it’s building it out. Now, what I’d like to do is, would anyone like to see some local marketing while this builds out and I can actually show you how you could because if you’d like to do this, not only be an affiliate, you can use it for your own business, but you can also sell it for local marketing as well. Um, yeah, a lot of people getting very excited for that. Um, yeah. And as you can see, yeah, a few people are saying the content is like, look, look how good this is. I’ve seen radiators that were barely lukewarm suddenly heating up entire rooms. The difference is dramatic cold spots disappear. Your boiler stops working. The content is really good. So, I mean, that is that’s super important. Okay. And again, you can also create with AI. You can go to BR image and I can just type in plumber

    search. Sorry, I think I’m misspelling that. There we go. There we go.

    We could use that. There we go. Or you can use the AI to generate it. But again, it’s super easy. And you look, save and edit in your library. You go back to your library and there it is, ready to go. And again, you can sort it out by, you know, Facebook, Instagram, Twitter threads. You can literally post for all campaigns. But what I’m going to do now is I want to show you some of the local stuff. So again, you can to find local clients. We have this finder tool. Again, again, I’m telling you, we’re we’re giving you so much value here. So we’re going to find clients. Okay? And we can type in say I don’t know like pizza in or sorry, we’ll put in the location. So I’m going to put new I’m going to put Miami. I’m going to put pizza. And what this will do is it will literally go and search all the different pizzas. Look, there’s Mr. 01 pizza brickl uh piccolo there Washington Avenue Miami Beach and it tells you it the AI basically scores it what has the best chance of um closing that lead. So you could say okay I like the look of this so I’m going to save the lead. I’m going to go here view. Um there’s the one there we just picked. Okay. And I can actually click here and you can create a pitch deck that will automatically send to them. Okay. So look at this AI is analyzing online presence and it’s building a personalized proposal. It will literally create a PDF preview for you and then it will write an email and it will send you automatically. So yeah, absolutely um crazy. This is the there it is. It’s actually telling us how to do it. And again you can click out here. It’ll do um you know outreach email etc. It’s generating your outreach email. Look, copy email, copy subject, and you can send it directly from in the software. So, yeah, pretty amazing. Now, if you want to get started quickly with this, and we have a 21-day quick start, which again will lit literally build your money machine, how to pick your product, sharpen your product, set up your voice. Literally, we take you through this. So, there’s no reason why you can’t fail. If you know how to push buttons and follow instruction, I’m convinced you can be successful with this. And again with our affiliate finder, we can see if we log in, find affiliate products, we’ve got these built in, ready to go. And we update these all the time. So that is going to conclude our um presentations. Again, I I know I don’t want to be too long here. Um but who was pretty blown away by that? So what I’m going to do is I’m going to give you the chance to join and get this amazing software at a at a deal never to be repeated. Okay. So, let me just change the screen here. And what I’m going to ask you is put in the chat box right now who was blown away by what you just seen. Okay. Drop your reaction in the chat right now. Okay. Yeah. People are like, “Yeah, yeah, this Yeah, I I told you it’s the best thing we’ve built in literally about 10 years.” Okay. So, there’s one problem with this. You can’t buy this software yet. We set up a waiting list when we tested this out. Um, and literally we were going to get an early bird price of $2,997 a year. So, the I mean, we had 787 people sign up in the waiting list and that’s for the public. Now, as you’re you know, basically you’ve been invited here. We’re going to do you an insane special deal. Why you’re here today is pretty special. It’s only because of our special relationship while we’re doing this. Okay. So before we talk price, let’s remind ourselves of the old way. What what would it take to build one profitable affiliate campaign or local marketing from scratch? Basically, you’d have to research hot converting products. You’d have to build interactive quizzes from scratch, design your professional PDF lead magnet, get approval from product owners, create custom thank you pages, and write high converting email series. Honestly, that can be 50 hours a week setting that up plus all the expense. And even if you use chat GBT 40 plus hours per week, you will still struggle and waste countless hours. You’ve got to do the research finding the right product and angles. You’ve got to do endless editing. The output is often robotic and requires heavy rewriting. Formatting is a nightmare. You got to copy and paste into different tools. And there’s no integration. It doesn’t build or connect everything with the claw. It’s connecting everything together. That’s going to save you so much time in tech setup. And not to mention the annual realistic tech bill. So, quiz claw, $1997 a year. Lead magnet claw, branded PDF, $1,164 a year. Email claw, automated follow-up emails with subjects, $1,164 a day. A year, sorry. Landing page claw, custom AI landing pages, creates reviews, story promotional, $2,364 a year. Viral claw finds and rewrites proven high viral engagement, $2,364 a year. AutoClaw generates and schedules social posts automatically. $1,164 a year. Promo Claw, it creates seasonal offers for your offers and launches. $564 a year. Reply claw. This will manage and reply to comments with AI suggestions. So, you know, when people reply to your social media, sorry, I didn’t get to show you that earlier. The AI will literally reply and close sales while you sleep. Uh, voice matching. Learn your own voice. $1,164 a year. Leadfinder find scores and pitches local business. This is a big one. $3,564 a year and content calendar visual schedule to manage all your content $1,164 a year. So the annual cost drain could be literally over $17,073 a year. Okay. Now, do you have the time of desire to do it the old way? Do you have the time to spend 50 hours of tedious brain numbing research, struggling with generic AI prompts, paying a minimum of $370 a month for disconnected software, and a high risk of burnout before seeing your first dollar? I do want to do it the claw way where it’s everything is built automatically under one roof in real time. Expert level AI trained specifically for high converting affiliate marketing. Zero monthly tech bills. Replace all your expensive subscriptions and launch profitable campaigns in minutes, not weeks. or would you rather lean on our expertise which has already paved the way for you? Okay, now you’re literally going to get everything under one roof. Beaver AI intelligence is doing everything for you. Select the product, click a few buttons, and watch it to build your entire campaign from scratch. No more juggling multiple subscriptions or piecing together broken software. Literally works in real time. Now, I want you to imagine how could your life change. Okay? So, what would you do if time and money were no longer an issue? Because the the clause system, the beaver claw is designed to give you your life back. Number one, who would like to fire your boss? Who would like to wake up when you want, not when an alarm clock tells you to

    take full control of your schedule? Two, erase all your debt. Type a two in the chat box. Would you like to experience ultimate freedom of owing nothing to anyone? Build real generational wealth. And yeah, Cynthia, Paul, Limey, Rocco, like yeah, loads of people are saying a real estate. They would love to get out of debt. And three, maybe you could do what I do. Travel the world, work from anywhere on the planet with just a laptop and an internet connection. This is built for people who want to be flexible. If you don’t want to be tied to a ball and chain and you want to tap in to the latest in AI marketing with a system that has actually used the power of AI to now create, research and automate everything for you under one central database. This is what you do. And a lot of people are saying, “Yeah, I’d love to travel the world, Andrew. Absolutely. I’m with you, man. I I I love it. Literally, I said I went on, you know, eight vacations last year.” So, with this, you can make money in three different ways. One, you can do affiliate marketing by promoting high converting products and earn commissions on autopilot. You can do client marketing where the Beaver Club will build campaigns for a local business or clients. The AI does the work, but it makes you look like a genius. Or three, if you have your own business, you can scale your own business by using the Clawford as well. One platform, three potential income sources. Now, you have two paths forward. So, where do you go from here? You can choose. It’s up to you. Do you want to do the old way where you have to do all the products yourself, stitch together complicated tech, write the emails manually, figure out the traffic, and just spend hundreds of hours working? Or do you want the new way? Let a proven system do it for you, reach the same destination, get there in a fraction of the time, zero guesswork or trial and error, and fully automate it from start to finish. So, what today I’d like to do is introduce the ultimate AI affiliate claw automation suite. everything you need to build, launch, and scale profitable campaigns on autopilot. So, I’ll break down everything that you are getting today. You are going to get the AI self-building landing page claw that will build you high converting pages instantly. No coding or design, lightning fast loading speeds, and literally you just click one button, it builds it in real time, and you can edit everything after and it automatically embeds your affiliate links. AI automated quiz claw. Build highly engaging interactive quizzes in seconds. segment your traffic and send them to the perfect affiliate offer automatically. Again, you just click one click and again you can edit the questions, do anything you want and it’ll build that automatically. Lead magnet, a AI PDF autoclaw. This is going to build your email list because it’s going to give away high quality PDF lead magnets. It writes the content from scratch. It also formats it. It adds the images. You can create them with AI. You can upload your own. Again, the claw is going to do all the work for you and it’s fully editable after. And then you have automated email claw, which is going to write high converting email sequences written and imported and sent automatically. So, the money is in the list. An email claw uses advanced AI to generate professional, persuasive email follow-ups that nurture your leads and close sales while you sleep. Okay. Then there’s the traffic. Normally, you’d have to pay for ads to get traffic to your campaigns. But why do you want to pay for ads when you can do free traffic? Why pay for traffic when you can have it for free? Type in free traffic, everybody. Yeah. Okay. I can see a lot of people free. Yes, Andrew. Free traffic. No more paid ads. Yeah. Free. Free. Free. Yeah. Okay. So, this is where you’re going to use our built-in social tools. Viral AI traffic claw. Tap into the hottest viral trends for free traffic. Automatically find and recreate viral content across all major social networks. Okay. You literally can adapt it for any niche. It’ll write it and it’ll schedule it. Auto AI traffic auto clock. And this is when it’s going to create content automatically. Literally, it will fill your calendar automatically for you and you can just go in and edit it and that will run in the background. Okay. Promo claw intelligent AI traffic. Now, what does this do? This will literally, you know, if it’s coming up to Easter or summer or Black Friday, it’s going to scan according to the time of year. It’s going to create custom promos for any niche literally um in seconds. An AI response claw. So, what this does is if you get replies to your social media, Reply Claw uses advanced AI to engage with your comments, which will close sales and capture leads while you sleep. This is actually one of my favorite features because there’s nothing cooler than AI part tech replying to your comments and sending people to your affiliate link and you’re making money while you sleep. That’s the coolest thing to me. Okay. And voice matching. That’s where you can train the AI in your own voice so you can customize it to sound exactly the way you want. And the AI local leadinder, that’s, you know, how you can discover high-paying clients and literally start selling to them today. Literally, you could start using this today and using the built-in um PDF maker and email outreach tool built in. And then you’ve got the content calendar where you can plan, schedule, and automate your entire content on your calendar. And you can just visual drag and drop everything. Set and forget automation. So just cons consistent posting for maximum reach. So everything you get today is a real world value of $17,237. And I don’t say that lightly. That has been like an amazing deal. Okay. So type in the chat box now. Yes. If you think this is an amazing product and you want to get it now and yeah, I can see this is the biggest response we have had literally in in over 10 years because they know how big this is going to be. Okay, so let’s do the actual maths. Okay, imagine you were spending $370 a month minimum in software to pills and if you added 20 hours a week of your time at $20 an hour, that’s $1,600 a month in labor. Add $500 a month in starter ad spend. Honestly, that wouldn’t even get you far. That’s $2,470 a month or $29,640 a year. Basically 30 grand before a single commission. That’s the conservative version. And most people will spend double trying to figure it out. So the question isn’t whether BeaverClaw is worth $17,237 a year. The question is, do you want to keep spending 30 grand a year on a system that isn’t actually guaranteed to work? Now the only thing holding you back today is one single decision. You’ve got the tools. You have the system, but now it’s time to make that choice. And what I’d like to do to sweeten the pot because I like to give massive bonuses to make this an absolute no-brainer. I’ve put together a special bonus for the first 30 action takers. Type bonuses in the chat box right now. Oh, and I can see people getting a lot of excited. Everyone loves a good bonus, including me. Okay, let’s go. So, bonus number one, Digi Store affiliate network. hundreds of affiliate products. Now, this is normally a $497 upgrade. Digi Store is a great network because they have higher priced offers. So, if you want to earn up to $500 commission per sale or $1,000 commission per sale, you want access to this to me. Trust me. Bonus number two, an extra 50,000 AI credits. This will enable you to scale your campaigns five times faster without extra costs. Okay, so literally um you’re getting these 50,000 credits. You won’t need to buy any credits for months. Like literally, there’s so much value here. Like literally, this will keep you going for so long. And bonus number three, your 21-day fasttrack course to your first commission. So, we’ll give you a blueprint to your first commission. It’s literally point click, takes like 5 10 minutes a day, and you can do that in real time. Okay. So, that’s a total value of $17,237 plus the bonuses. So, what do you think the price is? So, type in the chat box now. Yep. A few people are saying easily five four997

    3997 4997

    $1,000 a month. Yeah, I can see the value. Yeah, a lot of people do see the value. Thank you, Paul, for for for really saying that.

    So, let’s talk numbers. Okay, real world value of $17,237 a year. Well, we’re not going to charge you $9,997 a year. Even though for all those tools, it genuinely is worth it. We’re not going to charge you $4997 a year. The price today only is $1,997 a year and that includes everything. You’re going to get all 11 softwares. You’re going to get the bonuses. You’re going to get an absolutely amazing deal. And honestly, for this AI part tech, there’s nothing else out there like that. There’s nothing that compete. I think that’s a good value. But what I’m going to do is give you an exclusive 50% founders discount. Okay? Again, you’ve been invited here as one of our very special people, either one of our customers or referral partners, whatever. And we’re going to do you an amazing deal. So, you can get in for 997 and we will take off the recurring onetime payment. No monthly fees, no yearly renewals, get lifetime access to the claw for 997. And I think that’s a pretty amazing deal. Okay. So, as you can see, yep, a lot of people are getting ready to buy. Type 997, you’re ready to buy. Oh, yeah. Every so many people are typing this is in. Yes, Jan. Oh, yes, Martha. Oh, there’s a lot of people who haven’t been speaking the whole webinar. Now, they’re speaking up. I can feel the energy in the room, people. Well, we are going to do something the unthinkable. Okay, type yes and you can get in today for 497. We are going to do the mother of all offers. And again, I don’t know how long this will be. If if you see this or maybe you’re watching the replay and it’s at 997, you missed out. Okay? But we will give this to you for 497. And people are going mental. Now, everyone on the call is typing yes, yes, yes, yes, yes, yes, yes. I know you want to buy, but just hold on. We now have the $10,000 power. Okay? Normally you can create 25 new campaigns a month but for the first 25 people who join type unlimited in the chat box now you will get unlimited campaigns now. Type unlimited if you want to get those campaigns right now. Okay. No limit on traffics, no limit on leads, no limit on commissions. Build as many AI machines as you want.

    Oh yeah, people are going crazy. So, what I want you to do now is go and get your card ready. I am about to drop the link in the chat. I’m going to give you about 30 seconds and I’m going to drop it any second, okay? Cuz if you want to get the price locked in at 497 and you want unlimited campaigns, we are going to limit that to 25 spots and the three amazing bonuses, you need to be ready for this. I’m going to give you about 20 seconds. Okay,

    are you ready? 3 2 1 go. Go, go, go, go, go. Go there. I’m going to drop that in the chat. Get the entire Beaver Claw suite, the quiz claw, the promo claw, lead magnet, reply, email, voice matching, landing, leadinder, var content, autoclaw, and get your exclusive three bonuses. Digital Digi Store Network, an extra 50,000 credits, and 30-day fast track first 25 only, unlimited campaigns, 497 bucks, one time fee. Oh, a lot of people say they are joining up right now. Yeah, honestly, this is this has been one of the most uh you know, best softwares that we’ve built literally in over 10 years. It has been absolutely crazy. So, I’m just going to give you a few seconds there. Oh, there is Neil first order in. Oh, that was quick. Yeah. Okay. Yes. Super super exciting. Okay, people. So, I’m leaving that screen up now. Okay. And uh in fact, let me show you this. We’re going to offer with this an even better than money back guarantee because this is how much we believe in this. Okay. So, action taker promise number one. Follow our our fasttrack program. If you don’t have a live running campaign within 30 days, our team will get in a call and we’ll actually build it with you. And if you’re still not happy, you get 100% of your money back. But here’s what else. The unconditional layer. 30 days will full refund. No explanation. Even if you don’t want to wait for 30 days and you just want the simple version, we’ll just give you your money back. Now, how can we offer that? It’s because we know how good the software is. Like, you’ve seen it in action. Once you get this, nobody’s going to want to cancel this. This does exactly what it says. Okay. It is an absolute game changer. So, you’re covered by like an even better than money back guarantee. Okay. Letting everyone get in here. Okay. Okay. So, there’s no scenario where you lose money here. Join and get this and come in here and see the amazing things that are going on. Oh, and you’ll also get access to our school community, which is going up to 997 a year. You get access for free because we’re going to build this together. Okay? So, we can build our quizzes, our landing pages, everything together. Oh, and also, I forgot to mention, you also get the hosting included. So, if you want free hosting, you’re going to get that included as well. No hosting fees. Okay. Congratulations, Susan. Congratulations, Wilma. John. Oh, orders are flying in now. Yep. These unlimited campaigns will go quick. If you’re on the replay and you don’t see this, it means they went out. They disappeared. Go people. Okay. So, let me show you an option as well. If you’d like to buy today and pay later with PayPal, so you don’t have to spend anything now. There is an option on PayPal. So, what you need to do and if you scroll down now, it’s only for USA customers and you see PayPal. If you click PayPal, you will see pay later. See that little pay later with PayPal. again. I’ll I’ll just draw the pen. See there? Um,

    sorry, it wouldn’t work there. Um, let me just see if I can if I can write. Oh, sorry. Won’t load there. Yeah, but if you go to the order form, okay, and you click on the PayPal option, you will literally be able to um pay later with PayPal. So, buy now pay later with PayPal. Who wants to do that? Just try that right now. Okay. Unlimited options are going fast people. Mhm. Yep. It’s been it’s been absolutely crazy. Now you why you need to decide today tonight when you’re watching this, I want to be straight with you. We are on boarding in small batches because with all this onboarding in our school community and the fasttrack support this requires our team’s time. That’s why we can’t give unlimited campaigns to everyone. Okay. The price is only guaranteed now in this live webinar. If you want to start building right now, take action today. be feaverdal.com/cloth. Go and get it right now. Now, there’s people asking me, is there still room for unlimited? Honestly, I don’t know now because I’m busy talking to you guys. I’ve got to speak to my back office team. Um, but yes, yes, they said there is a few. So, yes, you can still get in. Okay, if you want to get in with this one time pricing and the first campaign guarantee, the time to decide is now. So the bottom line is this. You came here tonight because this feels like the right path. You’ve seen the system. You’ve seen the guarantee. You’ve seen the price. The only question left is decide now. You secure the onetime price. You’re backed by get the first campaign guarantee and your money back guarantee and start building today or decide later. And what’s going to happen? Well, you’re going to miss the unlimited build option. you’re going to pay at least double maybe three times the full price and you’re going to miss out on the 21st day 21 days to your first sale training. Okay? So head over to beaverdeal.com/clo now. I’m getting a few questions in. I’ll answer them in just a second. So the link is below. Take your time, just not too much of it. The clock is ticking. Now, this is the last chance to secure the unlimited campaigns bonus before all 25 spots are gone. It’s very popular. People are really excited about buying this. And um yeah, I’m going to show you. People are posting on our school community already. Um let me just jump over here and show you something crazy. Okay. So, okay. So, I’m just going to show you our school community. Look at this. I’ve just literally posted this on our live webinar and people are already doing this. Look, I did. I was blown away by the automations. Awesome system. So exciting. What a super webinar. So excited to start. Looks like a big time saver. Can’t wait to check it out. Just purchased the definite opportunity. Just signed up. The possibilities are incredible. AI is giving our time back. Like I mean, it’s literally crazy. Look at that already. So go go go go. Now, what I want to do is we’re going to show you some testimonials in a little bit, okay? Of people that I’ve worked with. I’m going to play the video. Um, in fact, just give me a second and I’m going to play this now. Give me a second. I’m just loading that up. I came across Andrew Fox from Moshberry. Well, actually, I I knew I knew Andrew Fox. talked a bit in the past before, but um Mosh started getting coached by Andrew Fox and I thought, okay, Mosh is doing great things right now. What’s the secret? So, I got in touch with Andrew Fox thanks to the recommendation of Mosh. And it has completely changed my business as well. In fact, all the things I’ve talked about in this video so far, I can directly credit to Andrew Fox. has helped me to leverage the power of outsourcing and it’s completely changed my business as you’ve seen the numbers speak for themselves. So, uh Andrew is a great guy. We jump on a call usually once a week and uh we talk about business. We talk about how the best way to move my business in the right direction, the things that I can do. Um, Andrew’s got a wealth of experience in not only launching but also doing uh high ticket recurring stuff, paid ads, investing, which is something that I’ve just discovered really from working with Andrew. Um, investing in stocks in investing in bonds. Um, since then I’ve gone on to invest $2 million of my own money into bonds with the intention of retiring in around 12 months time. and I’ll be able to effectively do that and just live off the passive income that I’m getting from these bonds. So, another game changer and it just goes to to show when you invest in yourself with some of the best mentors that are out there, you can achieve great things. So, don’t be scared to invest in yourself if you want answers, okay? If you want to move your business in a bigger and better direction, it’s a good idea to to get these secrets straight from the people who are are already in that position where you want to be. So, I definitely recommend if you can if you want to and if you can afford it, definitely get coaching by Andrew Fox as well. Okay, so yeah, that was Jono. What a great guy and he lives out in Bali. He has the most beautiful house out in Bali and uh just lives the good life. Very uh very retired and uh very chilled out. Um, who would like one more testimonial? And we’ll we’ll go and do that now. Yep. Okay. So, this is Thomas. Now, Thomas um literally came to me. I I mentored him for about two years. Over 63,000 in a week. Less stress, more time, and feels incredible. This is quite a short one, so I’m just going to put this on now. Give me a second. Hey, what’s going on? It’s Thomas Owen, and I wanted to shoot a quick video testimonial for Andrew Fox and his business consulting service. So, I invested in Andrews Consulting just six weeks ago. And at the time of investment, my business was a complete mess. My books and accounts were a shambles. There was no solid foundation, no solid goal or aim in where the business was going to. I was stressed to death. Anxious as hell, really, really tired, working a lot of hours, but not feeling like I was getting anything done. You know, we were doing around5 to $10,000 in revenue on a weekly basis. Fast forward six weeks to today and we’ve just done $63,000 in revenue last week. We’re on track to do over $80,000 in revenue this week. I have literally hours and hours more time because we built a team. I’ve slashed my workload. We’ve set up the foundation of the business the right way. The books are looking really, really good. Everything is flowing really smoothly. We’ve even started our own investment funds to build long-term wealth. And this has all happened in the last six weeks. So I can’t even begin to imagine where we’re going to be in six months time, let alone six weeks. So the simple and obvious thing is this. If you get the opportunity to work with Andrew, you just need to grab it. You really do. I can’t recommend it enough. Well, there we go. You heard from Thomas. And again, you can see, look how healthy this guy looks. Absolutely crushing it. Now, what I’m going to do is I’m going to answer a few questions and then I’ll show you another testimonial after. Okay? So, these are our frequently asked questions. Okay? The questions that are coming in and I’ll stay on as long as I can to do this for you. But bear in mind that the spots are filling up fast. Now, question number one, is this beginner friendly or do I need any tech skills or experience? Absolutely not. Like the the beaver claw suite is built specifically so anyone can use it regardless of their background or technical ability. Zero coding or design skills required. The AI handles all the heavy lifting for you. And you have a 21-day fasttrack step-by-step training plus the school community as well. How long does it take to get set up and see results? Well, you can have your first AI campaign live within, I’d say, 20 30 minutes because you get instant access to the software after a purchase. The AI is doing all the heavy lifting, writing, designing, and building. And then you can follow the 21-day fast track course for a stepbystep guide. What niches does this software work for? Um, any niche where people buy things online. Health and fitness, software, hobbies, e-commerce, pets, animals, travels, wealth, finance, local business, whatever it is, the claw will work. Affiliate marketing, your own business, agencies, it’s going to work. Is it really a onetime fee? Are there any hidden costs? No. You pay a single onetime fee of 497. no subscriptions or year renewal fees. You do have an option when you join, by the way, that you can upgrade to Claw Master, which gives you an extra 50,000 credits um a month. Okay? So, literally, um you should take that, by the way, because when you take that, you can use those extra credits for free. Um some people are asking as well, how much credits does it take to, you know, build images and stuff? Honestly, it’s like, you know, 50 credits for an image and you’re getting like 50,000. So, you could create like, I don’t know, thousands of images before you would run out of credits. It honestly, we’re very, very generous with this system. Okay. Um, what if it doesn’t work for me? Well, you’ve got your money back guarantee. Um, try for 30 days. We’ll give your money back if nothing works. And we’ll even jump on a call if you’ve tried to build a campaign, it doesn’t work, and we’ll build it with you. Plus, you get 247 dedicated support with our um chatbot. And also, we have humans as well running it as well. Alo got our own amazing um customer support team in there as well. Can I use the software from my agencies or clients? Yes, we’re giving you commercial rights. That means that you can build for your clients. We don’t charge you any extra fee for that. Feel free. So, what happens immediately after I buy? You get instant lifetime access to everything. We’ll send your login credentials directly to your email. Instant access to the BeaverClaw dashboard and you can get started with your 21-day FastTrack course. Are the unlimited campaigns still available? I’m just going to check that now. We’re getting down to the last few in the live webinar. Now, depending on if you’re watching the replay, we may open a few extra spots, but honestly, these unlimited options go very fast. So, go go go. And we’ve also just added a split pay. If you want to pay in two payments, go now. 297 times two payments. And literally, you can sign up right now. There we go. Yes. Go and have a look right now. So, that is it. People, you now have to decide, are you going to join or get off the train? Yeah, people are absolutely blown away by this. Um, yeah. And as a reminder, what does it get again? I’ll just I’ll just run through this with everybody. So, you’re getting the full suite. I’m just going to run through it again. everything you need to build, launch, and scale profitable campaigns on autopilot. You’re getting the AI self-building landing page claw. You’re getting AI automated quiz claw. You’re getting the lead magnet, a AI PDF autoclaw, the AI automated email claw, and then there’s traffic. You got the viral AI traffic claw, auto AI traffic that’s going to schedule and create the post automatically. You got the promo claw where that’s intelligent AI traffic that will send. And you’ve got AI response claw. This is what responds to your social media comments and closes sales while you sleep. You’ve got your voice matching $1,164 a year. And you have your AI local leadinder $3,564 a year. Look at that. What a freaking deal. I mean, I cannot Oh, and the content calendar, $164 a year. What an amazing amount of value for $17,237. And to think and to think you’re literally getting in for I mean pennies on the dollars. Okay. And on top of that, you’re also getting the three exclusive bonuses. You’re getting access to the Digi Store affiliate network. Now, the reason you like this is these pay you up to $500 to $1,000 commission per sale. A lot of good products in that network, higher commissions, and if people like the thought of higher commissions, you want that. You’re getting extra 50,000 bonus AI credits, which is going to allow you to scale your campaigns five times faster without extra costs. and the 21-day fasttrack course. Okay, your first commission. So, the total value is there right now and you can literally get in for the most insane deal of 497. It doesn’t get any better than that, people. Like, it really doesn’t. What an absolute freaking deal. And again, we’re literally using this in our business every day. We actually built this for our own business cuz like I said, we’re we’re savvy affiliate marketers. Um, yeah, and it works. And look, people that work with me get results. In fact, who would like to see one more testimonial? So, I’m going to going to jump over here. So, what I’m going to show you is this guy here, Max Perzone. Okay. Um, Max went from struggling agency owner and he’s now doing over $250,000 a month and became a liquid cash millionaire. So, what I’m going to do is I’m going to jump over and I’m going to play his video. Give me one second here. I’ll just play the video now. My name is Max Pearson. I run a social media marketing agency, but I also have a free SMMA course on my website, maxperson.com, where I teach tens of thousands of people how to start, run, and grow their own marketing agencies as well. I also do some YouTube video content and social media stuff as well.

    So my experience of this uh Barbados mastermind has been amazing. Like the weather is amazing. Obviously the pe people here is awesome as well. Not only Dave and Andrew has been like the mentors here but all of the other people that I met as well has been super super interesting. Great event.

    So I’ve learned a lot on this mastermind. not only like the fundamentals and the basics that are super important like actually identifying a starving crowd and having something to sell to people that people actually want to buy. Andrew talked a lot about that. He also talked a lot about like the investment side of things, how to set up an investment plan, you know, how to do boring investments that work for the long term. So, not necessarily like risky trading and so so on and so forth, but uh more so like simple but powerful investment strategies that works over the long term. Also, Dave taught me a lot about the ads stuff. He’s a he’s a genius, you know, been working with some of the biggest names in the industry like Frank Karn and um also Russell Branson, the founder of uh ClickFunnels. Was super impressed by him. So, it’s just been a super valuepacked event.

    I know for a fact that this will make an impact in my business. I’m already working with Andrew as kind of like my personal mentor and he has I’ve been working with with him for the past 6 months and it has been having a huge impact not only in my business but in my life. I already have a business business uh investment strategy in place. Um so I know for a fact that it will make an even more impact in my business and in my life and it already has.

    I definitely recommend these masterminds to really any type of entrepreneur, the ones who are just starting out, but also the more seasoned ones. Like Andrew has a ton of experience in different type of business models, but he’s also a genius when it comes to investments and he’s really good at teaching other people like how to get his points across. And then also he knows a lot of people. He has a huge network of super talented people like Dave for example. So he brings in like the best of the best in their certain different niches or in their certain markets and he brings those cool people together that you can learn from. So I highly recommend these events to pretty much any entrepreneur out there who want to excel their game. Okay, thank you Max for that and and Max is an amazing guy. Absolutely can’t can’t speak highly enough of this guy. Brilliant brilliant guy. Um absolute honor to mentor him. So let’s get back now. Okay, let’s show you that final screen and a reminder of everything you get. Go now cuz we are closing down this webinar. Okay, so head over and get everything right now while you can and secure that unlimited package. Again, look, look at these comments. Blown away. Awesome. What a webinar. Like people are just going absolutely crazy for this. And again, um, I’ll actually show you something else just before we go. Um, so we can also build for, uh, local businesses. I just want to show you this. So, here’s another way you can do it. You can go to new campaign. And what I’m going to do is I will do it for uh, local business. And what type of business is this? I’m going to say it is uh home services like a plumber, electrician, cleaner. Uh what’s the business called? I’m going to say plumbing uh Bangor. And I’m just going to put in a local plumber here. Okay.

    Click there. Does the business have a website? Yes, I have a website. So, what I’m going to do is I’m going to scan in here cuz I want to show you something else cool that we can do with this. Scanning that page now. So, it’s scanning the page. Look at this. Yep. Looks good. Okay. So, what we’re going to do is um we’re going to build out this campaign. And then it just suggests a name for it. There we go. And off we go. So, let’s build it. So, what I’m going to do now is um we just scroll down here, okay? Because we want to get good details on it. So, we scan the website. So, it’s scanning the website. Um it’s now analyzing it. Oh, here we go. So, look at it. It’s Look, there it is. The AI is building it out. And look at this. All these different things that it offers. Yeah, it’s amazing how like detailed it is. Like, look at it literally building everything out in real time. Pretty awesome, right? And obviously the more in-depth it does, the better the landing page is and everything because the content going in. But yeah, look at that. Absolutely amazing. So again, I want to build a landing page. I just click here and let’s go for a review because a review would be good for um you plumber. So you click review and it’s now going to go and build that landing page. So give it a few seconds. There it starts up. Here we go. But takes about five seconds. Okay. And look at this. It is off. Look at this. Building your local businesses. Okay.

    There we go.

    Pretty amazing, right? And if you look at the left hand side, you can see it’s literally building out everything in real times.

    There you go. Look. Continue to editor. Again, you can just, you know, edit this in real time. See, just type text. Um, some cool things that you can do. Actually, let me show you this. Uh, like sharpen the headline. So, if I click here on the right, see, look at this. Sharpen the headline. Just watch the headline here. It’s going to rewrite.

    We go. See, sharpened again. And literally, it’ll rewrite the headline. And again, for images, you can generate the claw or you can just browse image. Just

    search. There we go.

    See, really like these are really good review pages that you could build for your clients. You could charge clients like hundreds of dollars for these and literally um the claw does this in in real time. So super amazing.

    And again, publish page. Click publisher page. And again, look, that’s hosted, ready to go. And we’ll just actually uh load up the page here that we just built. Look, there it is. Instantly ready to go.

    You just get all the images created. AI will do that for you. So, final call people. Let’s head back here. Go and get in today. And remember, you are covered by your 30-day money back guarantee. Okay, the action taker promise 30-day fast track. If you don’t have a live running campaign getting traffic in 30 days, our team will get on a call and we’ll build it with you. Okay? If you’re still not happy, you get 100% of your money back or the unconditional refund. Just if you don’t like it for any reason in 30 days, just let us know. Email support gobbeaver.ai and we’ll refund all your money. So, this is the final call. Get in now. Get everything on screen. The Beaver Claus with the exclusive bonuses for 497. We’re going to close this down in 60 seconds. Enjoy. I’m just going to let you like look in the screen, then we’ll close it down. Okay. Okay, people. Well, thank you very much for being on the call. Um, it was great. I know a lot of people couldn’t get on the live call, but if you’re on the replay, um I hope you grab this on the replay, too, because it’s a an absolutely amazing deal. Really appreciate you being here. Okay, so Andrew Fox here on behalf of myself, my brother Chris, I hope you get into BeaverClaw. I’m going to go and hang out in the school community now, answer a few questions, chat to you all soon. Take it easy. Bye.

  • 07/10/2026 – I Blew Up a YouTube Channel in 30 Days with AI – Free Workflow

    Why is it so hard to grow my YouTube channel? I finally figured out the algorithm. But is it repeatable?

    Wow, that is absolutely incredible. Now, let me help you set up this workflow step by step on your computer.

    Hello everybody. Hey, welcome to this live stream and I’m going to show you exactly how to use this workflow right now that I built for you and you can do it in multiple ways. I’ll make sure that it’s going to be the easiest way for you to do so. All right, so let’s jump in here real quick and uh let me share my screen here. All right, cool. So, basically you’re going to need two components for this. Okay, so uh basically chat GPT introduced something called chat GPT work. So, when you lo log into your uh Chad GPD account, you’re going to see this, okay, on your account. It was for free as well, but I would suggest you can get the plus account, the $20 a month, whatever account if you want to. Uh, but you’re going to use this. This got updated about yesterday or so. And this allows you to utilize our uh software like that in more detail. And okay, given a viral video, okay, so for example, given a viral video like what you see right now, uh given a video something like that, what do we need to do to get the outcome? Okay, so in this case, let’s say the given the video is this one, right? So it’s basically a straightforward ranking the best uh back room or whatever. Let’s say this is the video. So if I highlight this one right here, this is the video. Uh I believe this one, let me just go into this uh account here real quick. And this account called Aura Shorts. Uh this one got about 3.4 million views, right? Uh recently, this about a week ago or something. And this is how it works. Pretty straightforward, nothing fancy. It basically has these uh kind of AI generated stuff if you see carefully uh short videos, vertical 9 by6, and people just uh pointing their hand into something, right? Like what you see right now. And um basically that is how uh that is basically the what we call hook right meaning it’s just about this and then it kind of rotates across that steps and it keeps playing again. So now let’s discuss this what happens. So when you go to the normal chat GPT account okay and then if you say okay and this was before the work thing came along and all that right and new object before if you just said okay get me um the prompts for this video or how do I recreate this video or something it would give you an error right so I’ll show you the error would be uh something like this okay uh it’s going to be let’s say for example if I went to the normal chat GPT and I said um you know get me the text do video prompts for this video let’s say right so let’s say this is what we are trying to achieve right so let’s say this is the even if you put high low whatever it doesn’t matter right it will say I can’t detect the video right uh it’s going to say I can’t download the I can’t do anything with it I’m sorry right I give up and that’s basically what the issue will come with the work thing it will actually download the video and it’ll actually start actually getting the details correct So this is the difference between the work thing and the normal thing right which is what we are basically bringing to the we bring uh to the table here. Okay. So let’s walk you through the step by step because in my uh video express account I recreated these steps right. So if you see you can do vertical videos, horizontal videos and stuff like that. But like in this particular case, if you see here, see there we go. We have a similar setup to that YouTube channel. So meaning whatever the video right given a video, we can basically effectively be able to leverage this to the next level. So far clear on this. So meaning we can bring this into our timeline as like so. We can bring this in like this and then bring the second clip which we are trying to replicate here from that uh channel. So we can bring this one here to the second step you see in the timeline. Okay. So if I point this down here, this is one and then this is the second clip. Okay. And then uh and we go in here. Let’s do the third one. I’ll drag and drop into the timeline. And then we go into the uh fourth one. Drag it into the timeline. and then the fifth one. Right? So this was all generated within the video express application. Okay. So this is basically the uh idea behind it. Okay. Now if you don’t see the workpoint, you got to update your charge account, right? You got to go to the chip desktop app and you got to update it. It’s a good question. Okay. So that you’re going to basically uh do that. All right. So um hope that part is clear. Now the next thing okay what I want you to do is basically when you go into the uh application I want you to also by the way make sure that uh you are playing along with this aspect of 9 by6 is more important cuz short videos will always be 9 by6. Okay it’s very important. So what you’re going to do is you’re going to update the charged account to ensure that you get that work option as well. And then what you’re going to do is that you’re going to copy and paste it and you’re going to just tell it to effectively get you the text to video prompts for it. So now when you when you play this thing, check this out. Right? So that um it’s basically like this. You see this the exact video I showed you. The viral video got 3.4 million views. And here’s the beautiful part. It’s not copying as is. It’s making its own unique variation of it. Okay? You see that? All done in video express. So, of course, you’re going to need Video Express to be able to use this, right? There we go again. And then there we go. And of course, I can make it better by prompting it again a little bit more carefully. Um, thereafter, I’ll show you how I created these videos in just a sec. Okay, that’s the whole point of the workflow. So, anybody can create it. And going forward, I’m going to make it automated even more uh as time goes on so that you can uh really simplify this entire process even further. Okay, is that cool? All right, so this is the basic idea. So given a channel, how do we replicate these videos and put them into Video Express, then export the video together, then upload it into YouTube and so on and so forth. Okay, that is the general idea. Okay, now I do see somebody saying my audio is a little bit off. So, let me kind of sort this out right now while I’m I’m at it. So, let’s do that. Just give me a sec here.

    All right, cool. It should be good now. All right, so now let’s go into the step-by-step workflow of this. Okay, and we’ll go step by step and make sure that we are going to work on this set step set set setup as clearly as possible. Okay, very important that you follow along. Okay, so the idea these live streams again that I try to mention is that I’m not here to make it exciting. You can watch our shorter form videos on that or tutorials. The idea is to make sure that if any mistakes happen or hallucinations happen with a uh AI, you’re actually going to specifically do the best outcomes you can get out of it. Okay? Is that clear? Because there’s a big difference when you’re trying to replicate somebody a YouTuber mentioning something and then when you try to replicate it, no matter the tool, often times, right, it’s never going to be the same. That’s the whole point of AI, right? And the second thing you’re going to notice is that like I said, right, the the one of the folks here was mentioning, hey, I can’t really uh you know, get the chat GPT to have that work thing set up. Why? Well, you got to update it, right? You got to update the latest version. So, what you’re going to do is you’re going to go to Google and you’re going to say chat uh GPT desktop app, right? And you’re going to the latest one, whatever it is. You’re using a Mac, you’re using a Windows, whatever, that’s going to come up with this new work update. Okay? Now what is the difference between the work and the normal version? Okay, again try to explain it to you. Work will do tasks for you and then the normal one is going to basically do general research kind of stuff, right? Both have their use cases. But as we go into AI doing tasks for us, we are going to have to basically do this um more in in the case of application layer, right? Meaning getting it to do work for us. So that is the idea here. So if I go and repeat certain concepts is to basically ensure that you get it right until you get it. Once you get it, you don’t have to do it again. So make sure you download this and then um you have the updated version for the work. And this also will work on the desktop and as well um in many cases when you’re trying the GPT thing to also be u its own web- based application. Either works uh up to you really. So the goal here is like when we go into the um uh desktop application, you can effectively it’s going to open up and it’s going to do all kinds of workflow stuff for us, right? So let me actually um export this video in the time being this example video that I have and I’m going to say viral short video. Okay. And then we’re going to export this stuff and let while it’s doing its thing, I’ll kind of explain how I did this. Okay. So first things first, we want to pick the type of niche, the market, and everything else we’re trying to enter. Okay. So what I suggest always when people are getting started is that you want to always work with shorts first in order to kind of get your um you know let’s say an understanding about the algorithm and some of the components there okay and I kind of will explain this to you with actual proof as well so you can see it and play around with it and so that’s so that’s those who are kind of skeptical why this works or doesn’t work we kind of have that so first of all if we uh tap into these uh steps the first step that I always want to mention that you’re clear on is that you want to ensure that you have a niche se uh selected. If you don’t know how to do niche research, I mentioned this in a live stream as well before. So, you can work with that. And the second thing that I recommend you to understand always is make sure that you have for example who the target audience is and what’s your goal, right? What’s your goal? So, for example, if your goal is to get monetized on YouTube, right? uh in order to generate some revenue or whatever with it with AdSense and that sort of thing. If this is the goal, then you want to start with start with shorts. Second thing, if the goal is actually to grow a business, right, or product, sell a product or service, what you have to do is ensure that if that is the case, shorts are way to kind of get the people to subscribe and stuff and you’re going to create the long form videos, okay? in order to get uh actually to sell products and stuff or anything, right? Because in shorts, you don’t have time to actually sell anything. Okay? Very important you understand these two goals. This is the biggest misconception people have when I’m trying to uh teach people and how to do stuff is that they look at my YouTube channel in this particular case and say, “Well, yeah, only 47,000 subscribers or something.” And here’s the thing on um on a stats basis as well which I try to explain is that it doesn’t matter how many views or subscribers the channel has what really matters is what’s the end goal of that channel right if I’m in the short channel for example like the one I showed you to generate these videos the main thing you have to understand here here is it’s optimized for view retention and these things right like meaning when I post the video how many people are watching how many people are leaving and that kind of thing right so I’ll show you an example of it so you understand uh because you know sometimes you have to kind of drive home that point uh in a way. So let me actually pull this up and show you in my screen real quick so you understand this in a basic um nutshell way. Okay. So when you are actually looking at certain metrics right whatever the uh analytics metrics or whatever they are the biggest misconception obviously that people make is that they kind of think okay AdSense revenue is more important or whatever it is it might be right so for example if I show you this in my YouTube channel the one you’re kind of paying attention to right now I’ll highlight this one so you can see it right in the uh month of May this generated about $5,537 28 uh in terms of uh the AdSense revenue in this particular channel, right? And for some of you it might be a lot but for me this is nothing, right? I mean we spend more uh uh just in salaries and stuff for our team that we have um exponentially higher, right? Probably spend like this in a day just in um our salaries alone and with advertising and other things we do right now. Uh like we’re spending like last year we spent all in right just over $10 million in just the stuff. So this 5,000 bucks means nothing to me. What I’m really looking for is in the month of May for example, our company as a whole uh you know generated well uh well into the several hundreds of thousands like into the uh basically the seven figure mark right so that doesn’t matter is what I’m saying right what you’re really looking for is metrics that help you understand alignment right so if I go to here um let’s go look at the um you know metrics here right so if you go into this I want to tell you how the algorithm kind of works so you understand okay Uh so if you go in here audience so you see how it reached 1.5 million users 1.4 before people have subscribed and stuff like that. But what is of importance for me and some some things is like uh the number is just for us to know the metrics. Right? So I go into the uh custom here and if I put April, right? And I want to show you the difference that was made with the workflow that I’m teaching you today to that can be applied across even Tik Tok that can be applied across whatever okay you can use cloud for it you can use for it whatever if you can understand the fundamentals of it. Right? If I put April, I’ll show you something interesting here. Watch. Okay. In April, I did thou $2,88. Again, I don’t really care about this number because what’s my goal? My goal is to drive more revenue, more sales uh for applications like video express and stuff. So, for me to earn this or doesn’t earn it doesn’t really matter, right? I mean, it’s a it’s a insignificant number for me. So, what changed here within 2008? But just the number is to know, right? Something changed. meaning more people watched, more people finished videos and stuff like that, right? So, what changed between April and May that it doubled almost. What changed is exactly what I’m going to teach you today. Okay? Here’s what changed and I’ll tell you uh step by step so you can play around with it and of course you can use this stuff to automate things as well but the fundamentals really apply here. Okay. So, what changed here is that I understood the algorithm in a nutshell. All right? so that you can get a flow of it. One of the biggest mistakes people make is they don’t understand the goal out of it right. So here right and in this particular case so you understand right is that what changed here is basically the understanding of the retention okay that we are aiming for right and also what’s understanding is that thinking like the person is going to watch it right so what we say what we like to call the ideal avatar okay so meaning what I started to do is that I started focusing on the end goal a person is looking for. So in this particular case what people were watching my videos before and I noticed this as well is that they’ll say hey I like the concepts but show me something that I can copy and paste right show me something that I can do like a workflow right so I started to focus on the end outcome okay that a person who would watch a video is aiming for this can also be done by shorts but in the particular case of shorts right if you just the end outcome is AdSense revenue let’s say is this is whole thing or get monetized. Hey, just go do this, right? Just go find these viral channels and just replicate them, right? Simple, right? You just go do the process where you can go to TAGBD and you can which I’ll teach you this because one of the things is people getting started is really difficult, right? When you get started, you can go to other things, right? And then um when you don’t get started, you start panicking, right? So the idea is that we want to make sure we do things properly the first time and understand what our goal is. And then the third thing is once we start applying that into the real world uh business of what we’re trying to do the growth is exponential because if you’re just looking for AdSense the shorts because it’s going to be where you can manage multiple channels and all that. If the goal is basically to get revenue, sales, leads, sell a product or service, then the outcome is more important. At that point, views don’t matter. Okay? Does that make sense? So, I’ll have uh basically cases where like my content, I’ll have 10,000 views in a video. In another video, they 40,000. The 10,000 view video will make me more than a million view shorts will ever make. Is that clear? So, if you understand that, the whole process will be clear. Okay? Am I in alignment with what you’re trying to like do you understand what I’m saying? Just say yes or no if you get it because then we’ll go to the next step. Okay, which is understanding now what to do next. Okay, because when you get the point because lot of times, right, a lot of people will see uh uh something here and they’ll be like, I don’t know how to get monetized so I give up. Right? If monetization is where you’re stuck, just do shorts. Okay, clear? I’ll teach you both, by the way. And if it is revenue, okay. Okay, is what you want. Then you want to focus on the outcome that you’re trying to achieve to your end user. Very different. Okay. And here it’s all about views. I just don’t care about anything. It’s all about completion, right? How many people are completing the video? Whatever. Right here. Okay. It’s all about basically getting to the finish line of a person coming and watching something and then they are buying. Okay, they buy. Is that clear? So, this is where we have to have that differentiation. People don’t uh understand these two differentiation concepts and then they struggle thinking why am I not successful? Because look, if your uh uh definition of success is 1 million views, if this is the definition of success, then hey, look, then 1 million views is a success, just go with shorts. Okay? If the definition of success is revenue generated for you, then you focus on the outcome that the video is trying to achieve. Completely different worlds. Okay, this was the mistake I was making and this is the way it took me about 10 months to figure it out trying and tweaking and stuff. I built a system that you can copy today that I’ll teach you that you can use with claw, you can use vagivity, you can use whatever I’ll teach you with agility for simplification. I’m jumping through multiple applications. Um, so the idea is like we have that goal outlined now. We have the process. Now, what is the prerequisites? This is the other thing, right? The prerequisite in order to do this, right? Is nothing, right? You just need a free YouTube account. The prerequisite in order for revenue is you have to have a product or a service. You see? So, it’s a little bit more harder, right? You got to have a product or service that you want to sell people. So, the idea is that if you don’t have anything, then start with shorts. If you have something, start with the outcome. in the longer form even a short form but the idea will be the goal will be uh clearcut does that does that make sense so if that is true what we are discussing is true and if that is the case then let’s look at the algorithm how it treats uh why would a video like this get a mill 3.4 4 million views and why would a video would say which got 10,000 views gets more revenue that’s a better question to answer correct so now let’s discuss that in the form of shorts when I’m creating a short video I try to kind of decipher what’s happening okay what is happening here that this thing got obvious because I could replicate this in V express that’s not the question right you can easily do it which I’ll show you today very straightforward but why is this succeeding so in a short video this is very simple okay I’ll teach you two components. One, okay, is you need to have some stakes happening. What we call stakes. What is stakes? Um, it’s basically where you are going to have an audience emotional graph. Okay? So, when somebody watches a short video, they’re just um toggling, right? Like they’re uh it’s automatically showing up. They’re not even searching for these, right? So, emotional um stages, right? So when somebody’s watching something they want to go through an emotional journey even in a short video. It sounds kind of silly but it’s true. So what we are looking at is that we going to do something that looks like this. Okay. This is the graph. Okay. Of emotion. So in here will be happy. Okay. So happy. And then we’re going to do something that is sad. Then we can do something which is again maybe shocking. and then sad or happy, whatever you can rotate it. The idea is don’t make the video all about happiness. Don’t make the video all about sadness. Don’t make the video all about shock. Don’t make the video all in one thing. You want to have a person have a roller coaster of emotions on a short video. Okay, this is the fundamental thing of why these things are clicking, why these things are getting millions of views. Because YouTube’s algorithm is like this for a short video. they’ll check what’s called audience retention rate, right? And uh I’ll show you the um the example of this in just a sec. Okay, audience retention rate. They need for a short video like this 82% or more in order to encourage this to everybody, right? We want to show it to everybody. Uh they want to get this. Does that make sense? 82%. That’s the retention they are looking for. meaning 82% of the people watch this video and more people maybe watch it multiple times. That’s a lot, right? So, a lot of this uh graphs we’re talking about has to be up and down because if you look at um like real stats that I’ll show you in my own uh YouTube account, I’ll hopefully uh show you here. So, if you go into the content and I’ll show you uh something interesting here. You’ll see in real time hopefully if it loads. Yeah. So, if you see live, right, like a live stream like what I’m doing right now, you see this one right here. And uh if you come here, you see where it says average viewer retention is 14 minutes even though it’s like an hour long, right? 2 hours long. Only 14 minutes is watched. Isn’t that interesting? Right. Only 14. Um and then if you go down to the um I’ll show you here if I can play it. Uh the audience. Let’s put audience here. Yeah. Yeah. So, this this audience here and uh I’ll show you one other thing. One sec. But play the exact video. Um you see here um like even um like I’ll show you this. You see this where it says external. This is basically where you can suggestions and somebody recommended it to somebody or shared it. And this is browse features. Browse features is where people are like browsing through uh somewhere and it shows the homepage or whatever. And suggested videos. This is basically where one video finished another video will be suggested and on and on. Right? So what I want to pay attention to is this video in particular and go click on engagement. So this particular video is was 2 hours long. Okay. And uh generate about $1,321 in revenue in AdSense. But it generate a lot more for our products uh like video expressly and stuff like that. Right? And then um if I go into engagement I’ll show you something interesting. So look let’s let’s look at it. Right? So 21,000 people viewed it. Right. And uh if I go into engagement, I’ll show you only 15 minutes was watched. Okay. Of that 2hour video, just kind of you know the attention span these days, right? But what I wanted to show you is the retention graph here. This is key. This is the reason why it’s so hard for people to um you know do well and get monetized. So if you look at it here um like let me show you at 0 seconds in 73% of the people uh are watching this video. Okay. And then it drops at 1 minute 20 seconds. 1 minute 20 seconds. That’s 80 seconds later only 37% people are watching the video. Okay. So let me repeat that again. Okay. So you understand the problem here. So the minute the video even started like the second even a minute is the wrong word. So about 20 what is it 7% of the people left without even watching one second of the video. They didn’t even watch a second of it. Like they watch maybe a couple of seconds they bailed right. It’s called bounce rate. And by about 60 seconds okay 60 seconds. Okay which is funny. uh by 60 to 80 second mark. Okay. Right. By the 80 mark almost a vast majority like something like 70% or some people uh left. Okay. So now you see the difference. Now I still don’t care when it’s long form content. I’m really looking for these audiences. You see this section right here? The people who are there. So if you look at the numbers specifically and I want to show you this breakdown. So uh on a pure uh percentage basis that’s 10%. Right here you see 11 12 10%. This audience is guaranteed to buy from you. Okay. So to look at it from a perspective of 22,000 people watched it 10% stuck around. What is a number here? 2,200 right? Something like that. Okay 2,200 people. So just about more than 2,000. Now these 2,000 people end up going and buying a product. So in this particular case, let’s say it was video express, they’ll end up going and buying, right? Or other product. And in the case of like uh something else, maybe artistic or whatever, right? And that amount could be worth hundreds of thousands of dollars, right? Uh compared to just the AdSense revenue this video made, which is like,000 bucks or something. 200x difference. Okay, so 100x difference between minimum, right? 100x to 200x whatever based on what the AdSense income what YouTube pays you for sp putting some ads on the video to actually what revenue that video could derive for you in the long run. Okay, does that make sense now? So this is the reason why it’s important what is the goal if you have a product or service right of course you want to improve these retention metrics which I’ll teach you about but if you have a product or service don’t worry if like in the beginning like 70% of the people bail right in this particular it’s just depressing when you look at it it’s not fun to look at that number okay right so if you see what I’m trying to say focus on that 10% here okay these are the people who will watch more of your videos, more of your content, he’ll end up spending money with you and stuff. Obviously, the bigger that number is, the better. So, that’s where shorts come in. Okay? When you’re doing short form content, why doesn’t that come in? Because then what happens is if they finish the shorts videos, um the ideal drop off rate of those people will be much lesser, right? Cuz they watched other content from you and then they move to the long form and stuff. So, this 10% number might be much higher, okay? As time goes on, okay? Because it’s compounding. So in the case of content what I believe is 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 is not equal for it is more equal to something like 12. Okay compounded growth because what happens is this video will generate say 1,000 in AdSense revenue but it will generate 100x that in product revenue. Then those people will end up joining our Facebook group and then they will actually uh you know be a part of our community. they will learn, they will share, they will spread the good word, they’ll leave good reviews. So the idea is that it’s compounding, right? That is the reason why we are so big in content and why we uh you know focus so much on the AI part of it where AI video um you know lip sync voice cloning and some of these things. It’s because of the compounded concept for video. You don’t need it to do really well. One video is good enough where the compounded thing could happen, right? So this is the algorithm okay in a nutshell. Okay? so that you understand this flow. Okay. Now, why I’m trying to tell you all this is that my actual channel might not get the most amount of in this. I have other channels too which I’ll share with you in the next future trainings because they’re a little bit different in that concept. But the point is like this channel I don’t really care about the revenue it makes. I don’t even really care the views it makes. Of course, more the better. I really care about this number. And then if these people are in the 10,000 people mark, right? uh ideally this is my segment that I can then do like right now it’s 2,200 so my goal would be to 5x this is my metric right we say key performance indicators or whatever this is my metric I’m looking for right so for that I need to generate better content I got to generate better results better outcomes for people okay because what happens right people come to uh video express just like you open up a blank screen assuming there were no videos here you’re just going to stare at a blank screen and you give up like my goal is for you to use this stuff to generate Okay, revenue, right? And whatever you want to do. Okay, so the outcomes. So that’s the basic idea here. We use these AI tools to help us to get to the end result much better, much faster. But we don’t want AI to do 100% of the work. Very important. Okay, AI should not do 100% of the work because when you do that, you will be penalized by platform. People will think it’s fake. It’s AI generated. You’re going to augment with AI, not be really like um make AI slop, right? This is a big thing because for future as well it’ll help you uh think long term. Okay. Because we’re talking compounded growth. Longer term is more important than short-term thinking. Okay. So this is the flow. So now let’s talk about it step by step and then we’ll uh uh discuss this. So first of all for shorts let’s talk about the shorts uh uh framework. Okay shorts. So in the case of shorts, okay, what we’re really looking for is the type of videos that are actually, you know, having um these emotional graphs to them and then they’re playing around, right? So I take, let’s say this is the video I’m trying to replicate and this is the video I replicated within Video Express, which has those viral elements and stuff like that. So what I’m really looking for now is if I do vertical, okay, let me just pull this up. See? Right. So this is the vertical uh tab within uh video express. So you go very vertical. So what I’m really looking for right now is to add my manual touches. So for example, what I mean by manual touches is you could add animations like this to the right. That’s why we have these animations. We don’t want you to just think like uh you know AI will do everything. I’ll just sit back and stuff because what happens is if 10,000 people copy you then it becomes AI slop and then you get penalized. A lot of YouTube channels got demonetized recently for being in the AI space. Uh just doing trying to do 100% automation and then now you’re trying to go uphill, right? Not the best option. You want to ride the wave, not go against it, right? So, so if I want to do like uh any effects and stuff like that. So, I’ll just put this effect and I’ll say something like uh uh top five. Um let’s say this one. What is this about? Right. Go back to this video. All right. See? Top five ranking best backroom trends. Right. I don’t even know what that is, but let’s say ranking uh best five rank um backroom trends. Okay. So, next click next. And then this will generate as the animation stuff, right? So, then we can drop this into the timeline like so. And you can um basically put this in the top of the timeline like what I’m trying to show you. So, here let me show you. Um you can uh let me do like you’ll put this add track in the top right. So we just put that in. So this one right here um goes into the top. So I added a track and I put this animation on the top. So watch this. There we go. Obviously the text is a little bit um blurry because in the final outcome it’s come better. But you can make it better. You can click on right click resize and you can uh resize these each of these elements. Does that make sense? So you can make it bigger, smaller uh and all that kind of stuff. You can adjust these elements and you can do these text effects, right? So you can set up move, you can change these elements and stuff and then it will appear a little bit better, faster, bigger, all that kind of stuff. You get the point. So you can do that. You can also do basic text as well, right? Like you can go in here and not if this is just text, you can go in, you can even add in in the filter section. You see right here there’s titles. So you can even add titles like so. Okay, you can add a title animation here and then you can add titles. So this is how you do text. The problem is like a lot of times people are like okay AI do all the stuff for me and then it tries to do it and it tries to copy exactly as is with no uniqueness to it that’s when all the problems come in right so when I put a title uh animation here and I go to the setup section for that all right and I try to edit this title animation right like you see this is text effect here like so the idea is that these little toggles do matter that’s why we have the editor framework within a video express so these kind of things right to be able to ensure uh you can add these title elements and stuff like that because a lot of the mistakes people will do and this guy these folks will disappear because I’ve seen it over the last 15 plus years I mean uh the stuff in a very high level okay I’ll remove this element mother you can add these right so say top five right and on and on you get the point right uh threads okay so does that make sense so this is what we are aiming to achieve which is the outcome even if you have to use it manually within an application it is okay. All right, that’s the key thing. Even if you have to do this stuff manually, uh that is okay. Does that make sense? You want to make sure that it is perfect no matter what to get us the outcome. So in the case of shorts, all we trying to do is we find the channel. Then we right click and copy this. Then you’re going to go in and you’re going to say, give me the text to video prompts for this video. Right? And it does a scene by scene breakdown with the exact timestamps. And then it’ll say blah blah blah. Right? So you see this the link results to blah blah blah. This is what it does. Normal Chad GPT. When you go into Chad GPT work, okay, which is this tab, okay, it will do the work for you. So like right here, you can just say um you know split uh each scene in this video into uh multiple um text, do video prompts that I can use video express.AI AI to right create um multiple clips right um in a unique way simple right I mean of course I have more advanced workflows for this I’ll share in the next live training sessions but you have to understand the logic behind what we are trying to do right and I know some of you folks cannot see this like a little bit uh that much but don’t worry what I just said is split each scene and um that way so let me actually see if I can adjust this a little bit better uh so you guys can see this Okay, cool. Right, so this is what I did. Split each scene into multiple text to video prompts that I can use to do, right? And then you can put any model. I just put like the more recent one. Effort is low, so it doesn’t consume too much uh um you know too many um tokens or cost whatever. So it’ll do the work right here. This is the difference. Okay, one is um it’s going to u inspect it and then it’ll download it and blah blah blah, right? It’s going to get us the text to video prompts step by step. Okay. So you see this that that’s the basic idea. It’s going to download the video and stuff like that. So as you can see here um just upload the video it says here. So what I can tell it I can say download the video and do the task uh I assign right and then it’ll start working on it. Again, you can switch around with this stuff, whatever you want. Doesn’t really matter, right? And then it’ll do the work for us. It’ll run it on the fly. In the case of um the application, when you download the desktop application, you get a little bit more um specific uh abilities because what it’ll do is when it’s downloading the video, what it will do is trying to download it from your computer. So, it doesn’t have to go through the web. So, it’s a little bit easier in the restriction side. So, uh same logic, right? I have my uh Chad GPT app here. I’ll open it up in just a second. Uh the same logic applies there where it’s going to actually do it. You see this allow it to access in the cloud browser. Allow this and yeah I give it approval thing. Then it’s going to do the actual work for us. And then now it’s going to split that into several uh prompts and subprompts and stuff like that. Much more powerful in the case of uh a web uh in the desktop application obviously because it allows you to do it from your computer and on and on. Right. So, I’ll show you an example of what I did in my um in my site. So, what I what it did basically is uh it created like um you know the actual step-by-step um each sequence was a different prompt and stuff and it then gave it to me in the text to video format. Okay. And that is basically what I did. I came in here if you go back here and if I show you what I what it did for me. So if I go here uh my AI videos. So each of these videos uh let’s say I go to the first one. If I go into details you see these like vertical 9×6 uh photore uh smartphone video blah blah blah. This whole thing it generated for me off of that prompt which is download the video and every time the clip changes consider that as a scene and then each scene give me the text to video prompts. Why text to video? Well, because it’s just a prompt and each of these are like whatever like 5 seconds clips or 6 seconds. In video express, you can gen generate up to 10 seconds or so, right? So, 10 in text to video. It can go even higher uh as well. So, it will generate us these um basic uh workflows like I shared with you. Correct? And then you can go and then do some really cool things with it. So, let me show you what I did here. Okay? So, you understand this and uh you can play around with it across as well. So let me show you this. Okay. So what it did is um I’ll show you this in just a second so you can uh clearly see it. All right. So what it did is like uh uh it generated me this uh prompting structure here when I uh did it. So let me show you um yeah this one right here. So that’s what it and you can do it in the web app as well. So you can uh basically structure that in the uh web app as well. But it did this for me. Okay, watch this. Um,

    here. So, it it basically generated uh this. Let me show you. Okay, cool. So, it generated like these sequences. Okay, so like you see this right here. It generated this sequence, this sequence, uh, this sequence and stuff like that where I can copy and paste each of these. And that’s what we’re doing in the web app as well. Okay, so I’ll show you that. Hopefully, it’ll do that for me. It’s asking see again can you do this can you do that can you ask me this and I’m allowing it to do it so this is the problem between the web and the desktop desktop you don’t need to give that many permissions you can basically uh just does it pretty much on autopilot for us these steps that we want to download transcribe get get me each sequences and get me the prompts does that make sense so when I went uh into that other uh system which I’ll show you it generated me those uh those uh markdown based uh prompts on the desktop, right? Pretty straightforward. So, it did something like um uh this. So, I’ll open up my word document so you can see what it did. Um so, you can see it more clearly. All right. So, what it did is like this, right? It generated me in my computer this stuff. Scene one was this vertical video. Scene two was this. Scene three was this. And um scene four. So, what I did is it generated this stuff. I went and I copied this, right? Click copy. went to video express then I went into uh this uh option right here which was um if I put this in nice way you can see it so I went to text to video okay text to video why text to video prompt to video right you don’t have to do like other create from prompt image to video is required you go here and then you right click and this is what I did by the way I went into the advanced mode here in video express okay and then what I did is I rightclicked and copied and pasted this I’ll explain to you why I went to the advance enhance mode just a second. Then I checked advanced mode again here because what I wanted it to do and I unchecked this automatically enhanced cuz the prompt is already enhanced. So why advanced mode? Cuz it can readjust the length of the video automatically when the advanced mode is checked. So you don’t have to uh force it to be len like for example here when I do it to simplify the use case of the actor speaking. We did the lip sync and all that, right? In advanced mode, you can paste whatever you want here. It’ll adhere to that prompt, meaning it’ll listen to it and do it as is. And then when I check the advanced mode here, in some cases, let’s say it is 9 seconds. Some cases, let’s say it is going to be uh 11 seconds or whatever. It’s going to merge it up to about 12 seconds or so to make it proper, right? And that’s what I did. So then I did that and then I clicked on the create video. So it’ll auto adjust the length when advanced mode is checked and you put the advanced mode in the text to video. Does that make sense? So then what I did is it um basically went in and then it did this other thing and on and on. I pasted these things and I got this workflow. So now see how I did this process here for you so you could understand it. Um so the question was is plus enough? You can even do this with a free thing. The work is included there in the free thing also. the plus one sometimes maybe if it’s better if you’re running into some limits or something. What I want you to do this type of stuff you don’t need the highest end model like uh you just uh kind of want to do charge like this 5.6 six I put right like you could put the Luna version, you can put the light version, you can do whatever. It’s it’s just like you don’t need like a lot of intelligence to do this basic stuff. You can do any kind of model to do this stuff. It’s not really the idea is it has to download the video. That’s the hard part. You understand? Like before when we were doing like um uh this type of stuff uh if I put my circle again here like so you can see me. So before we do this stuff uh the main problem was like you didn’t download like you wanted to do a task right go to this video download it and then get me this stuff hey go to this uh website and get me these elements of it so I can use it for my um um you know let’s say my video creation prompting structure style or whatever to do the work and come back to you without making excuses is why you need the desktop app and the work thing. Does that make sense? And it was before hidden behind their codeex platform. Now they merged it in terms of the chat GPT so it’s easier for the users. Now there are some people who are going to say well this is the chat GPT thing uh while it’s doing this. Let’s see where it’s at right now by the so that we know. Okay cool. See this it gave me these prompts. You see this watch this. So it said um uh it downloaded the video obviously it got it each is 3 to 4 seconds. Then it gave me the presenter introduces the doorway right camera approaches the doorway. So these are all like uh uh the prompts. Same thing, right? Copy this and then you come back to video express and you can go into text to video advanced. Copy paste advanced. I’ll remove the enhanced. It’s not needed. Click. And you see it says 4 seconds. It’s irrelevant. If it needs to be 6 seconds, it’ll do 6 seconds. That’s the point with advanced mode for the animation and the elements up there to be proper, right? In this case, I put landscape. Let me just do vertical because you’re going to set this up this vertical thing on the top properly. Right? So to kind of simplify this stuff like you can do this with claude or like Gemini or whatever as long as it’s in a desktop scenario where you can allow it to uh do I believe Gemini doesn’t do this work thing. Claude does it I believe right now I don’t know if Grock as well I’ve not gone too deep into it. The reason why I like Chad GPT is because they’re very focused on the consumer side. So they don’t care about developers. So Chad GPT is more on the consumers. So like meaning they want you as an everyday person to use it and uh do the automations. Anthropic for example wants only enterprise developers and stuff like that. So they’re not going to be a free plan that might do stuff or the cheaper plans or whatever to be able to do these workflows, right? With time obviously we’re going to introduce these into video express and other tools more directly. The only problem is the API costs are insane. Okay. Uh so the subsidization of these like a $20 plan right a month plan for example on Chad GPT it maps out if we were to put this API into video express it’s going to map out to like 15x more or 20x more so that’s like if you were to max out the $20 worth it’s going to cost us $400 to provide the same level of service in express doesn’t make any sense with the pricing we have and stuff right and this is the reason why a lot of people nowadays are saying go to chbd and do this go to claude and do this or Gemini and do this uh because of the subsidization that’s happening on these monthly accounts uh right here. Okay, just so you understand that’s why I’m trying to do once we get an understanding of how these pricing structures will work then we will introduce them into it as well. But for now, you want to be in the cutting edge, let me show you what I’m doing, right? Regardless uh in the cheapest possible rate okay cool hope that answers the uh question there. Okay. Uh and yeah, that’s absolutely correct. Okay, so let’s see this video uh we got these videos generated, right? So let’s just check out these videos that it generated for me. And the beauty is right, every video will look unique, which is what we’re aiming for, right? So you see this, every video, in this particular case, it did the 10 seconds thing for me, right? So every video will be unique. And then once you want to improve it, we can say, hey, the hand is not going through the door or whatever. We can tell it um and and we can tell that tragic thing to improve it, right? So the hands are not going through the objects. um fix the prompt to force this let’s say right and then it’s going to uh makes make sure that it’ll stress this in um thing more let’s say that’s the goal right and it’s going to think and it’s going to get it done okay you get the point right so it just is this uh the whole flow is done within it and as we go along this is the work structure we’re trying to aim for now in the case of um like when we look at it from the perspective of uh like the bigger picture what is uh running behind the scenes. I’ll teach you as we go along step by step. But for today, it’s very simple, right? If you look at it from a step-by-step fashion, you’re going to first of all, let’s wrap this up uh in terms of like what we did so far and what we are aiming to do. Correct? So, what we’re going to do is let’s go into a new section. So, what we want to do, so let’s say I’ll zoom this in here. Um and I’ll I’ll I’ll uh I’ll explain this to you. So first things first what we want to do is we want to get the work option preferably in the desktop. So certain restrictions it might have it ask you to approve um whether it’s Mac PC whatever you want to put it in the desktop so you can do these things like downloading the YouTube video or downloading a video or whatever and doing stuff or let’s say you gave it a document in a Google drive it’s going to go download that video from the Google drive you get the point right and the second thing uh you’re going to do uh is basically like after we done that what we want to do is we want to make sure that we structure the ideal avatar so the ideal avatar who will watch this Okay, if it’s uh short, I only care about entertainment. Okay, but if it’s an actual outcome I’m aiming to do, then I going to see what’s the outcome, right? What’s the outcome that that user so shorts so again coming back to the point shorts no matter what people will tell you is all about entertainment. Okay. Um if I write this easier um so again entertainment okay um and uh and then the the long form is all about outcomes okay because depending on what and here there’s that emotional graph I told you right so there is going to be an emotional graph where instead of like just that one person sitting and talking um you constantly keep changing the scenes okay so emotional graph meaning the clips are different this is why we use text to video uh in video express you understand because when we are doing emotional stuff we we don’t want a consistent character at that point we want to make sure that it’s constantly changing right each element so that’s why we are aiming to do the text to video thing like I showed you right so that way it’s emotional it is a graph right so it’s not one video it has like this type of emotional graph where instead of like one thing it’s going up down up down up down right there’s an actual flow to it uh so that’s the outcome right you’re trying to do here and this is important if you don’t know this stuff and you don’t apply you’ll be sitting there you’ll do thousand videos and it doesn’t matter anything it doesn’t not going to achieve the outcome you’re trying to do so what I would do then is I would decide which direction I’m doing if you have no product or service that you want to sell yes care about views shorts right because then it’s easier to do this text to video flow if we want to do uh basically the um where you want to sell a product or service generate revenue or whatever then we want to do this okay depends which direction you want to go in and once you make that decision then you can do the ideal avatar planning this thing and then you’re also going to focus on the outcome right as an example and to put it in perspective if let’s say the market is all about coaching or mentorship or you’re a personal trainer or whatever the outcome is the result right a personal trainer is to get more fit the user wants to do so then you have subtasks like nutrition uh PDFs you want to generate for them you want to generate a personalized and for them on day by day day-to-day uh workout regimes, right? This is the thing. If you’re let’s say um you know corporate coach, right? You’re looking at a person for example who might have growth things that they want to focus on CEO or you’re focusing on for example operation side of things of how to run an organization. Let’s say you’re in the how-to market, right? Let’s say the market is how to do something, right? How to do fishing, how to be a better golfer, how to blah blah blah, right? Now the thing then is how do we be AI proof in that yeah I can generate gibberish what we are trying to do is basically look at the pain that person is trying to go through right and we then focus on the aspects of that pain to create the outcome okay so for example let’s say uh a person who has uh let’s say shoulder pain or back pain they’re unable to do better swing in their golf course right how do they circumvent the problem they have because of a shoulder injury or uh let’s say whatever injury they had in the past. You focus on the pain there and you craft the outcome. Then they’re more likely to watch all the way through and buy a product or service that you have. Correct? At that point, views don’t matter. Okay? Does that make sense? So, it’s very important you understand this. I don’t really care about these uh YouTubers and these influencers who say, well, you know, I got a video to a million views and stuff only for monetization. Maybe that’s it. I don’t really care about anything else. So if you go into other platforms even more like Tik Tok and these other places, it’s even more uh clearcut cuz they don’t have that good monetization anywhere like Instagram and stuff. So the idea is that what am I going to do with that? So you’ll see a quite a bit of uh things which is going to be like comment right in Instagram and Tik Tok and stuff, right? Comment to get this or comment to get my guide or whatever. Why is that the case? Because that is focused on the selling aspect cuz we cannot have the time to explain the product in a nutshell to people, right? So we say comment comment comment and then we can private message them and do some work there. Okay. So this is the nutshell. So meaning I’m teaching you how to fish here. Then we can use AI to get the fish for us and then we can integrate with video express to generate the videos for us. Then you can clone voice to generate the voices for us and so on and so forth, right? Artist to generate the image workflows and stuff like that. So this is the change okay that happened. So when I was explaining in the earlier in the video when you were watching it the main change was understanding what is my outcome that I’m trying to do right is it a short video is it the goal is just views okay and entertainment or is it a long form video where the goal is to get an outcome to a person right if I know that the bridge is very big then I can focus only on long form only or only focus on short form only or whatever. And then each of these will have different dynamics, right? Whatever the outcome it is that you’re achieving because here you can get the work thing to do all the work for you like getting the scene prompts and stuff like that. But in the end to do basic text additions or do some cropping to make a little bit interesting and stuff. We can do all that into Nvidia Express, right? In video express because it has the editor built in. It has the titles elements built in. It has uh multiple uh stuff like integrations with clonevoice.ai I where you can bring in your own voice, right? So, it has that clone voice uh uh integration for example where you can bring in your own voice. It has artistically for example where you can bring multiple sequences and stories and stuff like that and multiple images and stuff to create scenes for you automatically and stuff like that. Right? So that way you do that human part. Okay, very important. The human part will always be important no matter what people will tell you. Human part is very very important. Okay, so this is the basic structure. Okay, so now we discussed how to replicate short form, right? We can go to work, you just give it a video and then you tell it, hey, download this video and give me text to video prompts to get it into video express. It’ll understand because I’ve already chat GPD knows what video express is. It already knows what video express can do. You don’t have to do any GPTs or anything like that. Right? That’s first thing. Second thing is what I want you to understand is now I want to talk a little bit about the long form content. Okay, the structure because in the next training videos and stuff I’ll be focusing on that and even in this YouTube channel, even in the emails and stuff like that, my goal is to give away as as much of this training is for free. We’re not going to sell you a course uh on how to go viral on YouTube or whatever. Nothing. It’s going to be always free. Okay? Nothing. And we’re not going to sell you for anything like that, right? Never. Uh the goal will be because we make enough money with express artistly and stuff like that where uh the training should be free, right? The courses should be free. So my goal is when I’m going to give you this stuff for free in the coming days, weeks and stuff like that. Understand that I’m coming from the logic of experience and understand that my goal here is to ensure you get to the outcome that you desire. Whatever your goal is, if you don’t understand that, then everything I teach you will be irrelevant. Right? So now let’s talk a little bit about now where we need to focus on when it comes to long form content. Okay. So this is something I wanted to also talk about a little bit in the case of long form. So the irony is in the long form content. Okay. This is why the beauty here comes the first okay 60 seconds

    matters. Okay, does that make sense? The first 60 seconds matters. So the strategies that you utilized in the short form content the first cuz short forms are all like tiny, right? Also applies here in the first 60 seconds. So this is another reason why knowing both is important. Okay? Because whatever you’re talking about in the short form, it’s kind of like think of like short form like a trailer, right? Say it’s a trailer. We think of it like a trailer to the long form. Okay? Because that way you saw that retention, right? Like the graph comes all the way boom goes like you know what I mean? So within the first 30 seconds 70% people leave generally like maybe 50% might leave. So it still matters learning this. Okay. uh in a nutshell to understand it from a practical standpoint. Okay. So what I want to kind of talk about a little bit is I’m going to be creating in the next uh coming couple of weeks a lot of content on this topic and I’m going to be giving it away for free to you and it’ll be in this YouTube channel that you can watch. It’ll be in our Facebook group and stuff. So if you haven’t joined our uh Facebook group for sure uh basically you join this right here. You see that right here uh poner.com/fp. You can join our Facebook group. 85,000 people are there uh just like you and I’ll be posting there as well and communicating with you and answering questions and that sort of thing as well as time goes on. What I do want you to understand though is that customizing a solution to each of you is becoming hard for me. So I’m going to give you a system where you can use these workflows and stuff in a systemized way. I’m going to give you my skills. I’m going to give you my existing uh automated workflows and all these things in one place and how to integrate them with their applications. So the goal will be that you can go in and apply it and whichever applies to you you’re going to use. Not everything applies to somebody’s only interested in shorts and generating revenue with AdSense has no business doing long form content. It’s silly. It’s you better focus on one thing, right? And the same way applies the other way around. Somebody wants to sell the product or service and generate revenue. You should have no business generating a million views or whatever. Even monetization is irrelevant at that point because what you’re really looking for is somebody watched my video and then they come back to my website or my service or product or book a call with me or whatever the goal is uh to basically sell my product or service right or book an appointment or whatever it might be. So considering this I want you to um understand the logic behind the whole flow right so this is what I’ve been building over the last about almost uh 6 months now and uh to basically get you to these u systems so what are the prerequisites of all these things whether you use cloud or uh your chpt or whatever understand that we’re moving more into this work okay uh otherwise this chat thing is just for research if you understand that much okay it’ll understand you to kind of follow what I’m going to be teaching you as we time goes on. And this work is actually tasks. Okay? Where to do stuff, right? And this is the separation. Okay? If you separate both of them, then you’ll know where to put what, right? What to do where where it is do better. And time is going on where more and more is going here. Right? So more of focus on all these platforms is here because that’s when they can charge you money, right? If I it’s taking me like uh let’s say an employee to do this stuff I’m teaching you right now which in many cases right uh I don’t have the money or the time to offload tasks it can do it and a lot of the times what I would say is even in the AI doom and gloom people uh that they say there’s a lot of problems with AI like corporations are just uh hoarding GPUs which is making a really difficult part for us where servers and stuff we have to spend so much money than before just the last 8 months our prices have gone up in the data center side like um 60% % 55% and stuff to what we were paying uh data centers and cloud providers and stuff like that. We did not pass on that to you as video express customers, artistically customers and clone wise customers because the we are so good in marketing and uh customer acquisition and stuff like that that we’re okay but understand others are not doing it. That’s what separates us from everybody else. Right? But I can teach you these concepts as well as time goes on. Right? So now the idea is that as things are going more into the work side understand that it’s going to be critical for you to uh look at the separation between the human right and the AI. What I want you to understand is that from my uh understanding here and from experience of spending tons of money on this I’ve consumed like hundreds of millions of credit tokens right on all these things uh in claude and charge. paid for everything, right? Spent um almost $10,000 or spend the last couple of months on this stuff. And um what I’ve learned is that you have to treat AI as something where hey, before to build a website, I needed to hire somebody, offload the task to somebody, explain to them what I want. That alone would have taken me 3 weeks, right? Back and forth. Instead, if I give it to the uh AI to work, instead of me even ignoring that task because it was beyond my scope of understanding, was beyond what I could do. Now I’ll actually do it right because I can do it now where before I I gave up right before I even do it because it cost me money to hire people uh to give them tasks and manage them and all that which I don’t have time to do let’s say or the money to do that is where AI comes in. Second thing really really good in augmenting certain specific instructions you give it. So people like me who can develop systems for you right that works right across uh different platforms and channels and stuff is becoming important but the problem with systems is personalization of that is hard right so let’s say for example you’re a type of person who has a specific type of business which is a service business and not a product business well the focus is different service businesses are appointment based you want to get an appointment to a chiropractor a dentist or a physiootherapist or a doctor, appointments, that’s the end goal. If you’re trying to do an e-commerce product, a physical product or a digital product, sales, right? How many people came in? How many people purchased? So different, right? If you apply a system with these AI things that applies across the board, it’s struggling. Okay? So this is why we have to have this mapping out structure ahead of time and we got to know why we’re doing what we’re doing and what the outcomes are and what the end goals are. Okay? and what pain and uh what are we trying to solve for in the market? Okay. And once you get that easy, easy easy. Okay. Life becomes easier for you, less stress for you because you have clarity, right? One of the biggest reasons anxiety we get is we’re not sure of the outcome, right? We’re not sure what is it uh we need to do, right? To get to the finish line and we get scared because we don’t know where to start. There’s 10 options. So instead, we get that clarity or okay, I’m only going to focus on long form because I have a product or service. Hey, I don’t have a product or service. So before I build it, I’m just going to focus on shorts only. Right? And then it’s going to give you clarity on what type of content to create, where AI comes into play, where um you know like these um automated workflows that Paul is giving me comes to play and also basically what I need to focus on, what type of questions to ask. Okay. And um one of the things that I realized, you know, like I’ve spent time with uh mentors of mine who have made hundreds of millions of dollars, worked with the prime ministers here in Canada, for example, and stuff like that. And what I found out is the difference between uh successful people who can leverage a mentor like how do I get a mentor is the quality okay of questions you ask okay so for example you don’t go to a you know successful um you know entrepreneur who has done hundreds of millions of dollars and you don’t go to that person and say how did you become successful that’s the same thing right you cannot go to Chad GBD and say how do you become successful either right or Gemini or cloud Instead, you’re going to say, “Hey, you know, I’m interested in the real estate space, let’s say, and you’re in a real estate investor. You made a lot of money on it. What type of asset classes would you invest in?” I see you bought land. I see you bought uh let’s say apartment buildings. Why apartment buildings and not commercial plazas or like industrial places? What do you find interesting in that? Oh, by the way, I did see an apartment building here that I found the data for it. Can you please explain to me is it a good deal or not? And if so, why? Because my opinion is that it is pretty good because it’s in this area blah blah blah right very specific questions that’s how you build mentorship same thing specific questions to be asked in ch right when people come to these webinars and these live streams same thing I suggest you to do even after this live stream is done you know ask specific questions that apply to you instead of just saying like uh often times I see questions like this which just kind of saddens me right hey video express right can I do um uh 2hour videos with it like can Can I do two hours? It’s like so funny. Uh, can I do 2 hours with Video Express videos? Wrong question. You got to go backwards. What is the goal? Is it going to be to be monetized? Then do shorts. Is it to generate revenue on AdSense because you don’t have a product or service? Do shorts. If it is going to be where I want to go get millions of views, that’s my shorts. If it is a product or and at that point 2 hours or whatever is relevant, you got to do 30 seconds, 60-second videos, right? The second thing is if you’re going to do for example long form content right it’s not the length that matters it’s the outcome you’re trying to achieve okay so the idea is like outcome right so the question will be okay I’m trying to be in this market in this niche and in this industry how do I create the video how do I craft the video then we can discuss okay how do we look at the pain right that market is people only buy for what pain you’re trying to solve for right what are you solving for what pain are you solving Right? And what can you offer them based on that pain? Why is it yours different? Why is your product or service different? You see now it’s very different. Length is irrelevant at that point. It’s not even about lip sync or non- lip sync. It doesn’t matter. Like we do these trainings on how do you create stickman videos? How do you create 2D animation videos, 3D animation videos, realistic videos, all of them work if you focus on the pain and what we’re trying to solve for, right? It’s the question of understanding that and not trying to do that. And and I can tell that like when people say a question about what the length of the video you could create or let’s say for example you know they say like uh can I create uh you know like highlevel animation videos like a Hollywood uh does or whatever wrong question right it’s kind of like you I can tell right away if you can succeed or not right and it’s very straightforward quality of questions when you’re trying to do things you know what you’re trying to solve for it’ll be make it easier for you to ask questions right and to be able to solve for it and also about understanding what context we’re trying to do, right? So, for example, my YouTube entire YouTube channel must have made last year, right? Uh just about, you know, to put it in perspective, uh I think something like $40,000 or something, right? So, 40K it did in about 365 days. Okay. last year. Okay, my business alone, right? Just one of my businesses, one of our software companies, uh did over uh 12 million last year. Okay, what is important? Is it this 40k more important or this is more important? Okay, so you see what I’m saying? You got to understand, right? So then if my goal I don’t really care on this AdSense stuff, okay, I don’t care. It doesn’t matter to me. It’s irrelevant to me. So if I was optimizing for this alone, I would have focused on shorts. I have focused on other things because I’m optimizing for the business side right this area right here okay this business side then outcomes and pain and stuff like that and because I’m optimizing for that I spend time here our team spends time with you on these live streams and stuff like that to ensure that you can we can solve the main pain points for you how to improve our products and how do we create the workflows how do we think as we are growing our own business right how do we apply and stuff and um and and how do we do that right because if I don’t do it that way and what I’m applying is failing. I learn from my mistakes and I improve as time goes on. You have to do the same. Okay. What we’re finding out right now, the difference between even our most successful customers, right? We talk to our customers all the time is the difference is not a person who expects one video will get results or one result, one thing image they generate, one story book they generate with artistly or whatever. What we’re finding is a person who does a 1% improvement, right, every week, right? uh where they found that I tried this video, it didn’t work out. Can I try something else? Because you can do unlimited videos, right, with video express and um uh you know, unlimited images with artistically unlimited uh voice clones and voices and all of them are integrated, right, into video express cuz you can do unlimited, right? You don’t have to worry about you know failing, right? So improve what can I do differently, right? Okay, this video I put it didn’t get any views on YouTube. Okay, what can I improve? Okay, this particular long form video that I created, you know, the outcome was probably not very defined because I didn’t see any comments on the video, right? Or in this particular video I uh I created. But what I found out is that uh the audience retention dropped. It crashed within 30 seconds. So what can I do in the first 5 seconds? Right? These are the little things if you can figure it out, right? Understand it and improve, right? Is exponential. All right? Like a person is improving 1% a week, right? is not like let’s say 50 weeks in a year, 52 weeks, whatever. Uh the point is they’re not improving 50 uh% they’re improving 50 times in many cases because this 1% improvement every time can be the difference between a video getting uh 10,000 views or zero views right in many cases or 10 views or something uh as these algorithms work. Okay, so understand that okay so that you understand. So now in terms of the scheduling I’m seeing some specific questions all of them are good questions okay I will um uh I I’ll kind of explain to them here. So what about scheduling right how do you work on uh schedules right um like how do you how many videos do I post and stuff like that so just to understand that the schedule what matters more than anything is it has to be habitual okay what I mean by that is let’s say for example you’re comfortable uh spending for long form video let’s say and you can only do one per week long form right that’s good enough as long as you continue consistent in the shorts you want to post a little bit more but Let’s say for example you can only consistently do three good good right good videos um per week it’s okay better focus on what you’re comfortable with okay as life goes on you realize what happens the difference between people who are like fit and uh people who are like um even in health and stuff like that I’ve been working on my health a lot um you know not so much that I want six pack abs I have like maybe four now or whatever fourpack abs or whatever but that’s not the goal right the goal is consistency right? Consistency like I used to be so unfit where like I’d be skinny before uh for example but you know like I’d still have a protruding belly or like you know I’d not be healthy like I’m trying to walk my uh you know like for example when my son was born he’s 2 years old now uh but when he was born uh he was a baby right I was trying to run around the house and trying to do some chores for the uh baby I couldn’t have the energy right I might look skinny but what’s the point of having all that so what I figured out says, “Hey, in the gym or in when you’re walking out or whatever, me doing 10 hours worth of workout in a day, right, means nothing. I have even if I just do 10 minutes per day, right, is better, right? You see what I’m saying? 10 minutes per day is better than doing 10 hours in one day cuz our body is that way.” Similarly, YouTube is the same. These algorithms were designed by humans, right? They think the same. So instead of you trying to do 10 videos a day, think about what’s comfortable for you where you can safely do it without stressing out or having anxiety and you’re in a happy zone, right? When you’re happy zone, it shows, right? I’ve done videos, I’ll tell you. Uh and um you know, where I was not very happy to do it, like, you know, for example, for lack of preparation or lack of um let’s say that subject matter, I needed more time to share, but I was forced to do it in a 10-minute tutorial type of format. or let’s say it was a entertainment video. I didn’t like doing that type of content and I can tell the views dropped. Okay, nothing to do with the style, nothing to do with like the effort put in, nothing. It’s just that, you know, consistently I cannot do that. So therefore, it shows in the effort, the fun I’m having and all that, right? So this little details like these matter as time goes on. Okay? So now what’s the plan here? Okay, so knowing all this stuff, right? What I want you to start doing as homework for today is just first step one is get this shivity work thing and start playing around with it to understand what works like the main thing I would do is give it a YouTube uh video right and uh in do it in your desktop it’s easier and then tell it to download the video right and tell it to uh split this video to scenes right assuming it’s scenes in the short format right so if I write it better Um and then what I want you to do is tell it to also for that matter once the screen convert these inner text to video prompts for video express right uh if you can do this much you’re done because you get the point right then you get the fundamentals and you can apply it um and so on so forth right because then you can just apply it and just make sure in video express if it’s a short video it’s 9 by6 vertical you don’t want to do shorts which are uh horizontal right so you do 9 by 16 vertical so these are your homework points. Then what I’m going to do in the coming two weeks, I’m working really hard on this to get this done for you, is I’m going to do fully free workflows for you, which I am doing right now that is improving my own channel’s results, my research, u getting a uh a channel to double its revenue, getting a channel to triple its views and stuff like that. So I’m going to give you the free workflows that you can plug in right um into these shad platforms cloud and stuff like that doesn’t really matter and I’m going to give that to you so that you can apply it and into your use cases okay whatever you need whatever you want to you got to decide on that everything happens to the decision right so you apply it and then what I’m going to also do is I’m going to basically distill all my knowledge over the years because I’m telling you right you give me uh a YouTuber, right, who has maybe 2 million subscribers, but all of their content is short form content, right? Say um my channel first of all might make more money than them in just AdSense alone. But the business will make more than what they’ll make in their lifetime in just one year, right? Or even one month in many cases depending on what the lifetime earnings may be, right? So the question then is what is different, right? So what is different here? Okay. What is being done differently that we can do to separate ourselves? That’s something I’m going to be teaching you as well so you understand because it’s not just about vanity metrics, right? It’s just about understanding what is our goal, what do we want to do, what do you want to achieve and stuff like that and go from there. Okay? So, I’m going to be doing this stuff for you. So, watch out for my emails, watch out for our Facebook group, and watch out for more video tutorials uh in our YouTube channel itself, the one you’re watching right now. I’m also testing this same frameworks across other channels which I don’t want to share with you right now uh because uh some are not working and you’ll uh and some are working but I want to make sure that it’s repeatable for you. What I’m finding out is when I do these workflows uh and when you try to apply this stuff sometimes you’re not able to replicate it properly. So I’m figuring out why is that not being able to be replicated properly. So what can I do to stress test it such that it works in different uh use cases such that I can simplify it for you. So I’m trying to make those systems as well. So watch out for those as well. Again, all will be for free. Uh the question though is please main thing I want to mention here is just because it’s free, right? Doesn’t mean it’s invaluable. Okay, it’s I’m giving it to you for free because I don’t need to make money from it at all. Okay, we make enough money as I said from media express and stuff which is a harder challenge doing these workflows. I do it anyway in our business because we have like what 50 plus employees. So I have to create systems for them um and all that kind of stuff. So I I do it anyway out of interest and for passion and fun but I could sell it and make money but then it’s not accessible and the bigger challenge for us is applications like video express and artistically and clone voice and some of these applications out there. How do we still keep the maintain the pricing you know like we’ve had the same pricing for these platforms for the last 3 to four years and but electricity costs have gone up right machine learning engineer salaries have gone up uh just electricity cost data center cost RAM costs all these have gone up 3x or so the harder challenge is that right how do we make sure that we can make those affordable still for people and maybe we won’t maybe we will that’s a bigger challenge this is easy stuff right So the question then is um will you apply right just cuz it’s free that’s the number one thing if you are going to apply let me know in the chat box yes because then you’ll understand that somebody is spending the time to do it and give it away for free not because they can’t make money from it but because they want to basically give you all the resources uh so that you can succeed and also the harder challenge can be simplified for us where once you use these workflows and you give us feedback we can actually improve our own products right which are the harder problem products like for example Nvidia Express. If uh we know that most people are using a specific feature, we can actually save our server resources to focus more on those five or six key features and workflows where people are getting results on and eliminate like those 25 features where only like a dozen people use for example. It’s a pointless thing, right? Uh so that way we can you know focus more on that, make those features better and all that. So that’s the bigger goal out of this whole um idea here. It’s bene beneficial for us as well. Okay. So uh that’s the basic idea. All right. So now um the questions that I do get. Okay. So that um uh this is the best question I was going to do. So this is exactly what the plan is. Okay. So in the the YouTube channel we’re going to have like stuff which is going to be 15 to 20 minutes long content. The live streams like this will still be live where it’ll be mostly Q&A. Okay. uh where you’re going to do that uh main steps that 20 minutes will be there and then the Q&A will be to answer your questions so that we can customize it to your desire. So it’ll be both. So you’re going to have uh videos will be posted in our channel in our tutorials page and stuff which is going to be like this. Even this one that I share with you cuz I’ll simplify it. I’ll go step by step and stuff and the live streams will be mostly Q&A so that every question you have on the application side of things will be answered. Okay? so that you have both steps. Um because I want to do that Q&A because otherwise you know sometimes you don’t get the benefit of me having me live and answer your questions and stuff right and uh uh the other thing as well is that uh that I wanted to kind of mention as well is uh like questions like these right which program for some song development is clone wise.ai I Okay, so this is the application. For example, the clone wiser AI application does this really well. It can do songs. It can do you can sing in your own voice as well. We added that feature recently where you can upload your own uh voice even just talking not even singing and it can sing like you. Okay. Uh so it sounds like you basically and um the other uh thing as well is uh basically where u how long is long form? What do you suggest? Same question. See, think of it this way. I’ll reframe that question again back to you like I’ll ask that question back to you. you said to me just now where you wanted it in short form 15 to 20 minutes or you said it even shorter so it’s easier to consume right so in your market maybe easier to consume maybe 3 minutes for long form right depending on the uh the audiences the age group and stuff you don’t have to do that long right same question you’re asking me think of it your users your customers your prospects will be thinking the same thing okay uh that’s the basic general uh idea of this and then uh the other question was Um um like uh this is the good point exactly this. Okay, which is um uh good quick good questions by the way. Okay, now the idea is that you see $1,000 for my first app that I created. You got to understand now basically what are you using these tokens or these credits and these applications for right in the case of app development what I would like to think about is distribution right why should people like tomorrow let’s look at the future right um and this is why we don’t have an a uh AI app builder tool right we don’t do we could have made a lot of money doing it but we don’t the reason why we don’t do it is without distribution meaning without being able to generate traffic and downloads for that application it costs a lot of money these days to do advertising for app downloads. Uh you could be spending like $5, $10 or so for each download, even a free download app, right? So the question then becomes distribution and what’s the best way to do distribution videos, right? Where you can do tutorial videos and use case videos, outcome based videos of what you’re trying to do with the app and that’s how where people will just not even care about the free trial. They’re going to buy the or free download. They’re going to just go straight to the paid application version. Right? And the other thing is you see how um you’re saying like I have to like um you know uh look at the token cost and stuff. This is why we built video express artistly and clone voice and stuff like that where it’s unlimited use and onetime payment. Uh of course we do have like some fair use policies there to prevent uh where that you know one or two people might do abuse it but 99.99% people never hit the fair use usage anyways. So the point is like because of that it gives you this idea of like you don’t want to spend that thousand cuz once you see that $1,000 number you get scared right you start getting uh worried about it and stuff. So this is the reason why we want to make sure that you know you use these tools that you have available, use the smaller chat GBT account, a free account if needed and then also use RBG Express, artic and stuff and use as many videos as possible to experiment and generate revenue with it or leads with it or traffic with it or monetization whatever the end goal is and go from there. Okay. And um that’s the main idea. Okay. and um and specifically as well where you have to also focus on where it is that we are heading towards with AI right as things go on little details matter and that’s why we know in our support team uh for example we try to guide you through these things right and uh make sure that you like for example this was a question that came in for example right my voice over length doesn’t matter if you watch our tutorials you will know that when you are using uh video express whether it’s create from prompt or text to video and stuff like in the case of create from prompt. If you come here and let’s say you’re trying to create a lip-s sync video or like whatever you see this advanced mode this one right here this is what you want to use to ensure that automatically it’ll adjust itself based upon the prompt here length okay if it takes 8 seconds it does up to 12 seconds right so it readjusted same thing in text to video too by the way remember I just showed you now where if you follow my training just now you just text to video here let’s say the video prompt says like two people are talking and one person says this, second person says this or whatever and you wanted to make sure that it aderes to that straight up as long as it’s within that 12 second mark, it will do it here in the advanced mode. So you’re going to have to generate the advanced mode on and then put the advanced mode here. That’s critical for the lip sync aspect to match the length throughout. That’s why we made the advanced mode. It’s for that like extra one or two seconds here and there. In some cases, it might be 8 seconds only that clip. So you don’t want to like sit there and the people are staring, two people are staring at the blank screen kind of thing, right? So this is why we made this advanced mode, right? And of course if you want to match the voice and stuff, we do have that voice changer functionality in the tutorials page. Do watch it um in the tutorial section, right? So, if you go to the tutorial section for Media Express, you’ll see uh under here you’re going to find uh basically like uh the voice changer feature so that uh you can actually and we’ve done some other updates like audio waves to your videos, transition between effects and stuff like that. We’ve added recently um smart edit v2 and stuff like that. But this one is what you want to do. Voice changer and save audio to ensure the consistency of the voice throughout um can be maintained especially for longer length videos. Okay. Um, sometimes AI does not know what voice to put and stuff. You want to use this feature for example. Okay. All right. So, uh, I do see a couple other questions I’ll answer and after this just for length purposes, I’m going to cut it short. But do watch out for my emails and stuff for more shorter form 15 20 25 minutes with actual workflows and stuff you can duplicate and stuff as I keep testing them and do it. But understand the concept behind what we’re doing, right? Your goal will be to understand that and apply it as well. Okay. And the other thing as well um is that for today I’m not doing a workflow doc. The reason why I’m not doing it is I want you to actually understand the concept behind this work thing. So for example you can tell it in human-like instructions this thing where you can download it and you can say okay download the video then go give me the text to video prompt and stuff and you can chat with it. I want you to learn that then if my systems and workflows I give you fail or don’t hallucinate and stuff you know exactly how to fix it. Right? So the idea is that today I want you to understand this use this. It’s a new feature you got released like I think yesterday or something in charge and the idea is that okay download it into your computer and make it do tasks for you like in this case a video that you give it and understand how to uh get the text to video prompts to then use for video express and stuff then if it makes mistakes you can chat with it and improve it. And when I give you the systems which I’m planning to do in the next two to three weeks uh meaning every week I’ll give you something new for sure that you can do if it doesn’t perfectly align maybe mine is English only and you want to do Spanish videos or something or let’s say for example mine doesn’t come with your voice let’s say and you want to integrate with clonevoice.ai AI to bring your own voices, right? To clone your voice. Mine is generic voices. These things you can then, you know, work on that customization of my workflows and rebuild it, right, for your use case. That’s the goal. If you don’t understand the fundamentals, it’s like when you’re trying to go step by step by step, but your use case is slightly different from mine, then you’ll struggle there, right? Cuz you’ll get stuck, which I don’t want to do, which is the main reason people don’t apply things later on, right? Many times. So, that’s the main thing, right? And um the other thing as well that I want to do is uh uh make sure like if you have questions like this after this live stream is done as well, make sure that you post them in the chat. So I I check every single comment as well after the live stream and my team checks it as well. Uh so that we can improve our products and also improve things as time goes on, right? So for example, in this case, Clone Wars doesn’t seem to create just music without singing. I just want an instrumental track, but I don’t see that option. Hey, it’s there. Let me show you where it is. Okay. So, um, actually, let me pull it up here real quick so that I can open up the Clone Wise app here. Um, and you can see what I’m talking about. All right, cool. Let’s open this up and let’s go to the app. All right, cool. So, I’m in the Clone Wars app here. Let’s cut this out. All right, so in CloneVoice, the instrumental topic. Okay, this is why we have tutorials as well, by the way, but I’m just telling you. So you see here in the top three options in the three buttons here when you come down you’re going to see this create instrumental uh SFX this option right here. So you’re going to come here going to click on this and here it says non-instrumental and instrumental. What do we mean by that? Non-instrumental could be like you know uh let’s say an ep epic battle music or sounds right like you want a lion sound or like lion roaring sound or something and you click on instrumental. Here you can describe what instrument you have and then you see we have like enhanced prompt. So for example, let’s say the instrumental is a violin um uh playing um you know let’s say uh uh melody on romantic uh relationships or something added, right? Um and breakups, right? And then you say here you can play it and then you can click on this enhance prompt and enhance. It’s going to then add more details on how you want to replicate it. Right? So you see this violin and poisonant often bittersweet melody strings weaving narrative intertwined hearts inevitable parting. I have no clue. Vo trembles. Okay fine I’ll use this. And you give it duration. Let’s say you want to give it 30 seconds. Let’s say the video length is that. Click generate sound. Boom. It’s done. It’s going to give you that. Okay. So that’s the basic idea of uh instrumentals. Okay. If uh it’s not in your dashboard, you may have to upgrade your account. Maybe it’s for like the all all um you know, just go to your purchases, my purchases, you’ll see. Make sure that you’re you’re having either the elite or you have the all access account. Make sure you do that if it’s not available in your account cuz that’ll be the up-to-date uh version of it. Okay? Just something you want to check. All right. Cool. Uh the other thing I wanted to mention as well is questions like this, don’t hesitate to ask me in the comment section cuz we’re checking every single one of them. And also a lot of times people ask us like hey what are your other products and stuff like that. So all of them are here. So when you go to this website pono.com. So if I go here um you’ll find uh all our products here. See the clone voice application is right here. Artistry is right here. Vide express talking photos human pal and on and on. Right click sides side design and on and on. Right. Why uh these are good is they communicate with each other. Like clone voice is directly integrated into video express to bring your clone voices, your music that sounds like you and stuff into video express direct integration. You just take a key that clone um voice will give you and then you put it into video express. Easy. There’s a tutorial on how to do that in the tutorials page. Artistly in the case of artistly for example you can like generate story books, images, designs like you want to do 50 images together, 30 image book or story uh book or let’s say you want to create multiple scenes and images for that to bring into video express to animate them. So you can do 30 at a time, 25 at a time, whatever, right? Multiple in bulk and bulk upscale, right? Bulk uh download, whatever, right? And then you can bring them all into V Express with a direct integration. So you can animate all of them, right? There’s an actual tutorial for this as well. Um that you can uh play around with as well on how to integrate all of these together. Um as well, you’ll find them in the video uh video tutorial section of uh video express. So if you go into video express um and you do just uh uh search for it where you do uh clone voice or whatever you see this right here video express RTD plus clone wise integration there’s a full video on YouTube you can search in this uh YouTube channel and you’ll find this how to integrate all of them together to get the benefit out of them fully right so stuff like this basically okay keep this in mind all right and um the other uh thing I always wanted to mention is uh as we go along what we are trying to do is create like automated systems for you to simplify these things. So understand that they might be little bit in terms of complexity for you to get started a little bit harder but understand like we doing all the testing behind the scenes to simplify it for you. Your job is just to understand what market am I entering, what product or service I’m selling, what’s my goal is views or shorts or whatever. Once you align that which I taught you today, those workflows or system will be a piece of cake, right? Very very easy for you to implement. So what I’ll do is I’ll end this right now. Hope you found this helpful. Make sure you post the comments in the comment section as well after this live stream is done. Okay? So that way what I can do is I can answer them as well because I check every single comment. So make sure you do that. So thanks again for being here. Watch out for other tutorials where all the workflows will be shared. All the other skills that I’m learning that I’m implementing and condensing for you are being done. So watch out for that as well. They’ll all be posted in a nice place. Nothing to buy everything for free. So watch out for those as well. And finally, make sure that the homework items I’m assigning you today are done. Download the chat GPT uh set up the work thing on your computer. And then third thing is start just as a basic step. Step one, which is to download the video and then um you know get that video um you know transcribe plus also get that video stages right the scenes into text to uh video prompts like what I did here in uh video express right here. So I got these um uh done as different scenes, right? text to video prompts to generate these uh scenes separ step step by step similar logic right the same thing I want you to do as a starting point okay so that will give you an understanding of why it is that we’re doing what we’re doing what can this um charge work thing do and of course if you use cloud is the same thing right cloud co-work same thing right nothing really different um pretty much other ones like Gemini have not caught on Google they’re pretty slow I don’t know what’s up with them but if Google ends up doing it in the future I’ll happy to give you the Google stuff as well up to you doesn’t really matter matter. The system is what matters, right? The step-by-step process. So, thanks again for being here. Appreciate you taking the time to watch this through. Watch out and make make sure you post the comments. I check every single comment. Anything you need, let me know. And of course, watch out for other training videos as well as time goes on, okay? I’ll be doing a lot of them in the next two weeks. So, watch out for them. And uh whatever works for you, use that. Whatever doesn’t work for you, yeah, keep it in the back burner for when you’re ready for using them. Right? That’s the goal. So, take care. Have a good weekend and I talk to you very very soon.

  • 07/10/2026 – Did ChatGPT 5.6 just KILL Fable 5?

    It actually happens. Chat GPT 5.6 is out and I am totally blown away. But is it better than Fable 5? I have a definitive answer for you. In this video, I’ll cover what Chad GBT 5.6 is, the improvements it made, do an indepth breakdown against Fable 5, show you who the clear winner is, and then show you an amazing workflow that will change how you use AI forever. This is the most important video you’ll watch in a very long time. Make sure you lock in and let’s get into it. Days like today are the absolute best. If you’re into technology, congratulations. You are going to have a lot of fun right after this video. This is Chad GBT 5.6. I’ve had early access. I’ve been using it a ton. So, all the people that go in comments go, “Oh, how’d you get a video out so quick? What the hell? What’s going on?” Shut up. I’ve been using it. Now, let’s get into it. Chad GPT 5.6 Six three models, Luna, Soul, Terra. The one we’re going to talk about today is Soul. That’s their biggest model. That’s the one everyone goes, “Oh, how’s it compared to Fable? Is it better than Fable?” That’s the one we’re going to be talking about is Soul. So Soul’s the smartest. Terra is kind the medium. Luna is the efficient one. The chop GPT Mini. So Soul is the one we care. I care about brains. So let’s talk about that. They also have many different thinking levels now. They have like seven different thinking levels. Ultra is the one I’m using. The reason why we can use the smartest Chad GBT model with the highest level thinking is because Chad GBT is so kind when it comes to usage. It gives you a ton of usage. So you don’t have to be scared like you are with Anthropic of using the highest thinking levels. Then two prompts later you have no more usage. Chad GBT you can use the highest thinking levels and still get a ton of usage out of it. They have a fast mode which is in my opinion revolutionary. I’ll tell you, you’re getting Fable level thinking on a really, really fast speed. One challenge I’ve had with Fable over the last couple weeks is it’s just slow. It’s a slow model. But Chad GBT56 Soul Ultra on fast mode, lightning fast. It is the best model in some ways. We’ll get into the fable comparison in just a second. Stick around with me here. We go in depth. Who’s the winner? I hand a trophy out. It is the best model in some ways, but it is without a doubt the best harness. Codeex, which we’ll also talk about that in a second. It’s gone, is the best harness at the best price at the best speed. Some also also some changes announced today. We’ll go into in-depth breakdowns on subsequent videos. Let me know what you want me to do. Most Chai GBT work, some of these other things. Codeex app no more. It’s gone. They combined it with the chat GBT app, which I actually believe is a very smart move. Codeex was the best harness. They’re bringing all those nice features over to the Chat GBT app. It’s allin-one. I didn’t like the separate apps. I’m a fan of this move. Codeex is no more. It is changed on mobile as well. So, if you use codecs on mobile, if you use codecs on iPad, which I highly, highly recommend you do, it’s now called remote sessions. They really want you using this in a very specific way on mobile, which I’ll talk about a little bit in a second as well. I actually think the iPad experience now is like the best experience. I I use the iPad a ton. I’ll talk about that, too. But the iPad experience for chat, I don’t even think they’re like trying to make it good. It actually is very good. I’ll talk about why I think it’s awesome, too. But let’s do the comparison everyone and their mothers is waiting for Chad GBT56 with Fable 5. Which is the winner? Well, I’m going to show you the comparison between the two, what the differences are, and then I’ll tell you the winner once we go through this. We’ll make this quick. I have been using the absolute booty load out of Fable 5 the last week. I don’t even know what booty load means. I just dropped that. As you can see here, I hit extra usage yesterday. I spent $500 of credits in the last 24 hours of Fable 5. I’ve been using the absolute hell out of it. So, I am in depth in the weeds on Fable 5. I know how it works inside and out. How does it compare to 5.6? Well, let’s take a look at this here. Fable 5 is still better for planning and highlevel thinking and understanding of large code bases. It is the best when it comes specifically to that. I’ll give you an example. I have like an entire software factory I have built out inside of codeex and claude code that allows me to kind of autonomously build a lot of software. It’s very complex, in-depth. If you want a video on that, let me know down below. I’ll do a whole video on loops and software factory if you’re interested. But here’s the thing. When I gave that to Fable 5, I said, “Hey, look at my entire software factory and understand how it works.” It understood it pretty much instantly. It was able to pick it up and start doing work in the factory like it was been there. Like it’s been there for years. When I handed the software factory over to Chat GBT 5.6 initially when I got early access, I’m going to be honest, it did not pick it up immediately. It took a while. I had to kind of nudge it in different directions until it finally grasped how it worked. So when it comes to understanding large code bases, being a high-level wise thinker, understanding from like a CEO level what’s going on, I would say Fable 5 is better. But now let’s talk about actual execution, actual building. 5.6 the winner. 5.6 is the winner for many, many different reasons. The code quality is just as good as Fable 5. The code is putting out is just as good, but it is more eager. So, the tables have kind of flipped here where Chad GBT 5.6 is more eager than Fable. So, it will get tasks done. You can give it major major tasks and it will grab it. It will get it all done. It will add a whole bunch of extra features to it. It’ll be fantastic at that. This was claude strength for a long time. That kind of eagerness of getting a ton done was Claude strength for a very long time. Chad GBT has overtaken that. So when it comes to execution, when it comes to actual building, 56 is the winner. Now after this comparison we’re going through, I’m going to actually show you the workflow. Everyone in their mothers is going on Twitter saying, “Oh, use Chad GBT as a sub agent inside of Claude Code.” No, that’s not the best way to do it. I’ll show you the best way to do it in a second. You’ll learn the best workflow once we go through this. Once I declare the winner between Chad GBT 5.6 ICS and Fable 5 workflow coming right after this. Let’s talk about price and this is going to be a dealbreaker for most people. Fable 5 unreasonably expensive. So expensive I actually think this model will die. I think Fable 5 is the smartest AI model, potentially the greatest technology ever made. I think it’s dead in the water. I was shocked when I started going into API pricing and I within a few hours used hundreds of dollars of credits. That’s absolutely insane. No normal person is going to want to pay that price. And you even look at the enterprise right now. Companies are cutting out frontier models and using things like GLM 5.2 cuz costs are getting so high. I don’t know who Fable 5 is for. It’s absolutely genius level. I wasn’t prepared to tell everyone, hey, you need to be paying API pricing for it. And the moment I started paying API pricing for it, I’m like, wait a second. No, no, no, no, no. Done with this. Done with Fable. uh unreasonably expensive. It is so unreasonable in fact that I believe they’re going to push up Opus 5. I think in the next week Opus 5 comes out. I believe I don’t think it’s Fable level. I believe it’s very close to Fable level, but at way more reasonable prices. I just don’t see how Fable fits into the picture with what I’m about to show you with Chad GPT. No one in their right mind, unless you’re just outrageously rich, is going to be spending $500 a day on credits. And this was even like a full day of coding. This was like an afternoon like 1:00 p.m. to 8:00 p.m. of coding. $500. That is crazy. Chad GBT 5.6. It’s more affordable, right? It’s way more affordable than Fable 5. It is still costly. I have never I’m going to be honest with you and I do this all day. I’ve never hit my limits with Chad GBT before. That’s never happened for me. 55 everything before that. I’ve never hit my limits. I hit my limits for the first time yesterday using Chad GBT 5.6. 6. That’s never happened before. So, it is more expensive than the other Chad GBT models. I did hit my 5hour window. I didn’t come close to the weekly window. 5 hour window though, I hit the limit. I started having to use API pricing. I was using Soul at ultra level. So, like if you go super hardcore on their most expensive model, you could hit limits. But at the end of the day, it is way more affordable and reasonable than Fable 5. UI was always Chad GBT’s weakness. It’s now good. It’s good enough at UI now. They they’ve certainly improved it. It’s good enough. It’s not a concern now where you need to jump to Claude every single time. Claude is better at UI still. Here’s where I actually think the winner comes in. And this is why I am going to declare Chad GBT 5.6 the winner. The harness around Chad GBT is so much better. It’s so much better. The computer use is significantly better. The browser use is significantly better. Claude has made jumps here lately, but Chad GBT, the harness, doing things for you, signing up for websites, getting API keys. I’ve never been more confident when giving a model a task that it will do literally whatever it takes to get it done. It will pop open the browser, will control your computer, it will do whatever it needs in order to get that task done. And that is a feeling and emotion that I’ve never had with Claude inside their harness. Which for me leads me to crown Chad GBT 5.6 the winner. Because that feeling of knowing when you give a task to a model, knowing it will get done is an invaluable feeling. Even though there’s some weaknesses when it comes to planning, highlevel thinking, figuring very large code bases out that it doesn’t really match up with Fabelon, the fact that you can give it a task and you know for certainty at the end it will be done for a reasonable price leads me to make Chad GBT 5.6 the winner. The question becomes also little things here. I’ll do a video. Let me know down below. Do you want a full video on Hermes using Chad GBT 5.6 as well? I’ll do that. But this leads me to the next section of this video, which is the workflow. How do you actually use it? We talked about what is better, how it compares to Fable 5, what the new changes are. How do you actually use it? Everyone in their mother’s been telling you if you pay attention to Twitter, if you’re in the Twitter bubble, oh, set up Chad GBT 5.6 as a sub agent inside Claude Code. No, do not do that. I will show you the best way to do this. And before we do that real quick, if you learned anything so far, leave a like down below, subscribe, turn on notifications. All I do is make the absolute stone cold best content about AI on the entire internet. And if you want to work with me live, I do live boot camps every single Friday in the Vibe Coding Academy. It’s the number one community for people building with AI on planet Earth. We’re also doing a $1,000 hackathon right now. It ends in two weeks. if you can still join it. Get in, build something cool, submit it, you can win $1,000. We’re doing it every single month. Join the Vibe Coding Academy link down below for that. Let’s get into the workflow now. So, this is the Codeex app. I’m using Codex app for now cuz I am filming this right before the model comes out. So, I’m still using the Codex app before it’s combined with Chad GBT. But, here’s how you want to use this. Here’s how you want to use Chad GBT 5.6. First, we’ll talk about from the harness level. You want to choose one computer or device you own to be kind of the head development machine. The reason why you want to do this is the remote control capabilities of Chad GPT are incredible. You can control Chad GPT from any device you have, iPad, iPhone, any of your computers, Mac Mini. So what you want to do is choose your kind of main developer machine. This should be a desktop device. I’m using one of my Mac Studios, my Mac Studio 1. I have three of them. Not to flex on you, but kind of a flex. I’m using my first one as my main developer machine. Now, every other device you have will be a node to that. Here’s how you want to think about it. So, you have your main development machine where you’re using Chad GPT or Codeex and then every other device you own will control that. So if you have a desktop and you have a laptop, your laptop controls it, your iPad, your iPhone, everything controls this one place. And the reason why you want to do it this way is so that you have all your code in one place instead of having some features on your laptop, your desktop, some features on your iPhone, your iPad, it all goes to one place. And because the remote control functionality is so good on the Chat GBT and Codeex apps, you can easily control from all your different devices. So, choose a device. Make sure it’s a desktop if you have one. The reason being is you can leave your desktop on 24/7, 365. Laptops, you got to close it. Puts it in sleep mode, different things like that. So, make sure you have kind of a desktop device, a Mac studio, a gaming computer, whatever you got, make that your main computer. Even if you just have like an old dusty laptop in your closet that you can put on 24/7 mode and plug it in, use that. Something that can be up 24/7, 365. So from there, you have your projects and you have your chats inside of each of the projects. I’m going over kind of highlevel tips in here. We can do a deep dive building out a full app end to end on a subsequent video. If you want, let me know down below. But what we’re going to do is you want to kind of have your factory admin chat in each project. This is the highlevel chat where you can be like okay merge the code, create a PR, do this where it’s kind of managing your entire factory and then every other chat from there is going to be building out specific features for that project. So you have your main admin chat where you can go in from any of your device say hey what’s the status what’s uncommitted code we have what PRs do we have to merge things like that it’s kind of your highle admin and then every other chat is for specific features you’re building out now we said earlier Fable 5 is a better planning model and I I stand by that so what you want to do is you want to use Fable 5 for planning. So, if you have a project, you open it up inside Claude Code, you go into Fable 5 mode. I’d go on high. If you go Ultra Code or higher, you spend hundreds of dollars for a single prompt. Just use high. When you’re doing any sort of planning, you’ll come into Clawude Code. You will ask for the plan. Hey, this is what I’m thinking about building. Please build out a very large spec. If you’ve been paying attention to all my videos, you know I talk about linear and how I use linear in my entire process. So if you’re using linear, have it build the spec out in linear. If not, totally fine to say, “Hey, build a markdown file.” Then what you will do is you will take that markdown file, go into your projects, drop it in, and say, “Here’s the plan. Build this out for me.” Now, a lot of people are telling you to use a Chad GBT sub agent inside of Claude Code to do execution. I don’t like that at all because when you do that, you’re missing out on all the amazing features of the Chad GBT harness. The Chad GBT harness does so many things so well for you. So, for instance, I’m building out my app, Henry Intelligent Machines, link down below if you want to get an early preview of that. And I’m having it test some of the action generation inside the app. In Henry, you launch a venture and then it generates a bunch of actions that you need to do to push your business forward. I wanted to test that. Typically, when testing that, you would need to open up a browser, go through the flow yourself, click on things yourself. But all I do is I go in and I say, “Hey, test this out for me. Load it up into a browser, walk through it for me, do it five times, and then build a report on that.” And that is what Chad GBT does. It opens up its own browser and runs all the servers. It gets whatever API keys it needs, it plugs them in, and it runs through everything. So, it said what I tested, actually opened it up, started a venture, did a bunch of different actions, tested everything out. It did all the testing for me, something that would have typically taken me an hour before, took 24 minutes for chat GBT while I did other things. So your workflow is get the planning from claude code, move it over to chat GPT and then you give the actions to chat GPT. Here is the mindset I have. Anything you would manually need to do before when vibe coding, I just tell Chad GBT to do it. Anything it is, it doesn’t matter what it is. If they say, “Hey, sign up for this account.” I go, “No, you do it.” If they say, “Hey, can you grab this API key?” I say, “No, you do it.” If they say, “Hey, can you connect these two things together or move this file over here?” I say, “No, you do it.” Chad GBT literally 100% of the time I have said, “Hey, no, you do it.” It’s figured out how to do it. That’s why this harness is so good. When it comes to computer use, when it comes to browser use, it is absolutely next level. It is bar none not comparable to Claude Code whatsoever. That’s why the workflow is get your plans from Claude Code, move them over to Chad GPT codeex and then you say, “No, you do this. You handle this and it will get done and it will save you tons of time.” Now, while you’re in here, I do sole ultra for everything. It’s the stone cold best. If you’re on the $200 a month plan, you can get away with using fast for a lot of things. Again, I hit my limits using fast here for the first time in my entire life in Chad GBT. So maybe you don’t use fast quite as much, but if you’re on soul ultra on normal speeds, you can use up your $200 plan, like you you’re not going to hit your limits and you’re going to have plenty of usage, which I cannot say for Fable because I used the plan up in like a day and then when I went into API pricing, it was outrageous, out of control. 5.6 is the winner. It is my new daily driver. It is what you need to be using for pretty much everything outside of highle understanding, planning, and some kind of UI tweaks if need be. It’s still pretty good at UI. By the way, for the hardcore Alex Finn fans who know all about the world famous Alex Finn benchmark. Yes, it blew away the benchmarks, this is the first person shooter test. It is absolutely incredible. It has it has crits, dynamic enemies. It has great explosions. It has great waves. The graphics are fantastic. The sounds are amazing. I don’t know if you can hear the sounds or not. The power-ups are incredible. Like, there’s like 10 different dynamic enemies. Uh, it’s incredible. Chad GBT 5.6 6 won the benchmark test. I am really really impressed. And what’s incredible is over the next few weeks, we’re actually expecting GPT6. We’re expecting the next level. The the rumors I am hearing are that it’s coming very soon. They’re already done training it. They’re just doing testing now. So, expect more videos like this very, very soon. If you learn anything at all, likes, subscribes, turn notifications. Again, live boot camp tomorrow. $1,000 hackathon next couple weeks. Join the Vibe Coding Academy link down below. I love you all. It’s an honor to teach you these things. It’s an honor to work with you.

  • 07/10/2026 – AI is Completely Changing How I Invest My Money in 2026

    AI has completely changed the way I invest my money. And it’s not the way you think. I was voted number one angel investor in Canada and have personally invested in dozens of companies with founders of Google, even Jay-Z. And now with AI, I’m making way more money by investing in the right things and staying away from the wrong ones. So, in this video, I’m going to show you the exact playbook on how to use AI to invest your money. Starting with the very first move you need to make. Don’t preserve it, create it. Wealth preservation sucks. Wealth creation is super fun. Preserving wealth is like building a wall around your money. It blocks other money from coming into your life. Your dollars are like little soldiers that should be out there on the battlefield working to make you more money. Cuz when the money’s working for you, then you’ll get to a point where you don’t need to work for the money. Most people are stuck penny pinching and preserving and couponing. And I’m like, what? How about we go invest to create more? So once you decide you’re going to let the purse strings go a little bit and deploy your dollars, the next question is where do you actually deploy them? You got to spot what others don’t. You can use AI to find deals other people miss. Things that nobody’s talking about yet. You want to find the opportunities where everybody else is not even looking, but it makes sense. And that’s where AI can help you in a big way. The real wins are not in the stuff that’s obvious by Google. It’s asking yourself what’s the second and third degree plays that that unlocks. If you can figure out those two, lots of money to be made. I like to invest in real estate. So, I have an agent whose whole job is finding those hidden gems, running the whole financial analysis, and all I have to do is approve it. That’s how I use AI to find that other people are just too busy or not going to find because they’re looking for the easy [music] stuff. So, for example, I asked the AI to come up with the seven top research papers on where the world’s going. I then had it analyze the trends that it found that’s common across all seven papers. I then correlated that with my thesis in my current business of what I’m building and had it define the areas I should go invest in. That is how I choose the companies to invest in in my life. I just use the AI to do it for me. So, here’s how you can use AI to find opportunities to invest in. First off, open up your favorite LLM. I’m talking Claude, Gemini, Chad GPT. And then run these two prompts. These are things you can do. Just ask [music] it. I want to invest in this industry or trend that you like. Map out the second and third degree winners and losers. Who are the suppliers? What are the adjacent industries and the companies that are going to get disrupted? Now give me 10 names I wouldn’t think of. Prompt number two. Now run an analysis of recent trends and market signals around those names and show me the second and third degree winners and losers that could be real opportunities. For example, if you told it to investigate the AI industry, it’s not going to tell you to invest in Google and Nvidia. It’s going to talk about the energy use and the electricians that are going to have to install that. Let the AI keep doing the digging for you. The pro tip is only investing in what you know. If you don’t live in biomed engineering, then don’t ask it to do that research for you because you won’t have an information advantage. By the way, if you’re a business owner, you should already know your best investment is in your business. That’s why I built my full AI company operating system. It has everything you need. the master prompt templates, the workflows, the frameworks to integrate AI into every department in your business. If you want it, just find me on Instagram and DM me the word YouTube OS and I’ll send it right over to you. Now, finding great opportunities, that’s a great start. But before you put your money in, you need to know you won’t lose your money. You got to red team it with AI. AI, if you prompt it properly, is the best red team you’ll ever have. Red teaming means you purposely try to tear your idea apart. I want AI to have no ego, no agenda, and just tell me everything about my thesis that might be wrong. Cuz guess what? If I know everything can go wrong, then I can figure out all the steps I can make it right. And that way, I have a higher probability of not losing my money. So, we should always pressure test the deal before we put money in. Most people just skip this step and then they pay for it later. That’s how money gets lost on stuff that look great that you should have never touched. I was about to invest in a personal finance AI tool. Then the AI told me about two things. One, the GDP val for AI and two, the concept of economic value creation with tokens. So I found a great opportunity. I was excited about it. I actually know a lot about it. And then when I redteamed it, the AI explained to me, you could, but there’s a large probability that the big AI companies are going to launch something in that space. You might not want to compete. I literally could have lost millions of dollars making that decision. So, here’s how we use AI to battle test and redte team our ideas. First, just write this prompt. I’m about to invest into this company or asset. Let’s play out the worst case scenario and give me the 10 reasons why I would lose all my money. Now, be honest. Be brutal. Don’t be nice. Now, you take those 10 objections and ask yourself, do I have an answer for each? Right? They just become the hit list to make sure you overcome it. Cuz if you can’t with high confidence, then you pass. Do they have a low chance of happening? The AI doesn’t know this. You’re going to have to know this. You’re going to have to make a gut decision, but you can use AI to get you there a lot faster than trying to do it on your own. So, here’s a pro tip is run the prompt against two or three other top AIs. Different models catch different things. The best deals I’ve ever done are the ones I almost made but didn’t. It’s where I made the most of my money. So, now let’s say we red team the investment, it passes the test, and we decide to move. Now, what? Let AI monitor it. AI’s got this really cool ability of building dashboards for you and monitoring real time. And the cool part is kind of like set it and forget it. You just sit down, you build a stock portfolio, and then you have it monitor it. You can even say if it moves up or down 10%, send you an email. I do this for all my investments, all my real estate, all my vehicles, all my stock, all my companies, all the valuations. It’s all in one beautiful dashboard and it was built with AI. So instead of like calling people or jumping into one platform and another platform, it’s all over the place, you have it in one spot. And it’s fun because AI can pull all the updates and give you red, green, yellow for all your stocks, little spark lines to tell you if it’s going up and then even set up alerts in case you got to get rid of some stuff. Paying attention to where your money goes is how it grows. Long time ago, I was trying to teach this to my friend and I asked him, “Well, how much money do you have in your business?” He’s like, “I don’t know, about 70 grand.” I’m like, “About 70 grand?” Like I can tell you to the penny how much I have today because I monitor it. I teach this thing called the daily cash email that I now have AI do every day. So if you want your money to grow, have the AI analyze, monitor, and give it to you. It’s like Peter Ducker’s quote. What gets measured gets managed. If you want to make money, you got to manage it. So how do we do it? First off, we have to less every investment you own. Anything you have your money in, anything that has value, anything that’s an asset, make the list. Second is open up your favorite AI and prompt it. Build me a live dashboard that tracks paste the list for each one of them. Show me how healthy it is. Look for price movements based on the valuation or the market and then flag anything I should look at, right? Look at the market trends. Look at the key signals. And then third, tell it what matters most to you. You got to tell it your goal so it has a direction for how it should guide you towards those goals. And then last, pick a day where you sit down and you review it. I like to do mine every Monday when my mind is fresh and I’ve got all the data for the previous week and I look through. If everything’s green, I’m pretty good. If it’s yellow or red, I got to dig it in. And here’s a pro tip. If you’re using Claude, you can actually ask it to build an interactive artifact in the chat so it’s easy to visualize. All right, before you go out and spend money on a bunch of investments, I need you to hear this last thing because all this can go to if you don’t follow a simple rule. Stick with what you know. The richest people invest in things and people where they have an unfair information advantage. AI can change a lot, but it doesn’t change what humans know. And what you know AI can’t do. I’m an AI guy. So if I see some AI tool that I start paying for, then I go, hey, is this a public company? Is this a stock I could buy? You just have to go, how do I use AI to battle test my concepts? [music] I made the mistake 15 years ago to buy homes in Detroit. I spent $100,000 buying a bunch of homes for eight grand. And about 18 months later, I realized I was in a world of because these homes were literally ready to burn down. They had homeless people in it. The guy that I was working with never rented them out. They didn’t do the value ad. The whole concept didn’t work. Why? I invested in I didn’t know. If I had been a real estate guy, I probably wouldn’t have done the deal. Sometimes pain is the perfect teacher. I had a little pain. I learned a lesson. I’m going to teach it to [music] you. Stick in what you know. The biggest risk isn’t losing money, it’s wasting it on things you don’t understand. So, there’s only three filters. These three have to pass. [music] One, do I know about it? Do I have an unfair advantage? Is it in the information flow of things that I naturally pay attention to? Cuz number two, which is the filter, is will I pay attention to it? Often times, I won’t make an investment because if the amount that I got to put in is not big enough for me to care, then I know I won’t care, which means I’ll probably lose my money. So, I’d rather do less deals, bigger number, bigger focus, what I focus on expands than doing a bunch of little tiny deals. And number three is, will it be true in the future? I don’t want to invest in things that going to have high turnover because I want to invest in things that are aligned with where the world’s going long-term 10 years, so that I don’t have to always be redeploying my money. And AI helps me battle test my portfolio through that lens. One of the most recent investment I made is in a company called Hark Labs which is creating an embodied model. It’s this new AI to essentially power the robots of the future. The founder of Figure which is one of the top robotics company is the lead investor and founder. So do I know it? It’s AI. Will I pay attention to it? I wrote a big check. And third, do I think the world is going there? Uh yeah. The future is AI powered sensors. Everything that’s electrified will be cognified. And that model is literally going to power not Chad GBT. So yes, yes, and yes. Buffett doesn’t invest in tech and I don’t invest in oil. Know your edge and stay in it. And here’s the crazy part is the next 10 years it won’t reward the best stock pickers. It’s going to reward the system builders, the person that can collaborate with AI, can use it to track its money, to battle test it, to red team it, to ensure that it’s not just being forgotten about, but it’s focused